Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard, Rearview Mirrors; Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard, Low-Speed Vehicles Phase-In Reporting Requirements, 76186-76250 [2010-30353]
Download as PDF
76186
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration
49 CFR Parts 571 and 585
[Docket No. NHTSA–2010–0162]
RIN 2127–AK43
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard,
Rearview Mirrors; Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard, Low-Speed
Vehicles Phase-In Reporting
Requirements
National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA),
Department of Transportation (DOT).
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
(NPRM).
AGENCY:
The Cameron Gulbransen
Kids Transportation Safety Act of 2007
directs NHTSA to issue a final rule
amending the agency’s Federal motor
vehicle safety standard on rearview
mirrors to improve the ability of a driver
to detect pedestrians in the area
immediately behind his or her vehicle
and thereby minimize the likelihood of
a vehicle’s striking a pedestrian while
its driver is backing the vehicle.
Pursuant to this mandate, NHTSA is
proposing to expand the required field
of view for all passenger cars, trucks,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, buses,
and low-speed vehicles rated at 10,000
pounds or less, gross vehicle weight.
Specifically, NHTSA is proposing to
specify an area immediately behind
each vehicle that the driver must be able
to see when the vehicle’s transmission
is in reverse. It appears that, in the near
term, the only technology available with
the ability to comply with this proposal
would be a rear visibility system that
includes a rear-mounted video camera
and an in-vehicle visual display.
Adoption of this proposal would
significantly reduce fatalities and
injuries caused by backover crashes
involving children, persons with
disabilities, the elderly, and other
pedestrians.
In light of the difficulty of effectively
addressing of the backover safety
problem through technologies other
than camera systems and given the
differences in the effectiveness and cost
of the available technologies, we
developed several alternatives that,
compared to the proposal, offer less, but
at least in one case still substantial,
benefits and do so at reduced cost. We
seek comment on those alternatives and
on other possible ways to achieve the
statutory objective and meet the
statutory requirements at lower cost.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
You should submit your
comments early enough to ensure that
the docket receives them not later than
February 7, 2011.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments
to the docket number identified in the
heading of this document by any of the
following methods:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to
https://www.regulations.gov. Follow the
online instructions for submitting
comments.
• Mail: Docket Management Facility:
U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200
New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building
Ground Floor, Room W12–140,
Washington, DC 20590–0001.
• Hand Delivery or Courier: 1200
New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building
Ground Floor, Room W12–140, between
9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET, Monday through
Friday, except Federal holidays.
• Fax: 202–493–2251.
Instructions: For detailed instructions
on submitting comments and additional
information on the rulemaking process,
see the Public Participation heading of
the Supplementary Information section
of this document. Note that all
comments received will be posted
without change to https://
www.regulations.gov, including any
personal information provided. Please
see the ‘‘Privacy Act’’ heading below.
Privacy Act: Anyone is able to search
the electronic form of all comments
received into any of our dockets by the
name of the individual submitting the
comment (or signing the comment, if
submitted on behalf of an association,
business, labor union, etc.). You may
review DOT’s complete Privacy Act
Statement in the Federal Register
published on April 11, 2000 (65 FR
19477–78) or you may visit https://
DocketInfo.dot.gov.
Docket: For access to the docket to
read background documents or
comments received, go to https://
www.regulations.gov or the street
address listed above. Follow the online
instructions for accessing the dockets.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For
technical issues, you may contact Mr.
Markus Price, Office of Vehicle
Rulemaking, Telephone: (202) 666–
0098. Facsimile: (202) 666–7002. For
legal issues, you may contact Mr. Steve
Wood, Office of Chief Counsel,
Telephone (202) 366–2992. Facsimile:
(202) 366–3820. You may send mail to
these officials at: The National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration,
Attention: NVS–010, 1200 New Jersey
Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
DATES:
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
II. Background
A. Cameron Gulbransen Kids
Transportation Safety Act of 2007
B. Applicability
C. Backover Crash Safety Problem
i. Definitions and Summary
ii. Backover Crash Risk by Crash and
Vehicle Type
iii. Backover Crash Risk by Victim Age
iv. Special Crash Investigation of Backover
Crashes
v. Analysis of Backover Crash Risk by
Pedestrian Location Using Monte Carlo
Simulation
D. Comparative Regulatory Requirements
i. Current FMVSS No. 111
ii. Relevant European Regulations (Also
United Kingdom and Australia)
iii. Relevant Regulations in Japan and
Korea
iv. State Regulations
III. Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
A. Technologies To Mitigate Backover
Crashes
i. Rear-Mounted Convex Mirrors
ii. Rearview Video Systems
iii. Sensor-Based Rear Object Detection
Systems
iv. Multi-Technology (Sensor + Video
Camera) Systems
v. Other Technologies
B. Approaches for Improving Vehicles’
Rear Visibility
C. Rear Visibility Measurement
D. Possible Countermeasure Performance
Specifications
E. Summary of Comments Received
i. Measurement of Rear Blind Zone Area
and Its Use as a Basis for Determination
of Countermeasure Need
ii. Application of Countermeasures Among
Vehicle Types
iii. Use and Efficacy of Rear-Mounted
Mirror Systems, and Convex Driver’sSide Mirrors
iv. Use of Monte Carlo Simulation of
Backover Crash Risk for Development of
a Required Countermeasure Coverage
Area
v. Use and Efficacy of Sensor-Based
Systems
vi. Use and Efficacy of Rearview Video
Systems
vii. Characteristics of Rearview Video
Systems
viii. Development of a Performance-Based
or Technology-Neutral Standard
ix. Other Issues
x. Suggested Alternative Proposals
xi. Costs and Benefits
F. Questions Posed and Summary
Response
i. Technologies for Improving Rear
Visibility
ii. Drivers’ Use and Associated
Effectiveness of Available Technologies
To Mitigate Backover Crashes
iii. Approaches for Improving Vehicles’
Rear Visibility
iv. Options for Measuring a Vehicle’s Rear
Visibility
v. Options for Assessing the Performance
of Rear Visibility Countermeasures
vi. Options for Characterizing Rear
Visibility Countermeasures
IV. Analysis of ANPRM Comments and
NHTSA’s Tentative Conclusions
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
A. Application of Rear Visibility Systems
Across the Light Vehicle Fleet
B. Limitation of Countermeasure
Application to Certain Vehicle Types
C. Using Blind Zone Area as a Basis for
Countermeasure Requirement
D. Use of Convex Driver’s-Side Mirrors
E. Advanced Systems and Combination
Sensor/Rearview Video Systems
F. Rear Field of View
G. Rear Visibility System Characteristics
i. Rearview Image Response Time
ii. Rearview Image Linger Time
iii. Rear Visibility System Visual Display
Brightness
iv. Rear Visibility System Malfunction
Indicator
H. Rear Visibility System Compliance Test
i. Compliance Test Ambient Light Level
ii. Compliance Test Object
V. NHTSA Research Subsequent to the
ANPRM
A. Rearview Video Systems With In-Mirror
Visual Displays
B. Rear-Mounted Convex Mirrors
C. Rear Sensor Systems
D. Ability of Rear Sensor Systems To
Detect Small Child Pedestrians
VI. Countermeasure Effectiveness Estimation
Based on NHTSA Research Data
A. Situation Avoidability
B. System Performance
C. Driver Performance
D. Determining Overall Effectiveness
VII. Proposal To Mandate Improved Rear
Visibility
A. Proposed Specifications
i. Improved Rear Field of View
ii. Visual Display Requirements
a. Rearview Image Size
b. Image Response Time
c. Image Linger Time
d. Visual Display Luminance
e. Other Aspects of Visual Display
iii. Requirements for External System
Components
B. Proposed Compliance Tests
i. Ambient Lighting Conditions
ii. Rear Visibility Test Object
iii. Rear Visibility Compliance Test
Procedures
a. Rear Field of View Test Procedure
b. Rearview Image Size Test Procedure
C. Proposed Effective Date and Phase-In
Schedule
D. Potential Alternatives
E. Summary of Estimated Effectiveness,
Costs and Benefits of Available
Technologies
F. Comparison of Regulatory Alternatives
i. System Effectiveness
ii. Costs
iii. Benefits
iv. Net Benefits
v. Cost Effectiveness
VIII. Public Participation
IX. Regulatory Analyses
A. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory
Planning and Review) and DOT
Regulatory Policies and Procedures
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
C. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)
D. Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice
Reform)
E. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
and Safety Risks)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
F. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act
G. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
H. National Environmental Policy Act
I. Paperwork Reduction Act
J. Plain Language
K. Regulation Identifier Number (RIN)
X. Proposed Regulatory Text
I. Executive Summary
In this notice, the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
is proposing to expand the current rear
visibility requirements of all passenger
cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, buses, and low-speed vehicles
with a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 10,000 pounds (lb) or less by
specifying an area behind the vehicle
that a driver must be able to see when
the vehicle is in reverse gear. This
rulemaking action is being undertaken
in response to the Cameron Gulbransen
Kids Transportation Safety Act of 2007 1
(the ‘‘K.T. Safety Act,’’ or the ‘‘Act’’),
which required that NHTSA undertake
rulemaking to expand the required field
of view to enable the driver of a motor
vehicle to detect areas behind the
vehicle to reduce death and injury
resulting from backing incidents known
as backover crashes. A backover crash is
a specifically-defined type of incident in
which a non-occupant of a vehicle (most
commonly, a pedestrian, but it could
also be a cyclist) is struck by a vehicle
moving in reverse.
Our assessment of available safety
data indicates that on average there are
292 fatalities and 18,000 injuries (3,000
of which we judge to be incapacitating 2)
resulting from backover crashes every
year. Of those, 228 fatalities and 17,000
injuries were attributed to backover
incidents involving light vehicles
(passenger cars, multipurpose passenger
vehicles, trucks, buses, and low-speed
vehicles) with a gross vehicle weight
rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.
In analyzing the data, we made
several tentative findings. First, many of
these incidents occur off public
roadways, in areas such as driveways
and parking lots and involve parents (or
caregivers) accidentally backing over
children. Second, children under five
years of age represent approximately 44
percent of the fatalities, which we
believe to be a uniquely high percentage
for a particular crash mode. Third and
finally, when pickups and multipurpose
passenger vehicles strike a pedestrian in
a backover crash, the incident is four
times more likely to result in a fatality
than if the striking vehicle were a
passenger car.
NHTSA believes that there are several
potential reasons for these tentative
findings, including, but not limited to,
the attributes of the vehicle, vehicle
exposure to pedestrians, and the driver’s
situational awareness while driving
backward. However, due to difficulties
in isolating each of those effects
individually, we cannot at this time
determine their relative contribution to
the occurrence of these backover
crashes.
In consideration of the areas that a
driver cannot see either directly or using
existing mirrors, the agency has
tentatively concluded that providing the
driver with additional visual
information about what is directly
behind the driver’s vehicle is the only
effective near-term solution at this time
to reduce the number of fatalities and
injuries associated with backover
crashes.
Before reaching this tentative
conclusion, NHTSA published an
Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (ANPRM) and considered
the public comments received in
response to that notice.3 The ANPRM
reiterated some previous tentative
findings on backover crash statistics;
outlined current technologies that may
have the ability to improve rear
visibility including: improved direct
vision (i.e., looking directly out the
vehicle’s rear window), indirect vision
via rear-mounted convex mirrors or
rearview video systems, and rear object
detection sensors; 4 and presented
research findings on the effectiveness of
those technologies.
The ANPRM set forth three
approaches to defining the potential
scope of applicability of the proposed
requirements for improving rearward
visibility.5 The approaches included
requiring improvements on a) all light
vehicles, b) those light vehicles that are
trucks, multipurpose passenger
vehicles, or vans, or c) those light
vehicles whose rear blind zone area (i.e.,
the area behind a vehicle in which
obstacles are not visible to a driver)
3 74
1 Cameron
Gulbransen Kids Transportation Safety
Act of 2007, (Pub. L. 110–189, 122 Stat. 639–642),
§ 4 (2007).
2 The Manual on Classification of Motor Vehicle
Traffic Accidents (ANSI D16.1) defines
‘‘incapacitating injury’’ as ‘‘any injury, other than a
fatal injury, which prevents the injured person from
walking, driving or normally continuing the
activities the person was capable of performing
before the injury occurred’’ (Section 2.3.4).
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76187
FR 9478, March 4, 2009.
object detection sensors do not
technically improve visibility in terms of providing
a visual image comparable to what a driver could
see with his or her own eyes, the Act indicated that
sensors should be examined as a candidate
technology for improving rear visibility. Such
sensors could be used in combination of some type
of visual display to show the location of detected
objects.
5 74 FR 9504.
4 While
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76188
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
exceeds a specified size. We also
presented ideas on how and on what
basis to define the areas behind a
vehicle that should be visible to a driver
and general performance characteristics
for mirrors, sensors, and rearview video
systems. Finally, the ANPRM sought
responses to 43 specific questions
covering all of the above mentioned
areas.
Thirty-seven entities commented in
response to the ANPRM, including
industry associations, automotive and
equipment manufacturers, safety
advocacy organizations, and 14
individuals. Generally, the comments
can be grouped into four main areas
according to the organization of ANPRM
sections. The areas are: approaches for
improving vehicles’ rear visibility,
effectiveness of the technologies, cost of
the technologies, and performance
requirements suitable for each type
technology.
With regard to the issue of which
vehicles most warrant improved rear
visibility, vehicle manufacturers
generally wanted to focus any
expansion of rear visibility on the
particular types of vehicles (i.e., trucks,
vans, and multipurpose passenger
vehicles within the specified weight
limits) that they believed posed the
highest risk of backover crash fatalities
and injuries. Vehicle safety
organizations and equipment
manufacturers generally suggested that
all vehicles need to have expanded rear
fields of view.
With regard to the issue of what
technology would be effective at
expanding the rear field of view for a
driver, commenters discussed
additional mirrors, sensors, and
rearview video combined with sensors.
Some commenters provided input
regarding test procedure development
and rear visibility countermeasure
characteristics, such as visual display
size and brightness, and graphic
overlays superimposed on a video
image. Some also discussed whether it
is appropriate to allow a small gap in
coverage immediately behind the rear
bumper.
Finally, with regard to the issue of
costs, commenters generally agreed with
the cost estimates provided by the
agency. However, some did suggest that
our estimates of the cost of individual
technologies seemed high and that there
would be larger cost reductions over
time than the agency had indicated.
To assess the feasibility and benefits
of covering different areas behind the
vehicle, NHTSA considered the
comments received, the available safety
data, our review of special
investigations of backover crashes, and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
computer simulation. For example, we
examined the typical distances that
backover-crash-involved vehicles
traveled from the location at which they
began moving rearward to the location
at which they struck a pedestrian. We
tentatively concluded that an area with
a width of 10 feet (5 feet to either side
of a rearward extension of the vehicle’s
centerline) and a length of 20 feet
extending backward from a transverse
vertical plane tangent to the rearmost
point on the rear bumper encompasses
the highest risk area for children and
other pedestrians to be struck.
Therefore, we are proposing that test
objects of a particular size within that
area must be visible to drivers when
they are driving backward.
To develop estimates of the benefits
from adopting such a requirement,
NHTSA used a methodology that
reviewed backover crash case reports to
infer whether the crash could be
avoided with the aid of some
technology, evaluated the performance
of various countermeasures in detecting
an object behind the vehicle, and tested
whether the driver used the
countermeasure and avoided the crash.
Our evaluation of currently available
technologies (mirrors, sensors, and
rearview video systems) that may allow
a driver to determine if there was a
pedestrian in a 10 feet by 20 feet zone
behind a vehicle indicates that rearview
video systems are the most effective
technology available today.
However, we note that technology is
rapidly evolving, and thus, we are not
proposing to require that a specific
technology be used to provide a driver
with an image of the area behind the
vehicle. Consistent with statutory
requirements and Executive Order
12866, we are not prescribing
requirements that would expressly
require the use of a specific technology
and are attempting to promote
compliance flexibility through
proposing more performance oriented
requirements. We have tentatively
concluded that, in order to maintain the
level of effectiveness that we have seen
in our testing of existing rearview video
systems, we should propose a minimum
set of such requirements. Accordingly,
this proposal sets forth requirements for
the performance of the visual display,
the rearview image, and durability
requirements for any exterior
components. Under this proposal,
manufacturers would have flexibility to
meet the requirements as they see fit
(perhaps through the development of
new or less expensive technology).
Since we believe that manufacturers, in
the near term, would likely use current
production rearview video systems to
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
achieve the required level of improved
rear visibility and that most, if not all,
systems in production today already
meet this minimum set of requirements,
we do not believe that the adoption of
these requirements would increase the
cost of this technology. However, we
seek comment later in this preamble on
including in the final rule requirements
relating to additional matters such as
image quality and display location.
Section 2(c) of the K.T. Safety Act
requires that the requirement for
improved rear visibility be phased in
and that the phase-in process be
completed within ‘‘48 months’’ of the
publication of the final rule. Because we
anticipate publishing a final rule by the
statutory deadline of February 28, 2011,
the rule must require full compliance
not later than February 28, 2015. We
note, however, that model years begin
on September 1 and end on August 31
for safety standard compliance purposes
and that February 28 falls in the middle
of the model year that begins September
1, 2014. The agency believes that
vehicle manufacturers would need, as a
practical matter, to begin full
compliance at the beginning of that
model year, i.e., on September 1, 2014.
They could not wait until the middle of
the model year to reach 100%
compliance. Accordingly, NHTSA is
proposing the following phase-in
schedule:
• 0% of the vehicles manufactured
before September 1, 2012;
• 10% of the vehicles manufactured
on or after September 1, 2012, and
before September 1, 2013;
• 40% of the vehicles manufactured
on or after September 1, 2013, and
before September 1, 2014; and
• 100% of the vehicles manufactured
on or after September 1, 2014.
The agency recognizes that taking the
dates on which model years begin and
end for safety purposes effectively
reduces the overall phase-in duration by
6 months (from 48 months to 42
months).
We invite comment on how to
provide as much leadtime as possible
within the limits of the statute.
Specifically, should the agency change
the structure of the phase-in schedule to
allow for more flexibility and ease of
implementation? We note that the
statute explicitly requires an expanded
field of view for all light vehicles and
that there are substantial differences in
the effectiveness of available
technologies. Accordingly, the agency is
proposing performance requirements
that would trigger the installation of
expensive technologies such as video
camera systems for these vehicles. In
view of the need to expand the field of
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
view for all vehicles and the statutory
requirements set forth by Congress
regarding timing and manner of
implementation of the proposed
requirements, however, the agency is
limited in its ability to reduce the cost
of this rulemaking through adjusting the
application of the proposed rule or the
specific deadline for implementation.
In evaluating the benefits and costs of
this rulemaking proposal, the agency
has spent considerable effort trying to
determine the scope of the safety
problem and the overall effectiveness of
these systems in reducing crashes,
injuries and fatalities associated with
backing crashes. We have also estimated
the net property damage effects to
consumers from using any technology to
avoid backing into fixed objects, along
with the additional cost incurred when
a vehicle is struck in the rear and the
technology is damaged or destroyed.
The most effective technology option
that the agency has evaluated is the
rearview video system. Using the
effectiveness estimates that we have
generated and assuming that all vehicles
would be equipped with this
technology, we believe the annual
fatalities that are occurring in backing
crashes can be reduced by 95 to 112.
Similarly, injuries would be reduced by
7,072 to 8,374.
However, rearview video is also the
most expensive single technology.
When installed in a vehicle without any
existing visual display screen, rearview
video systems are currently estimated to
cost consumers between $159 and $203
per vehicle, depending on the location
of the display and the angular width of
the lens. For a vehicle that already has
a suitable visual display, such as one
found in route navigation systems, the
incremental cost of such a system is
estimated to be $58–$88, depending on
the angular width of the lens. (We note
that the cost may well decrease over
time, as discussed below.)
Based on the composition and size of
the expected vehicle fleet, the total
incremental cost, compared to the MY
2010 fleet, to equip a 16.6 million new
vehicle fleet with rearview video
systems is estimated to be $1.9 billion
to $2.7 billion annually. These costs are
admittedly substantial. Nonetheless, the
following considerations (discussed
briefly here and at great length below in
section VII.D. of this preamble) lead us
to conclude tentatively that our
proposal to implement the statutory
mandate is reasonable and necessary,
and that the benefits justify the costs.
We request comment on this conclusion
and on the various considerations that
support it.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
Those considerations include the
following—
› 100 of the 228 annual victims of
backover crashes are very young
children with nearly their entire lives
ahead of them. There are strong reasons,
grounded in this consideration and in
considerations of equity, to prevent
these deaths.
› While this rulemaking would have
great cost, it would also have substantial
benefits, reducing annual fatalities in
backover crashes by 95 to 112 fatalities,
and annual injuries by 7,072 to 8,374
injuries. (We attempt to quantify these
benefits below.)
› Some of the benefits of the
proposed rule are hard to quantify, but
are nonetheless real and significant. One
such benefit is that of not being the
direct cause of the death or injury of a
person and particularly a small child at
one’s place of residence. In some of
these cases, parents are responsible for
the deaths of their own children;
avoiding that horrible outcome is a
significant benefit. Another hard-toquantify benefit is the increased ease
and convenience of driving, and
especially parking, that extend beyond
the prevention of crashes. While these
benefits cannot be monetized at this
time, they could be considerable.
› There is evidence that many
people value the lives of children more
than the lives of adults.6 In any event,
there is special social solicitude for
protection of children. This solicitude is
based in part on a recognized general
need to protect children given their
greater vulnerability to injury and
inability to protect themselves.
› Given the very young age of most
of the children fatally-injured in
backover crashes, attempting to provide
them with training or with an audible
warning would not enable them to
protect themselves.
› Given the impossibility of
reducing backover crashes through
changing the behavior of very young
children and given Congress’ mandate,
it is reasonable and necessary to rely on
technology to address backover crashes.
› Based on its extensive testing, the
agency tentatively concluded that a
camera-based system is the only
effective type of technology currently
available.
6 J.K. Hammitt and K. Haninger, ‘‘Valuing Fatal
Risks to Children and Adults: Effects of Disease,
Latency, and Risk Aversion,’’ Journal of Risk and
Uncertainty 40(1): 57–83, 2010. This stated
preference study finds that the willingness to pay
to prevent fatality risks to one’s child is uniformly
larger than that to reduce risk to another adult or
to oneself. Estimated values per statistical life are
$6–10 million for adults and $12–15 million for
children. We emphasize that the literature is in a
state of development.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76189
› Requiring additional rearview
mirrors or changes to existing review
mirrors cannot significantly increase the
view to the rear of a vehicle except by
means that reduce and distort the
reflected image of people or objects
behind a vehicle.
› The agency’s testing indicated that
currently available sensors often failed
to detect a human being, particularly a
small moving child, in tests in which
the vehicle was not actually moving. In
tests in which the vehicle was moving,
and when the sensors did detect a
manikin representing a child, the
resulting warning did not induce drivers
to pause more than briefly in backing.
› In contrast, in the agency’s tests of
video camera-based systems, drivers not
only saw a child-sized obstacle, but also
stopped and remained stopped.
› Consequently, the agency has
tentatively concluded that the
requirements must have the effect of
ensuring that some type of image is
provided to the driver.
› The agency’s estimates of current
costs for video camera-based systems
may be too high.
› The agency has a contract in place
for conducting tear down studies that
could produce somewhat lower cost
estimates.
› In time, types of technology other
than a video camera-based system may
be able to provide a sufficiently clear
visual image of the area behind the
vehicle at lower cost. We believe that it
is reasonable to project that the costs of
the requirements proposed here may
well decline significantly over time.
While extrapolations are uncertain,
technology has been advancing rapidly
in this domain, and future costs may
well be lower than currently expected.
› In light of statutory requirements,
the agency is limited in its ability to
reduce the cost of this rulemaking
through adjusting either the
requirements or application of the
proposed rule or the schedule for its
implementation.
› Congress has mandated the
issuance of a final rule instead of
allowing the agency to retain discretion
to decide whether to issue a final rule
based on its consideration of all the
relevant factors and information.
› Less expensive countermeasures,
i.e., mirrors and sensors, have thus far
shown very limited effectiveness and
thus would not satisfy Congress’s
mandate for improving safety.
■ As the most cost-effective
alternative, a requirement for a system
that provides an image of the area
behind the vehicle would be consistent
with the policy preference underlying
the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76190
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
› Were the agency able to provide
more than the amount of lead time
permitted by the statutory mandate, the
additional leadtime might be sufficient
to allow the development of cheaper
cameras.
As noted, the agency requests
comments on all of the foregoing points.
And in view of the cost of our proposed
option, the agency is seeking comment
and suggestions on any alternative
options that would lower costs,
maintain all or most of the benefits of
the proposal, and lower net costs or the
cost per equivalent life saved. We
carefully explored our ability under the
Act to vary the population of vehicles
subject to the proposal, vary the
performance requirements, and extend
the leadtime to implement the proposal
and thereby develop alternative options
that offer benefits similar to those of our
proposal, but at reduced cost. Although
our ability to make any of those types
of adjustments appears constrained as a
legal or practical matter, and although
none of the alternative options that the
agency has been able to identify would
accomplish all three of those goals, we
are seeking comment on them and on
any others that commenters may
suggest.
We seek comment especially on the
alternative option under which
passenger cars would be required to be
equipped with either a rearview
visibility (e.g., camera) system or with a
system that includes sensors that
monitor a specified area behind the
vehicle and an audible warning that
sounds when the presence of an object
is sensed. Under this option, other
vehicles rated at 10,000 pounds or less,
gross vehicle weight, would be required
to be equipped with a visibility system.
This alternative would have
substantially lower, but still significant,
safety benefits, substantially lower
installation costs, lower net costs, and
higher cost per equivalent life saved.
Cars not equipped under this option
with a rearview visibility system would
be required to provide an audible
warning inside the vehicle of not less
than 85 dBa between 500–3000 Hz
when a test object is placed in one of the
locations specified for test objects in the
requirements for rearview image
performance and the vehicle
transmission is shifted into reverse gear.
Given that current sensors have a
shorter range than rearview visibility
systems, the test objects might need to
be placed somewhat closer to the
vehicle than they are when used to test
the performance of rearview visibility
systems. Alternatively, the test objects
could be placed in the same locations as
for rearward visibility systems, thus
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
requiring sensors to have stronger
signals. A disadvantage of doing that
would be the risk of increased ‘‘false’’
activations. This requirement to sense
the presence of a test object would be
required to be met for each of the test
object locations. The other requirements
would be similar to those for the
proposed rearview systems.
II. Background
A. Cameron Gulbransen Kids
Transportation Safety Act of 2007
Subsection (2)(b) of the K.T. Safety
Act directed the Secretary of
Transportation to initiate rulemaking by
February 28, 2009 to amend Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)
No. 111, Rearview Mirrors, to expand
the required field of view to enable the
driver of a motor vehicle to detect areas
behind the motor vehicle to reduce
death and injury resulting from backing
incidents.7 The Secretary is required to
publish a final rule within 36 months of
the passage of the K.T. Safety Act (i.e.,
by February 28, 2011).
Given that subsection (2)(b) requires
the amendment of a Federal motor
vehicle safety standard, this rulemaking
is subject to both the requirements of
subsection (b) and the requirements for
such standards in the Vehicle Safety
Act, 49 U.S.C. 30111.
Subsection (2)(b) contains the
following requirements. Not later than
12 months after the date of the
enactment of this Act, the Secretary
shall initiate a rulemaking to revise
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
111 (FMVSS 111) to expand the
required field of view to enable the
driver of a motor vehicle to detect areas
behind the motor vehicle to reduce
death and injury resulting from backing
incidents, particularly incidents
involving small children and disabled
persons. The Secretary may prescribe
different requirements for different
types of motor vehicles to expand the
required field of view to enable the
driver of a motor vehicle to detect areas
behind the motor vehicle to reduce
death and injury resulting from backing
incidents, particularly incidents
involving small children and disabled
persons. Such standard may be met by
the provision of additional mirrors,
sensors, cameras, or other technology to
expand the driver’s field of view.
Subsection (2)(e) of the K.T. Safety
Act broadly defines the term ‘‘motor
vehicle,’’ as used in subsection (2)(b), as
7 As noted above, the agency first public step
toward meeting this requirement was the issuance
of an ANPRM. It was posted on the NHTSA Web
site on February 27, 2009, and published in the
Federal Register on March 3, 2009. 74 FR 9478.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
follows: As used in this Act and for
purposes of the motor vehicle safety
standards described in subsections (a)
and (b), the term ‘motor vehicle’ has the
meaning given such term in section
30102(a)(6) of title 49, United States
Code, except that such term shall not
include—a motorcycle or trailer; or any
motor vehicle that is rated at more than
10,000 pounds gross vehicular weight.
Section 30102(a)(6) of the National
Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act
defines ‘‘motor vehicle’’ even more
broadly as a vehicle driven or drawn by
mechanical power and manufactured
primarily for use on public streets,
roads, and highways, but does not
include a vehicle operated only on a rail
line.
The K.T. Safety Act also specifies the
rule must be phased-in and that it must
be fully implemented within four years
after the publication date of the final
rule. The statutory language, contained
in subsection (c) of the K.T. Safety Act,
sets out these requirements for the
phase-in period: The safety standards
prescribed pursuant to subsections (a)
and (b) shall establish a phase-in period
for compliance, as determined by the
Secretary, and require full compliance
with the safety standards not later than
48 months after the date on which the
final rule is issued.
In establishing the phase-in period of
the rearward visibility safety standards
required under subsection (b), the
Secretary shall consider whether to
require the phase-in according to
different types of motor vehicles based
on data demonstrating the frequency by
which various types of motor vehicles
have been involved in backing incidents
resulting in injury or death. If the
Secretary determines that any type of
motor vehicle should be given priority,
the Secretary shall issue regulations that
specify which type or types of motor
vehicles shall be phased-in first; and the
percentages by which such motor
vehicles shall be phased-in.
Congress emphasized the protection
of small children and disabled persons,
and added that the revised standard
may be met by the ‘‘provision of
additional mirrors, sensors, cameras, or
other technology to expand the driver’s
field of view.’’ While NHTSA does not
interpret the Congressional language to
require that all of these technologies
eventually be integrated into the final
requirement, we have closely examined
the merits of each of them, and present
our analysis of their ability to address
the backover safety problem.
We note that the inclusion of sensors
as a ‘‘technology to expand the driver’s
field of view’’ suggests that the passage
‘‘expand the required field of view’’
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
should not be read in the literal way as
meaning the driver must be able to see
more of the area behind the vehicle. A
literal reading would make the reference
to sensors superfluous, violating a basic
canon of statutory interpretation.
Instead, it seems that language should
be read as meaning the driver must be
able to monitor, visually or otherwise,
an expanded area.
Finally, section 4 of the K.T. Safety
Act provides that if the Secretary
determines that the deadlines applicable
under the Act cannot be met, the
Secretary shall establish new deadlines,
and notify the Committee on Energy and
Commerce of the House of
Representatives and the Committee on
Commerce, Science, and Transportation
of the Senate of the new deadlines
describing the reasons the deadlines
specified under the K.T. Safety Act
could not be met.
The relevant provisions in the Vehicle
Safety Act are those in section 30111 of
title 49 of the United States Code.
Section 3011 states that the Secretary of
Transportation shall prescribe motor
vehicle safety standards. Each standard
shall be practicable, meet the need for
motor vehicle safety, and be stated in
objective terms. When prescribing a
motor vehicle safety standard under this
chapter, the Secretary shall consider
relevant available motor vehicle safety
information; consult with the agency
established under the Act of August 20,
1958 (Pub. L. 85–684, 72 Stat. 635), and
other appropriate State or interstate
authorities (including legislative
committees); consider whether a
proposed standard is reasonable,
practicable, and appropriate for the
particular type of motor vehicle or
motor vehicle equipment for which it is
prescribed; and consider the extent to
which the standard will carry out
section 30101 of this title.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
B. Applicability
With regard to the scope of vehicles
covered by the mandate, the statute
refers to all motor vehicles rated at not
more than 10,000 pounds gross vehicle
weight (GVW) (except motorcycles and
trailers). Specifically, it states that the
Secretary shall ‘‘revise [FMVSS No. 111]
to expand the required field of view to
enable the driver of a motor vehicle to
detect areas behind the motor vehicle
* * *,’’ and defines a ‘‘motor vehicle’’
for purposes of the Act as any motor
vehicle whose GVWR is 10,000 pounds
or less, except trailers and motorcycles.
This language means that the revised
regulation could be applied to passenger
cars, low-speed vehicles (LSVs),
multipurpose passenger vehicles
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
(MPVs),8 buses (including small school
buses and school vans), and trucks with
a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less. In
this document, we are proposing that
each of these types of vehicles would be
subject to improved rear visibility
requirements.
We note, however, that in our review
of real-world crashes, NHTSA could not
determine whether there were any
backover incidents involving LSVs,
small school buses, and school vans.
Accordingly, we seek comment and data
related to the issue of whether, if the
agency remains unable to find such
incidents, it could reasonably conclude
that those vehicles pose no
unreasonable risk of backover crashes
and whether it would be permissible
therefore it to exclude these vehicles
from the application of the final rule.
The agency invites comment on whether
the absence of incidents might reflect
operational conditions (school vehiclesoperation in environments in which the
vulnerable age groups are unlikely to be
present or perhaps avoidance of backing
maneuvers) or a possible absence of any
blind spot behind the vehicle (some
LSVs).
76191
A backover crash is a specificallydefined type of incident, in which a
non-occupant of a vehicle (i.e., a
pedestrian or cyclist) is struck by a
vehicle moving in reverse. As stated in
the ANPRM, using a variety of available
data sources, NHTSA has identified a
total population of 228 fatalities and
17,000 injuries due to light vehicle
backover crashes.9 Unlike other crashes,
the overwhelming majority of backover
crashes occur off of public roadways, in
areas such as driveways and parking
lots. Children and people over 70 are
also far more likely than other groups to
be victims of backover crashes. In the
case of children, their short stature can
make them extremely difficult for a
driver to see using direct vision or
existing mirrors.
Because many backover crashes occur
off public roadways, NHTSA’s
traditional methodologies for collecting
data as to the specific numbers and
circumstances of backover incidents
have not always given the agency a
complete picture of the scope and
circumstances of these types of
incidents. The following sections detail
NHTSA’s attempts to both quantify the
number of backover incidents and
determine their nature.
In response to section 2012 of the
‘‘Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient
Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for
Users’’ (SAFETEA–LU),10 NHTSA
developed the ‘‘Not-in-Traffic
Surveillance’’ (NiTS) system to collect
information about all nontraffic crashes,
including nontraffic backing crashes.
NiTS provided information on these
backing crashes that occurred off the
traffic way and which were not
included in NHTSA’s FARS database or
NASS–GES. The subset of backing
crashes that involve a pedestrian,
bicyclist, or other person not in a
vehicle, is referred to as ‘‘backover
crashes.’’ This is distinguished from the
larger category of ‘‘backing crashes,’’
which would include such nonbackover events such as a vehicle going
in reverse and colliding with another
vehicle, or a vehicle backing off an
embankment or into a stationary object.
While the primary purpose of this
rulemaking is to prevent backover
crashes, any improvements to rear
visibility should also have a positive
effect on all types of backing crashes.
The national estimates for fatalities
and injuries presented in the ANPRM
were developed using data from FARS,
NASS–GES, and the NiTS. While there
are newer estimates available for FARS
and NASS–GES, there are not for the
NiTS and therefore the estimates we
provided in the ANPRM and in this
document represent the most current
data available. As such, based on the
currently available data, NHTSA
estimates that 463 fatalities and 48,000
injuries a year occur in traffic and
nontraffic backing crashes.11 Most of
these injuries are minor, but an
estimated 6,000 per year are
incapacitating injuries. Overall, an
estimated 65 percent (302) of the
fatalities and 62 percent (29,000) of the
injuries in backing crashes occurred in
nontraffic situations.
Based on existing data, NHTSA
estimates the following number of
injuries and fatalities. Overall, backing
crashes result in approximately 463
fatalities and 48,000 injuries. Of those,
the subset of backover crashes
comprises 292 fatalities (63 percent) and
18,000 injuries (38 percent). These
figures are reflected in Table 1 below.
8 Per 49 CFR 571.3, multipurpose passenger
vehicle means a motor vehicle with motive power,
except a low-speed vehicle or trailer, designed to
carry 10 persons or less which is constructed either
on a truck chassis or with special features for
occasional off-road operation.
9 49 FR 9482.
10 Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient
Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users,
Public Law 109–59, August 10, 2005.
11 Fatalities and Injuries in Motor Vehicle Backing
Crashes, NHTSA Report to Congress (2008), DOT
HS 811 144. https://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/
811144.PDF.
C. Backover Crash Safety Problem
i. Definitions and Summary
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76192
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 1—ANNUAL ESTIMATED FATALITIES AND INJURIES IN ALL BACKING CRASHES FOR ALL VEHICLES 12
Total
Backover crashes
Other backing
crashes
Estimated total
Estimated total
Estimated total
Injury severity
Fatalities .....................................................................................................................
Incapacitating Injury ...................................................................................................
Non-incapacitating Injury ...........................................................................................
Possible Injury ...........................................................................................................
Injured Severity Unknown ..........................................................................................
463
6,000
12,000
27,000
2,000
292
3,000
7,000
7,000
1,000
171
3,000
5,000
20,000
2,000
Total Injuries .......................................................................................................
48,000
18,000
30,000
Source: FARS 2002–2006, NASS–GES 2002–2006, NiTS 2007.
Note: Estimates may not add up to totals due to independent rounding. [Note to agency, unknowns will be updated prior OST approval to reflect optics that 2,000 + 1,000 does not equal 2.]
ii. Backover Crash Risk by Crash and
Vehicle Type
Backovers account for an estimated 63
percent of all fatal backing crashes
involving all vehicle types. As indicated
in Table 2, an estimated 15 percent (68)
of the backing crash fatalities occur in
multivehicle crashes, and an estimated
13 percent (62) occur in single-vehicle
non-collisions, such as occupants who
fall out of and are struck by their own
backing vehicles. About half of the
backing crash injuries (20,000 per year)
occur in multi-vehicle crashes involving
backing vehicles.
TABLE 2—FATALITIES AND INJURIES BY BACKING CRASH TYPE 13
All vehicles
Passenger vehicles
Backing crash scenarios
Fatalities
Injuries
Fatalities
Injuries
Backovers: Striking Non-occupant ..................................................................................
Backing: Striking Fixed Object ........................................................................................
Backing: Single-vehicle Non-collision ..............................................................................
Backing: Striking/Struck by Other Vehicle (multi-vehicle) ...............................................
Backing: Other .................................................................................................................
292
33
62
68
8
18,000
2,000
1,000
24,000
3,000
228
33
53
39
8
17,000
2,000
1,000
20,000
3,000
Total Backing ............................................................................................................
463
48,000
361
43,000
Source: FARS 2002–2006, NASS–GES 2002–2006, NiTS 2007.
Note: Estimates may not add up to totals due to independent rounding.
Most backover fatalities and injuries
involve passenger vehicles. Tables 2 and
3 indicate that all major passenger
vehicle types (cars, trucks, multipurpose
passenger vehicles, and vans) with
GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less are
involved in backover fatalities and
injuries. However, the data indicate that
some vehicles show a greater
involvement in backing crashes than
other vehicles. Table 3 illustrates that
pickup trucks and multipurpose
passenger vehicles are statistically
overrepresented in backover fatalities
when compared to all non-backing
traffic injury crashes and to their
proportion to the passenger vehicle
fleet. The agency’s analysis revealed
that while LTVs were statistically
overrepresented in backover-related
fatalities, they were not significantly
overrepresented in backover crashes
generally.
TABLE 3—PASSENGER VEHICLE BACKOVER FATALITIES AND INJURIES BY VEHICLE TYPE 14
Backing vehicle type (GVWR 10,000 lb or less)
Percent of
fatalities
Fatalities
Estimated
injuries
Estimated
percent of
injuries
Percent of
fleet
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Car ...........................................................................................................
Utility Vehicle ...........................................................................................
Van ...........................................................................................................
Truck ........................................................................................................
Other Vehicles .........................................................................................
59
68
29
72
0
26
30
13
31
0
9,000
3,000
1,000
3,000
*
54
20
6
18
2
58
16
8
17
<1
Passenger Vehicles ..........................................................................
228
100
17,000
100
100
Source: FARS 2002–2006, NASS–GES 2002–2006, NiTS 2007.
Note: * Indicates estimate less than 500, estimates may not add up to totals due to independent rounding.
12 Ibid.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
13 Ibid.
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76193
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
iii. Backover Crash Risk by Victim Age
NHTSA’s data indicate that children
and adults over 70 years old are
disproportionately represented in
passenger vehicle backover crashes.
Table 4 details the ages for fatalities and
injuries for backover crashes involving
all vehicles as well as those involving
passenger vehicles only. It also details
the proportion of the U.S. population in
each age category from the 2007 U.S.
Census Bureau’s Population Estimates
Program for comparison. Similar to
previous findings, backover fatalities
disproportionately affect children under
5 years old and adults 70 or older. When
restricted to backover fatalities
involving passenger vehicles, children
under 5 years old account for 44 percent
of the fatalities, and adults 70 years of
age and older account for 33 percent.
The difference in the results between all
backover crashes and passenger vehicle
backover crashes occur because large
truck backover crashes, which are
excluded from the passenger vehicle
calculations, tend to affect adults
younger than 70 years of age.
TABLE 4—ALL BACKOVER CRASH FATALITIES AND INJURIES BY VICTIM AGE 15
Age of victim
Fatalities
Percent of
fatalities
Estimated
injuries
Estimated
percent of
injuries
Percent of
population **
All Vehicles
Under 5 ................................................................................................
5–10 .....................................................................................................
10–19 ...................................................................................................
20–59 ...................................................................................................
60–69 ...................................................................................................
70+ .......................................................................................................
Unknown ..............................................................................................
103
13
4
69
28
76
....................
35
4
1
24
9
26
....................
2,000
*
2,000
9,000
2,000
3,000
*
8
3
12
48
8
18
2
7
7
14
55
8
9
........................
Total ..............................................................................................
292
100
18,000
100
100
Passenger Vehicles
Under 5 ................................................................................................
5–10 .....................................................................................................
10–19 ...................................................................................................
20–59 ...................................................................................................
60–69 ...................................................................................................
70+ .......................................................................................................
Unknown ..............................................................................................
100
10
1
29
15
74
....................
44
4
1
13
6
33
....................
2,000
1,000
2,000
8,000
1,000
3,000
*
9
3
12
46
8
19
2
7
7
14
55
8
9
........................
Total ..............................................................................................
228
100
17,000
100
100
Note: * Indicates estimate less than 500, estimates may not add up to totals due to independent rounding.
Note: ** Source: U.S. Census Bureau, Population Estimates Program, 2007 Population Estimates; FARS 2002–2006, NASS–GES 2002–2006,
NiTS 2007.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
The proportion of backover injuries
by age group is more similar to the
proportion of the population than for
backover fatalities. However, while
children under 5 years old appear to be
slightly statistically overrepresented in
backover injuries compared to the
population, adults 70 years of age and
older appear to be greatly
overrepresented.
Table 5 presents passenger vehicle
backover fatalities by year of age for
victims less than 5 years old. Out of all
backover fatalities involving passenger
vehicles, 26 percent (60 out of 228) of
victims are 1 year of age and younger.
14 Ibid.
TABLE 5—BREAKDOWN OF BACKOVER iv. Special Crash Investigation of
CRASH FATALITIES INVOLVING PAS- Backover Crashes
SENGER VEHICLES FOR VICTIMS
As reported in the ANPRM, NHTSA’s
UNDER AGE 5 YEARS 16
efforts to collect data on police-reported
backover crashes have included a
Special Crash Investigation (SCI)
program. The SCI program was created
0 ................................................
< 1 to examine the safety impact of rapidly
1 ................................................
59 changing technologies and to provide
2 ................................................
23 NHTSA with early detection of alleged
3 ................................................
14 or potential vehicle defects.
4 ................................................
3
SCI began investigating cases related
to backover crashes in October 2006.17
Total ...................................
100 SCI receives notification of potential
Note: Estimates may not add to totals due backover cases from several different
to independent rounding.
sources including media reports, police
Source: US Census Bureau, Population Es- and rescue personnel, contacts within
timates Program, 2007 Population Estimates; NHTSA, reports from the general public,
FARS 2002–2006, NASS–GES 2002–2006,
as well as notifications from the NASS.
NiTS 2007.
As of August 2009, roughly 80 percent
of 849 total ‘‘Not-in-Traffic Surveillance’’
system incident notifications that SCI
had received regarded backover
Age of victim
(years)
16 74
Number of
fatalities
FR 9478.
17 Fatalities and Injuries in Motor Vehicle Backing
Crashes, NHTSA Report to Congress (2008).
15 Ibid.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
20:06 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76194
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
crashes.18 For the purpose of the SCI
cases, an eligible backover is defined as
a crash in which a light passenger
vehicle’s back plane strikes or passes
over a person who is either positioned
to the rear of the vehicle or is
approaching from the side. SCI
primarily focuses on cases involving
children; however, it investigates some
cases involving adults. The majority of
notifications received do not meet the
criteria for case assignment. Typically,
the reasons for not pursuing further
include:
• The reported crash configuration is
outside of the scope of the program,
• Minor incidents with no fatally or
seriously injured persons, or
• Incidents where cooperation cannot
be established with the involved parties.
As an example, many reported
incidents are determined to be side or
frontal impacts, which exclude them
from the program. Cases involving adult
victims were generally excluded from
the study unless they were seriously
injured or killed or if the backing
vehicles were equipped with backing or
parking aids.
The SCI effort to examine backover
crashes includes an on-site inspection of
the scene and vehicle, as well as
interviews of the involved parties when
possible. When an on-site investigation
is not possible, backover cases are
investigated remotely through an
examination of police-provided reports
and photos as well as interviews with
the involved parties. For each backover
case investigated, a case vehicle
visibility study is also conducted to
determine the size of the vehicle’s blind
zones and also to determine at what
distance behind the vehicle the
occupant may have become visible to
the driver.
Thus far, NHTSA has completed
special crash investigations of 58
backover cases. The 58 backing vehicles
were comprised of 18 passenger cars, 22
multipurpose passenger vehicles, 5 vans
(including minivans) and 13 pickup
trucks. For cases in which an estimated
speed for the backing vehicle was
available, the average speed of the
backing vehicle was approximately 3
mph. Of the 58 SCI backover cases, 95
percent (55) of the cases occurred in
daylight conditions. Half (29) involved
a non-occupant fatality.
Four of the 58 cases involved vehicles
equipped with a parking aid system. All
four systems were sensor-based parking
aids. In two vehicles, the systems had
been manually turned off for unknown
reasons. In one backover case, the
system did not detect an elderly female
who had fallen behind a sensorequipped vehicle, and presumably
positioned at a height below the
detection zone of the sensors. In the
fourth case the system did detect the
adult pedestrian victim and provided a
warning that prompted the driver to
stop the vehicle, but the driver looked
rearward and did not see an obstacle so
he began backing again and struck the
victim.
One issue that was evident from the
SCI cases is that very few instances
involved victims that were easily visible
from the driver’s position. Instead, most
of the victims were either children (who
were too short to be seen behind the
vehicle), or adults who had fallen or
bent over and were also thus not in the
driver’s field of view. Eighty-eight
percent of the backover crashes (51 of
the 58) involved children, ranging in age
from less than 8 months old up to 13
years old, who were struck by vehicles.
The other 12 percent of the 58 cases
involved adult victims aged 30 years or
older. Of the 8 adult victims, 4 were in
an upright posture either standing or
walking and one of those 4, as noted in
the prior paragraph, had been detected
by a rear parking sensor system, but the
driver only stopped briefly before
continuing to back and then struck the
person. Of the remaining four adult
victims documented in the SCI cases,
one was bending over behind a backing
vehicle to pick up something from the
ground, one was an elderly female who
had fallen down in the path of the
vehicle prior to being run over, and the
postural orientation of the remaining
two was unknown.
Based on NHTSA’s analysis of the
quantitative data and narrative
descriptions of how the 58 SCIdocumented backover incidents
transpired, the breakdown of the
victim’s path of travel prior to being
struck is as follows: 41 (71 percent)
were approaching from the right or left
of the vehicle, 12 were in the path of the
backing vehicle, 4 were unknown, and
one was ‘‘other’’.19
Subsequent to the ANPRM, NHTSA
further analyzed these SCI backover
cases to assess how far the vehicle
traveled before striking the victim.
Distances traveled for these cases ranged
from 1 to 75 feet. Overall, as shown in
Table 6 below, this analysis showed that
in 77 percent of real-world, SCI
backover cases, the vehicle traveled up
to 20 feet. While the subset may or may
not nationally representative of all
backing crashes, we believe this
information from the SCI cases could be
used in the development of a required
visible area and the associated
development of a compliance test.
TABLE 6—AVERAGE DISTANCE TRAVELED BY BACKING VEHICLE FOR FIRST 58 SCI BACKOVER CASES AND PERCENT OF
BACKOVER CRASHES THAT COULD BE AVOIDED
Number of
SCI cases
Average distance
traveled prior to
Strike
(ft)
7ft
(%)
15ft
(%)
20ft
(%)
35ft
(%)
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Car .................................................................................
SUV ................................................................................
Minivan ...........................................................................
Van .................................................................................
Pickup ............................................................................
18
22
4
1
13
13.7
13.4
31.0
54.5
17.2
39
27
25
0
38
56
68
50
0
69
78
82
50
0
69
89
100
75
0
92
All Light Vehicles ....................................................
58
26.0
33
63
77
93
18 Since SCI investigates as many relevant cases
that they are notified about as possible and not on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
a statistical sampling of incidents, results are not
representative of the general population.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
19 Note that one or more cases examined involved
multiple victims, causing the total of the path
breakdown scenarios to be 53 rather than 52.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
v. Analysis of Backover Crash Risk by
Pedestrian Location Using Monte Carlo
Simulation
As noted in the ANPRM, NHTSA also
calculated backover crash risk as a
function of pedestrian location using a
Monte Carlo simulation.20 Data from a
recent NHTSA study of drivers’ backing
behavior,21 such as average backing
speed and average distance covered in
a backing maneuver, were used to
develop a backing speed distribution
and a backing distance distribution that
were used as inputs to the simulation.
Similarly, published data 22 23 24
characterizing walking and running
speeds of an average 1-year-old child
were also used as inputs. A Monte Carlo
simulation was performed that drew
upon the noted vehicle and pedestrian
motion data to calculate a probabilitybased risk weighting for a test area
centered behind the vehicle. The
probability-based risk weightings for
each grid square were based on the
number of pedestrian-vehicle backing
crashes predicted by the simulation for
trials for which the pedestrian was
initially (i.e., at the time that the vehicle
began to back up) in the center of one
square of the grid of 1-foot squares
spanning 70 feet wide by 90 feet in
range behind the vehicle. A total of
1,000,000 simulation trials were run
with the pedestrian initially in the
center of each square.
The output of this analysis calculated
relative crash risk values for each grid
square representing a location behind
the vehicle. Analysis results showed
that the probability of crash decreases
rapidly as the pedestrian’s initial
location is moved rearward, away from
the rear bumper of the vehicle. Areas
located behind the vehicle and to the
side were also shown to have
moderately high risk, giving pedestrians
some risk of being hit even though they
were not initially directly behind the
vehicle. The results suggest that an area
12 feet wide by 36 feet long centered
behind the vehicle would address
20 49
FR 9484.
E. N., Barickman, F. S., Baldwin, G. H.
S., and Ranney, T. A. (2008). On-Road Study of
Drivers’ Use of Rearview Video Systems
(ORSDURVS). National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, DOT HS 811 024.
22 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for
Streets and Highways, 2003 Edition. Washington,
DC: FHWA, November 2003.
23 Milazzo, J.S., Rouphail, J.E., and Alien, D.P.
(1999). Quality of Service for Interrupted-Flow
Pedestrian Facilities in Highway Capacity Manual
2000. Transportation Research Record, No. 1678
(1999): 25–31.
24 Chou, P., Chou, Y., Su, F., Huang, W., Lin, T.
(2003). Normal Gait of Children. Biomedical
Engineering—Applications, Basis &
Communications, Vol. 15 No. 4 August 2003.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
21 Mazzae,
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
pedestrian locations having relative
crash risks of 0.15 and higher (with a
risk value of 1.0 being located directly
aft of the rear bumper). To address crash
risks of 0.20 and higher, an area 7 feet
wide and 33 feet long centered behind
the vehicle would need to be covered.
The analysis showed that an area
covering approximately the width of the
vehicle out to a range of 19 feet would
encompass risk values of 0.4 and higher.
D. Comparative Regulatory
Requirements
As of today, no country has
established a requirement for the
minimum area directly behind a light
vehicle that must be directly or
indirectly visible. All countries do,
however, have standards for side and
interior rearview mirrors, although
slight differences do exist in terms of
mirror requirements.
i. Current FMVSS No. 111
76195
to be mounted on the outside of the
vehicle. This mirror is required to be a
plane mirror that provides ‘‘the driver a
view of a level road surface extending
to the horizon from a line,
perpendicular to a longitudinal plane
tangent to the driver’s side of the
vehicle at the widest point, extending
2.4 m (7.9 ft) out from the tangent plane
10.7 m (35.1 ft) behind the driver’s eyes,
with the seat in the rearmost position.’’
Paragraph S6 sets mirror requirements
for buses (including school buses and
school vans), trucks, and MPVs, with a
GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less. Unlike
the requirement for passenger cars,
paragraph S6 does not set a requirement
for a rear field of view directly behind
the vehicle, but only sets a requirement
for the rearward area to the sides of the
vehicle. Pursuant to paragraph S6,
vehicles must have either mirrors that
conform to paragraph S5 or outside
mirrors of unit magnification with
reflective surface area of not less than
126 square centimeters (19.5 square
inches) on each side of the vehicle. We
note that under S6, manufacturers are
given the option to have mirrors that
conform to S5, instead of the
requirements listed in S6. As paragraph
S6 does not establish minimum rear
field of view requirements for the area
directly behind the vehicle, existing
state laws or regulations may regulate
the vehicle’s rear field of view for
vehicles subject to the requirements of
paragraph S6.
FMVSS No. 111 also includes
requirements for school buses in
paragraph S9. These requirements are
substantially more robust than the
mirror requirements for other vehicles.
The standard also contains test
procedures (paragraph S13) for
determining the performance of school
bus mirrors.
FMVSS No. 111, Rearview mirrors,
sets requirements for motor vehicles to
be equipped with mirrors that improve
rearward visibility.25 This standard sets
different requirements for various
classes of vehicles, notably including
passenger cars in paragraph S5, and
multipurpose passenger vehicles
(MPVs), trucks, and buses (including
school buses and school vans) with a
GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less in
paragraph S6. The purpose of this
standard is to reduce the number of
deaths and injuries that occur when the
driver of a motor vehicle does not have
a clear and reasonably unobstructed
view to the rear.
With respect to passenger cars,
paragraph S5 of the standard sets
requirements for both the rearward area
to the sides of the vehicle, as well as the
area directly behind the vehicle. With
regard to the requirements for viewing
the area directly behind the vehicle,
paragraph S5 requires that the inside
mirror must have a field of view at least
20 degrees wide and a sufficient vertical
angle to provide a view of a level road
surface extending to the horizon
beginning not more than 200 feet (61 m)
behind the vehicle. If this requirement
is not met, the standard requires that a
flat 26 or convex exterior mirror must be
mounted on the passenger’s side of the
vehicle; although no specific field of
view is required.
With regard to the rearward area to
the side of the vehicle, paragraph S5
requires a driver’s side rearview mirror
In 1981, the United Nations Economic
Commission for Europe enacted
Regulation 46 (ECE R46), which details
uniform provisions concerning the
approval of devices for indirect vision.27
ECE R46 defines devices for indirect
vision as those that observe the area
adjacent to the vehicle which cannot be
observed by direct vision, including
‘‘conventional mirrors, camera-monitors
or other devices able to present
information about the indirect field of
vision to the driver.’’ ECE R46 permits
either exterior planar or convex mirrors
25 49 CFR 571.111, Standard No. 111, Rearview
mirrors.
26 Flat mirrors are referred to as ‘‘planar’’ or ‘‘unit
magnification’’ mirrors.
27 ECE R46–02, Uniform Provisions Concerning
the Approval of: Devices for Indirect Vision and of
Motor Vehicles with Regard to the Installation of
these Devices, (August 7, 2008).
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
ii. Relevant European Regulations (Also
United Kingdom and Australia)
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76196
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
on both sides of the vehicle, provided a
minimum field of view is satisfied.
Specifications are also provided to
define the required minimum surface
area of the interior rearview mirror.
The ECE R46 regulation previously
outlined requirements for devices for
indirect vision other than mirrors for
vehicles with more than eight seating
positions and those configured for
refuse collection. However, in an
August 7, 2008 amendment all
performance requirements were
removed and replaced with the
statement, ‘‘Vehicles may be equipped
with additional devices for indirect
vision.’’ 28 This change allows for
indirect vision systems to be installed
on European vehicles without meeting
any performance requirements.
iii. Relevant Regulations in Japan and
Korea
The Japanese regulation, Article 44,
provides a performance based
requirement for rearview mirrors.29 For
light vehicles, rearview mirrors must be
present that enable drivers to check the
traffic situation around the left-hand
lane edge and behind the vehicle from
the driver’s seat.30 The regulation
requires that the driver be able to
‘‘visually confirm the presence of a
cylindrical object 1 m high and 0.3 m
in diameter (equivalent to a 6-year-old
child) adjacent to the front or the lefthand side of the vehicle (or the righthand side in the case of a left-hand
drive vehicle), either directly or
indirectly via mirrors, screens, or
similar devices.’’ Article 44 does not
specify requirements for rear-mounted
convex mirrors and rearview video
systems. Rear-mounted convex mirrors
are commonly found on multipurpose
passenger vehicles and vans in Japan.
The Korean regulation on rearview
mirrors, Article 50 outlines rearview
mirror requirements for a range of
vehicles. Article 50 requires a flat or
convex exterior mirror mounted on the
driver’s side for passenger vehicles and
buses with less than 10 passengers. For
buses, cargo vehicles, and special motor
vehicles, flat or convex rear-view
mirrors are required on both sides of the
vehicle. Article 50 does not address
rear-mounted convex mirrors and
rearview video systems, therefore these
devices are allowed, but not required
28 Section 15.3.5 of ECE R46–02, Uniform
Provisions Concerning the Approval of: Devices for
Indirect Vision and of Motor Vehicles with Regard
to the Installation of these Devices, (August 7,
2008).
29 Japanese Safety Regulation Article 44 and
attachments 79–81.
30 Vehicles manufactured for the Japanese market
are right-hand drive.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
under the standard. Again, rearmounted convex mirrors can be found
on SUVs and vans in Korea.
iv. State Regulations
In the ANPRM, NHTSA requested
comment on whether states or
municipalities have regulations
pertaining to rear visibility
requirements.31 NHTSA has found that
two states, New York and New Jersey,
have motor vehicle regulations that
require some single-unit trucks to have
a cross-view mirror or electronic backup
device. Specifically, the regulations
apply to vehicles with a ‘‘cube-style’’ or
‘‘walk-in type’’ cargo bay. We note that
while the K.T. Safety Act applies
primarily to passenger vehicles, the
state regulations apply only to vehicles
used for commercial purposes.
However, we note that some commercial
vehicles may be encompassed by the
proposed regulations, and that issues of
Federal preemption could apply. This is
discussed in more detail in Section IX.
III. Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking
The ANPRM set forth the agency’s
analysis of the crash data and safety
problem, our research progress, and
ideas for possible proposals.32
Specifically, the ANPRM reiterated
some previous findings on backover
statistics, presented research findings on
the effectiveness of various
countermeasures, and outlined options
for improving rear visibility including:
Improved direct vision (i.e., looking
directly out the vehicle’s rear window)
or indirect vision via rear-mounted
convex mirrors, rearview video systems,
and rear object detection sensors. The
notice also set forth three approaches to
defining the scope of the applicability of
the enhancements to FMVSS No. 111
being contemplated by the agency. The
approaches included requiring a rear
visibility countermeasure on all light
vehicles, only LTVs, or just a portion of
the fleet as determined using a rear
blind zone area threshold. Such a
threshold would indicate what size of
area behind the vehicle in which a
driver cannot see obstacles is too large
based on an associated high rate of
backing or backover crashes. Several
approaches for developing a threshold
were provided, including a vehicle type
approach and multiple implementations
of a rear blind zone area threshold
approach. Finally, the ANPRM sought
responses to approximately forty-three
specific questions addressing the
feasibility and performance of various
31 74
32 74
PO 00000
FR 9480.
FR 9478, [Docket No. NHTSA–2009–0041].
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
technologies, technology cost, and
requesting feedback on NHTSA’s ideas
about possible approaches for
countermeasure application throughout
all or a portion of the fleet. Sections A
through D of this section summarize the
information presented and the
subsequent sections summarize the
comments received.
A. Technologies To Mitigate Backover
Crashes
Systems to aid drivers in performing
backing maneuvers have been available
for nearly two decades. To date, original
equipment systems have been marketed
as a convenience feature or ‘‘parking
aid’’ for which the vehicle owner’s
manual often contains language
denoting sensor performance limitations
with respect to detecting children or
small moving objects. Aftermarket
systems, however, are often marketed as
safety devices for warning drivers of the
presence of small children behind the
vehicle.
Since the early 1990s, NHTSA has
actively researched approaches to
mitigate backing crashes with
pedestrians for heavy and light vehicles
by assessing the effectiveness of various
backing aid technologies. In addition to
sensor-based rear object detection
systems, the agency has evaluated rearmounted convex mirrors and rearview
video systems. To date, our evaluation
and testing results indicate that
rearview video systems not only offer
drivers the most comprehensive view
behind a vehicle but drivers seem to use
them more effectively in avoiding a
conflict situation with a pedestrian
when compared to additional mirrors
and sensors. The following paragraphs
provide a summary of the information
presented in the ANPRM describing
each of the system types assessed by
NHTSA to date and our observations on
how they could be used to improve the
rear visibility of current vehicles.
i. Rear-Mounted Convex Mirrors
Rear-mounted convex mirrors are
mirrors with a curved reflective surface
that can be mounted internal or external
to the vehicle. Their design is such that
they compress a reflected image to
provide a wider field of view than
planar (i.e., flat) mirrors. When used on
vehicles, the mirrors may be mounted at
the rear to allow a driver to see areas
behind the vehicle. A single rearmounted mirror can be mounted at the
upper center of the rear window with
the reflective surface pointing at the
ground (commonly referred to as
backing mirrors, under mirrors, or ‘‘lookdown’’ mirrors) or at the driver’s side on
the upper corner of the vehicle
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
(commonly seen on delivery vans or
mail delivery trucks and called ‘‘corner
mirrors’’) to show the area behind the
vehicle. Both look-down and corner
convex mirrors are typically positioned
to show a portion of the rear of the
vehicle to give drivers a visual reference
point. Alternatively, rear convex ‘‘crossview’’ mirrors pairs can be integrated
into the inside face of both rearmost
pillars or attached to the rear glass to
show objects approaching on a
perpendicular path behind the vehicle
to aid a driver when backing into a
right-of-way. While cross-view mirrors
are available for passenger cars and
LTVs, rear convex look-down and
corner mirrors can only be mounted on
vehicles with a vertical rear window,
such as vans and SUVs. Rear-mounted
convex mirrors are primarily available
as aftermarket products in the U.S., but
are also available as original equipment
on at least one multipurpose passenger
vehicle.33 In Korea and Japan, rearmounted convex mirrors are used on
small school buses, short delivery
trucks, and some multipurpose vehicles
(e.g., SUVs) to allow drivers to view
areas behind a vehicle.
Generally, drivers use rear-mounted
convex look-down mirrors to view the
area behind a vehicle by looking
directly at the mirror or by viewing
them indirectly through their reflection
in the interior rearview mirror. Crossview mirrors also may be viewed either
directly or indirectly through the
interior rearview mirror. For a rear
convex corner mirror, which is not in
the driver’s direct line of sight, he or she
must look into the driver’s side rearview
mirror to view the reflection of the rear
convex corner mirror.
In the ANPRM, NHTSA outlined its
observations about these mirrors based
on our testing conducted in 2006 and
2007.34 35 The fields of view for lookdown mirrors examined were found to
extend from the rear bumper out
approximately 6 feet radially from the
mirror location, while the view
provided by cross-view mirrors
extended further due to the mirrors’
vertical orientation. Overall, our testing
generally indicated that convex mirrors
compress and distort the image of
reflected objects in their field of view,
33 Rear-mounted convex mirrors have been
available on the Toyota 4Runner base model vehicle
since model year 2003.
34 74 FR 9486.
35 The research studies and the observations are
documented in ’’The Ability of Rear-Mounted
Convex Mirrors to Improve Rear Visibility,’’
Enhanced Safety of Vehicles Conference 2009,
Paper Number 09–0558. Since the ANPRM, NHTSA
has conducted additional testing on drivers’ use of
rear-mounted convex mirrors, the findings of which
will be discussed later in this document.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
which makes objects and pedestrians
appear very narrow and difficult for the
driver to discern and identify in most
locations within the reflected image.
These aspects of image quality worsen
as the length of the vehicle increases,
since for longer vehicles the mirror is
further from the driver. Our testing also
has indicated that because rear crossview mirrors are positioned to show an
area to the side and rear of the vehicle,
they do not provide a good view of the
area directly behind the vehicle (the
area bounded by two imaginary planes
tangent to the sides of the vehicle). As
such, it is possible that a pedestrian or
object located directly behind the
vehicle would not be visible to the
driver. Rear cross-view mirrors can help
drivers see objects approaching the rear
of the vehicle along a perpendicular
path.
ii. Rearview Video Systems
Rearview video systems are available
as both original and aftermarket
equipment and permit a driver to see
the area directly behind the vehicle via
a visual display (i.e., video screen)
showing the image from a video camera
mounted on the rear of the vehicle.
NHTSA has observed the placement of
these visual displays in a number of
locations. Sometimes these displays
serve the added purpose of providing a
visual display for a navigation system or
satellite radio. As stand-alone units,
these displays have also been
incorporated into the dash or into the
interior rearview mirror. The video
cameras installed with rearview video
systems vary in field of view
performance from approximately 130 to
180 degrees behind the vehicle.
Drivers use rearview video systems as
an additional source of visual
information complementing the views
provide by the interior and exterior
rearview mirrors. In a 2008 report 36 that
documented NHTSA’s research on
drivers’ use of rearview video systems,
the agency asserted that proper use of a
rearview video system by a driver
would entail drivers beginning to back
only when the rearview video system
display image becomes visible and the
driver has looked at the image, and that
drivers should look at the display as
well as the vehicle’s mirrors
periodically during backing rather than
just taking one glance at the display at
the start of the maneuver.
In the ANPRM, NHTSA summarized
its 2006 research that examined three
rearview video systems: One in
combination with original equipment
rear parking sensors, one aftermarket
system combining both rearview video
and parking sensor technologies, and
one original equipment rearview video
system.37 38 This examination of
rearview video systems included
assessment of their fields of view and
their potential to provide drivers with
information about obstacles behind the
vehicle. Through this study, the agency
observed that the rearview video
systems examined provided a clear
image of the area behind the vehicle in
daylight and indoor lighting conditions.
Rearview video systems displayed
images of pedestrians or obstacles
behind the vehicle to a viewable range
of 23 feet or more, except for an area
within 8–12 inches of the rear bumper
at ground level. Systems displayed an
area as wide as the rear bumper at the
immediate rear of the vehicle and the
view increasingly widened further out
from the rear of the vehicle as a function
of the video camera’s viewing angle.
iii. Sensor-Based Rear Object Detection
Systems
Sensor-based object detection systems
are also available as aftermarket
products and as original equipment.
These systems use electronic sensors
that transmit a signal which, if an
obstacle is present in a sensor’s
detection field, reflects the signal back
to the sensor producing a positive
‘‘detection’’ of the obstacle. These
sensors detect objects in the vicinity of
a vehicle at varying ranges depending
on the technology. To date,
commercially-available object detection
systems have utilized short-range
ultrasonic technology or longer range
radar technology, although advanced
infrared sensors are under development
as well. Ultrasonic sensors inherently
have detection performance that varies
as a function of the degree of sonic
reflectivity of the obstacle surface. For
example, objects with a smooth surface
such as plastic or metal reflect well,
whereas objects with a textured surface,
such as clothing, do not reflect very
well. Radar sensors, which among other
things can detect the water in a human’s
body, are better able to detect
pedestrians overall, but demonstrate
inconsistent detection performance for
small children.
In 2006, NHTSA evaluated the object
detection performance of eight sensor37 74
36 Mazzae,
E. N., Barickman, F. S., Baldwin, G. H.
S., and Ranney, T. A. (2008). On-Road Study of
Drivers’ Use of Rearview Video Systems
(ORSDURVS). National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, DOT 811 024.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76197
FR 9490.
E.N. and Garrott, W.R., Experimental
Evaluation of the Performance of Available
Backover Prevention Technologies, NHTSA
Technical Report No. DOT HS 810 634, September
2006.
38 Mazzae,
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76198
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
based original equipment and
aftermarket rear parking systems.39
Measurements included static field of
view (i.e., both the vehicle and test
objects were static), static field of view
repeatability, and dynamic detection
range for different laterally moving test
objects, including adult and child
pedestrians. Both ultrasonic and radar
sensor-based systems tested were
generally inconsistent and unreliable in
detecting pedestrians, particularly
children, located behind the vehicle.
Testing showed that, in most cases,
pedestrian size affected detection
performance, as adults elicited better
detection response than 1- or 3-year-old
children. Specifically, each system
could generally detect a moving adult
pedestrian (or other objects) behind a
stationary vehicle; however, each
system exhibited difficulty in detecting
moving children. The sensor-based
systems tested exhibited some degree of
variability in their detection
performance and patterns. Five of eight
systems tested were found to exhibit
maximum system response times that
exceeded the 0.35 second limit set forth
by the performance requirements of the
International Organization for Standards
(ISO) International Standard 17386 40.
NHTSA is aware that the performance of
current sensor based systems can be
influenced by the algorithms that are
used for detection and that these
systems, to date, have likely not been
optimized for the detection of small
children.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
iv. Multi-Technology (Sensor + Video
Camera) Systems
Multi-technology systems, as the term
is used here, refer to the situation of
more than one backing aid technology
being present on a vehicle. Historically,
multi-technology backing aid systems
have consisted of a rearview video and
sensor-based technologies being both
present on the vehicle, but functioning
independently of each other. Recently,
integrated systems have become
commercially available that use data
from rear object detection sensors to
provide added convenience through
presentation of obstacle warnings
superimposed on the rearview video
system image.
39 Mazzae, E.N. and Garrott, W.R., Experimental
Evaluation of the Performance of Available
Backover Prevention Technologies, NHTSA
Technical Report No. DOT HS 810 634, September
2006.
40 ISO 17386:2004 Transport information and
control systems—Manoeuvring Aids for Low Speed
Operation (MALSO)—Performance requirements
and test procedures. This standard applies to object
detection devices that provide information to the
driver regarding the distance to an obstacle during
low-speed operation.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
It would seem reasonable to posit that
such a combination system should have
improved effectiveness over either
technology alone. With a combined
system, the sensor-based alerts could
compensate for the passive rearview
video technology by stimulating the
driver to apply the brakes and glance at
the rearview video system display to
confirm the presence of an obstacle
behind the vehicle (and inform the
driver that the warning was not a false
alarm). The intervention of the sensorbased warning should draw the driver’s
attention to the presence of a rear
obstacle, rather than relying on the
driver to look at the rearview video
system display at the right moment
when the obstacle is apparent.
However, this hypothesis has not
proven correct. NHTSA’s research to
date has shown that the combination of
rearview video and sensor technologies
to be less effective in aiding drivers to
avoid a backing crash than rearview
video alone.41 In laboratory testing of
multi-technology systems’ ability to
detect different types of objects without
interaction from a driver,42 NHTSA
found the performance of the combined
technologies in detecting or displaying
rear obstacles to be no better than that
observed in the testing of those
technologies as single-technology
systems. As was the case with sensoronly systems, the sensor function of
multi-technology systems have been
shown to perform poorly and
sporadically in detecting small children,
while the rearview video component
accurately displays rear obstacles
located within the video camera’s field
of view.
v. Other Technologies
NHTSA is aware of two additional
sensor technologies currently under
development by manufacturers that
may, one day, be used to improve a
vehicle’s rear visibility. The
technologies include infrared-based
object detection systems and videobased object recognition systems. As
with other sensor systems, infraredbased systems emit a signal, which if an
object is within its detection range, will
bounce back and be detected by a
receiver. Rear object detection via video
camera uses real-time processing of the
video image to identify obstacles behind
41 Mazzae, E. N., Barickman, F. S., Baldwin, G. H.
S., and Ranney, T. A. (2008). On-Road Study of
Drivers’ Use of Rearview Video Systems
(ORSDURVS). National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, DOT 811 024.
42 Mazzae, E.N. and Garrott, W.R., Experimental
Evaluation of the Performance of Available
Backover Prevention Technologies, NHTSA
Technical Report No. DOT HS 810 634, September
2006.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the vehicle and then alert the driver of
their presence. While these technology
applications may eventually prove
viable, because of their early stages of
development and current unavailability
as a production product, it is not
possible at this time to assess their
ability to effectively expand the visible
area behind a vehicle. Also, it is
anticipated that systems using such
advanced technologies will not be
available on vehicles for some time and
will likely be more expensive than
today’s systems.
In addition, NHTSA has recently
completed cooperative research with the
Virginia Tech Transportation Institute
and General Motors (GM) on Advanced
Collision Avoidance Technology
relating to backing incidents. The
research focused on assessing the ability
of more advanced technologies to
mitigate backing crashes and refining a
tool to assess the potential safety benefit
of these prototype technologies. NHTSA
expects to publish the findings of this
particular research effort by the end of
2010.
B. Approaches for Improving Vehicles’
Rear Visibility
In the ANPRM, NHSTA outlined three
approaches that could be used to
determine which vehicles would need a
rear visibility countermeasure
application to meet the requirements of
the K. T. Safety Act: 43
• Require improved rear visibility for
all vehicles weighing 10,000 pounds or
less.
• Require improved rear visibility for
LTVs weighing 10,000 pounds or less.
• Require improved rear visibility for
some vehicles weighing 10,000 pounds
or less that do not meet a minimum rear
visibility performance threshold.
The first approach would require that
all vehicles have improved rear
visibility sufficient to allow the driver to
see a pedestrian in a specified zone
behind the vehicle. The size of the zone
would have a direct impact on the likely
means a manufacturer could use to meet
the rear visibility requirements.
The second approach would specify
that all LTVs, as a vehicle class, should
be required to have improved rear
visibility. Crash data show that while
multiple types of passenger vehicles
(cars, multipurpose utility vehicles,
trucks, and vans, but not LSVs and
small buses) are involved in backover
crashes, LTVs are statistically
overrepresented in backover crash
fatalities. Therefore, this alternative
approach would target the class of
vehicles which are disproportionately
43 74
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
FR 9504.
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
responsible for the largest portion of
backover fatalities.
A third approach discussed in the
ANPRM was to establish a maximum
direct-view rear blind zone area limit
based on size of blind zone and/or crash
rate.44 With this approach, any vehicle
not meeting the minimum rear visibility
threshold would be required to be
equipped with a rear visibility
countermeasure. Because vehicle styling
engineers would have a target threshold
giving them an idea of minimum
‘‘acceptable’’ direct rear visibility, such
an approach would allow manufacturers
the flexibility to modify exterior
structural physical attributes of a
vehicle that impact rear visibility to
provide adequate rear visibility without
the need for a technological
countermeasure to enhance rear
visibility. Based on direct-view blind
zone area measurements of the current
fleet, we could determine a threshold
and require vehicles that do not meet
the threshold to be equipped with a
countermeasure. Thus, the agency
suggested that it could focus application
on improved rear visibility requirements
for vehicles with the largest rear blind
zone areas and those vehicles that are
most involved in backing and backover
crashes. The goal of either of these
partial-fleet approaches would be to
remove the unreasonable risk associated
with vehicles that are highly involved in
backover crashes.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
C. Rear Visibility Measurement
The ANPRM also discussed a method
for the measurement of a vehicle’s rear
blind zone area.45 If a maximum directview rear blind zone area threshold
were to be used to establish the need for
a vehicle to have improved rear
visibility, its rear visibility
characteristics would need to be
measured and that vehicle’s direct-view
rear visibility and rear blind zone areas
would need to be calculated. Therefore,
a rear visibility measurement procedure
would need to be developed. In the
ANPRM, the agency identified existing
measurement procedures, such as those
by the Society of Automotive
Engineers 46 and Consumers Union 47
and addressed advantages and
disadvantages of the different identified
methods. The ANPRM summarized
44 74
FR 9504.
FR 9506.
46 Society of Automotive Engineers, Surface
Vehicle Recommended Practice: Describing and
Measuring the Driver’s Field of View. SAE J1050,
Jan. 2003.
47 Consumer Reports (August, 2006). Blind-zone
measurements. https://www.consumerreports.org/
cro/cars/car-safety/car-safety-reviews/mind-thatblind-spot-1005/overview/. Accessed 9/2/2009.
45 74
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
NHTSA’s 2007 effort to measure rear
visibility of a set of vehicles using
drivers and outlined the potential for
variability inherent in tests involving
human subjects.48 Lastly, the ANPRM
introduced a new measurement
procedure developed by NHTSA that
replaced the human driver previously
used in rear visibility measurements
with a laser-based fixture.49 The
enhanced procedure approximated the
direct rear visibility of a vehicle for a
50th percentile male driver using a
fixture that incorporated two laser
pointing devices to simulate a driver’s
line of sight. One laser pointing device
was positioned at the midpoint of a 50th
percentile male’s eyes when looking
rearward over his left shoulder and the
other device was placed at the midpoint
of a 50th percentile male’s eyes when
looking rearward over his right shoulder
during backing. Data documenting the
high degree of repeatability of this test
procedure were provided, as well as
sample results. Additional aspects of the
measurement procedure were
summarized including size of the field
over which measurements were made,
coarseness of the test grid, and test
object height.
D. Possible Countermeasure
Performance Specifications
The ANPRM also discussed possible
countermeasure performance
specifications.50 This included possible
areas of required countermeasure
coverage behind the vehicle, as well as
various characteristics of a visual
display, and system performance
criteria. Visual display characteristics
noted as being important included
display size and location, response time,
and various aspects of image quality for
a video image display. In addition,
possible video camera requirements
were also noted, such as low light
performance specifications.
The ANPRM discussed one basis for
assertion of an appropriate
countermeasure coverage area that used
the results of a Monte Carlo simulation
that examined backover crash risk as a
function of a pedestrian’s location
behind a vehicle, as discussed in
Section II.C.iv.51 The area of critical risk
was then used to define an area behind
a vehicle that must be visible to the
driver during a backing maneuver.
Based on the Monte Carlo simulation
results, an area over which the test
object should be visible could be
defined to include an area 10 feet wide
48 74
FR 9496.
FR 9507.
50 74 FR 9512.
51 74 FR 9484.
49 74
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76199
at the vehicle’s rear bumper that widens
symmetrically to width of 20 feet at a
distance of approximately 6 feet aft of
the rear bumper. The width of the area
increased along diagonal lines of
45 degrees with respect to the vertical
plane of the vehicle’s rear bumper and
extending outward from the vehicle’s
rear corners. The maximum longitudinal
range of a possible required visible area
noted in the ANPRM was 40 feet.
E. Summary of Comments Received
NHTSA received comments from a
total of 37 entities in response to the
ANPRM, as well as one comment
specifically directed at the Preliminary
Regulatory Impact Analysis. These
comments came from industry
associations, automotive and equipment
manufacturers, safety advocacy
organizations, and individuals. Industry
associations submitting comments
included the Alliance of Automotive
Manufacturers (AAM), the Association
of International Automobile
Manufacturers (AIAM), the Automotive
Occupant Restraints Council (AORC),
and the Motor & Equipment
Manufacturers Association (MEMA).
Vehicle manufacturers submitting
comments included Ford, General
Motors (GM), Honda, Mercedes-Benz
USA, and Nissan, as well as Blue Bird,
a manufacturer of buses. Several
equipment manufacturers also
submitted comments, including
Continental, Delphi, Gentex, Magna,
Sony, and Takata. Several companies
focused on backing aid products
specifically, included Ackton, a
manufacturer of automotive parking
sensors; Echomaster Obstacle Detection
Technologies; Rosco Vision Systems, a
maker of vision enhancement systems;
and Sense Technologies, a manufacturer
of aftermarket automotive mirror and
radar-based sensor systems.
Organizations submitting comments
included the Advocates for Highway
and Auto Safety, Consumers Union,
Insurance Institute for Highway Safety
(IIHS), and Kids and Cars. Finally, 14
individuals commented on the ANPRM,
and their points and suggestions are
addressed as well.
Because the ANPRM had an
extremely broad scope, the comments
addressed an extremely wide variety of
issues and provided a large amount of
information. Therefore, we have
attempted to organize the comments
received along some of the main issues,
such as a blind zone area basis for
determination of countermeasure need,
countermeasure application based on
vehicle type, and the adoption of
convex driver’s-side mirrors.
Additionally, the ANPRM contained 43
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76200
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
distinct questions, to which some
commenters added appendices
addressing individual questions
specifically, in addition to their general
comments. Because of the breadth of
those questions, they are addressed
separately in Section F below.
i. Measurement of Rear Blind Zone Area
and Its Use as a Basis for Determination
of Countermeasure Need
Numerous commenters addressed the
issue of direct visibility and the
significance of a vehicle’s blind zone.52
As stated above, identifying, measuring,
and limiting blind zones was one of the
issues discussed in the ANPRM. The
document solicited comments on
several issues relating to blind zones,
including their significance relative to
backover crashes, areas of the blind
zone that could be considered more or
less important for safety, and how they
should be measured. The following
summarizes the comments received on
these issues.
The first issue related to the area to
be measured to determine a vehicle’s
blind zone. Delphi questioned the use of
a 50-foot square blind zone area, stating
that it combined high- and low-risk
areas together. It also stated that
mandating particular blind zones or
direct visibility requirements could
impose severe limitations on vehicle
styling. Furthermore, the commenter
suggested that a maximum blind zone
area approach to rear visibility may not
be as effective in reducing backover
crashes as hoped under real-world
conditions, as passengers, head
restraints, cargo, etc., would obstruct the
driver’s direct view to the rear of the
visibility in any event.
AORC stated that it was against a
‘‘zero blind zone’’ requirement, arguing
that it would create an extremely
limiting requirement vehicle styling. To
this end, the AORC recommended that
a rear visibility countermeasure should
be required to detect the presence of
objects that are similar to standing
children beginning 0.25 meters (0.82 ft)
aft of the rear bumper and extending
outward to a minimum of 3.0 meters
(9.84 ft). IIHS strongly urged the agency
to consider a requirement that would
eliminate a vehicle’s rear blind zone
entirely. IIHS further suggested that it
could be a good idea to augment an
improved rear visibility requirement
with a minimum requirement for direct
visibility, stating that it is desirable to
preclude vehicle design choices that
52 We note that this is different than what many
informally call a ‘‘blind spot,’’ a term used to
describe an area to the side of the car where people
may not be able to see a vehicle when changing
lanes.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
result unnecessarily small directly
viewable rear areas, to account for
situations when video cameras are
inoperative.
In its comments, the AAM
recommended that NHTSA define the
area directly behind the vehicle into two
zones, called the ‘‘reaction subzone’’ and
the ‘‘reverse obscuration subzone.’’ The
AAM defined the reaction subzone as
extending from the rear of the vehicle to
a point 4.1 meters rearward. According
to the AAM, this distance is ‘‘the
product of the average backing speed of
1.66 meters per second
(5.49 feet per second) and the mean
perception response time between
detection by a driver of a pedestrian and
brake application of 2.5 seconds.’’ The
reverse obscuration subzone, behind
that, extends to the point at which a test
object (representative of an 18-month
old child) first becomes visible in the
interior mirror, which would vary by
vehicle. The AAM did not specifically
recommend what to require with regard
to these zones.
Several commenters provided
suggestions as to how to measure the
blind zone, specifically, the height of
the test target, and the position of the
driver’s ‘‘eyepoint’’ from which the
target must be seen. In order to
determine the size of the target, GM
analyzed the age and height of children
involved in backover crashes, noting
that of the 41 SCI cases available at that
time that involving children under
5 years old, 33 involved children 18
months and older. Based on that
information, GM suggested that a height
of 32 inches for any rear visibility test
target would be justified, which it stated
was the 50th percentile height of an 18month-old child. GM stated that all the
victims in the first 56 SCI backover
cases would have been visible if the
vehicle had permitted the driver to see
the area at this height.
Blue Bird stated that field of view
mapping is a time and effort-consuming
enterprise, and that the company does
not believe that the magnitude of the
differences measured at multiple
eyepoints would justify that effort.
Instead, it stated that a single eyepoint
should be used.
Kids and Cars stated that eyepoints
should be based on smaller statured
persons or dummies, and that NHTSA
should not use eyepoints based on a
95th percentile male. With similar
concern for smaller-statured drivers,
Advocates for Highway and Auto Safety
indicated their concern that any attempt
to expand rear visibility through
improvements to direct visibility may
not sufficiently accommodate 5th
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
percentile females and other drivers of
very small stature.
Sony stated that NHTSA cannot
satisfy the requirements of the Act
solely by mandating limits on vehicle
rear blind zones, since such an
approach would only mitigate a portion
of the total area of blind zones, and
would do little to mitigate the ultimate
danger of backover crashes.
In addition, numerous commenters
provided more detail in response to
specific NHTSA questions, which are
discussed in Section F below.
ii. Application of Countermeasures
Among Vehicle Types
One significant issue discussed in the
ANPRM was the concept that different
types of vehicles could be subject to
different countermeasure requirements.
For example, noting the higher
proportion of fatalities in backover
crashes involving LTVs, the agency
presented the option of requiring only
those vehicles to have a rear visibility
countermeasure. Many commenters
offered their thoughts on which vehicles
should be equipped with
countermeasures.
Sony commented that the Act permits
NHTSA to ‘‘prescribe different
requirements for different types of
motor vehicles,’’ but does not permit a
total or partial exemption of a particular
class of vehicles, or a percentage of a
particular class of vehicles, from rear
visibility requirements. Sony further
stated that limiting the rear blind zone
visibility requirements to LTVs ignores
the fact that passenger cars account for
26 percent of backover deaths and 54
percent of backover injuries, and that
these percentages will likely increase
given the relative decline of LTV sales
across the market. They also pointed out
that the line between passenger cars and
LTVs has blurred to the point where the
weight and/or height of a particular
vehicle does not necessarily correspond
to rear visibility.
Safety organizations generally
commented against limiting
countermeasures to certain vehicle
types. Kids and Cars stated that all
vehicles must be addressed in order to
prevent backover injuries and fatalities,
stating that even one car with a large
blind zone should indicate the need for
the regulation to cover all vehicle types.
Similarly, IIHS and Consumers Union
both supported uniform requirements
across light vehicle classes.
Some equipment manufacturers of
rear visibility enhancement products
also submitted comments
recommending that rear visibility
countermeasures not be limited to
certain vehicle types, but be applied to
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
all vehicles. Delphi and Magna stated
that it believes the backover problem is
widespread enough that
countermeasures should not be limited
to any particular class of vehicles.
Similarly, Ackton suggested that
countermeasures should not be limited
to a certain vehicle class and also raised
the issue that trailers should be
equipped with sensor systems as well.
Several automakers commented in
favor of limiting any rear visibility
improvement to LTVs. Mercedes
suggested that if the agency believes that
advanced countermeasures are required
for the portion of the vehicle fleet that
is statistically overrepresented in
backover crashes (i.e., LTVs), then
NHTSA should require those
countermeasures only for those types of
vehicles. Mercedes stated that those
advanced countermeasures are
particularly well-suited for higher-beltline vehicles, and that the limitation
would make the requirement more costeffective. Honda also commented that
rear visibility performance requirements
should be instituted for only those
vehicles with the highest rates of
backover incidents, although it also
suggested that NHTSA should actively
monitor the data for all vehicle types so
that it can consider broader application
of the requirements based on the safety
need.
Automakers Nissan and GM both
recommended that a maximum blind
zone area approach be used to
determine whether a vehicle warrants
improved rear visibility rather than
applying the new requirements by
vehicle type.
NHTSA received one comment, from
Blue Bird, asserting that buses should
not be subject to improved rear visibility
requirements. First, Blue Bird noted that
the backover statistics presented by
NHTSA did not show any apparent
backover crashes caused by buses.
Second, it stated that most drivers of
buses are required to obtain commercial
driver licenses (CDLs), and that these
drivers are subjected to additional
training, limiting the chances of
backover crashes. The company also
stated that mirrors, in any of several
configurations, would not be able to
provide an adequate field of view to the
rear of a bus, and would present
exceptional mounting difficulties.
Additionally, because many buses (such
as school buses) are not equipped with
navigation screens, the costs for
installing rearview video systems in
these vehicles would be higher than the
average for passenger vehicles.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
iii. Use and Efficacy of Rear-Mounted
Mirror Systems and Convex Driver’sSide Mirrors
In the ANPRM, NHTSA presented
data on the ability of mirrors to display
usable images of the area behind a
vehicle.53 Several commenters provided
information and opinions regarding
mirrors. Furthermore, several
manufacturers suggested that, due to the
geometry of a number of backover
scenarios analyzed, convex driver’s-side
mirrors could be an effective way to
prevent backover crashes. We have
summarized these comments below.
Several commenters, including
Consumers Union, Kids and Cars, IIHS,
Blue Bird, Magna, and Nissan agreed
with NHTSA’s preliminary evaluation
of rear-mounted mirror systems in
Section V of the ANPRM, stating that
they are generally not useful in aiding
a driver of a backing vehicle to visually
detect pedestrians, particularly
children, located behind the vehicle.
Based on the information presented in
the ANPRM, the Advocates for Highway
and Auto Safety concluded that the
coverage provided by rear-mounted
convex mirrors is inadequate for the
purpose of providing drivers with a
sufficient rearward field of view to
identify pedestrians and avoid backover
crashes.
According to the AAM and other
commenters, rear-mounted convex
mirrors are installed as backing/parking
aids to help the driver locate fixed
objects behind and near the rear
bumper.
One commenter, Sense Technologies,
which manufactures rear cross-view
mirrors, suggested that NHTSA perform
additional research into the types of
backover crashes and backing crashes
that could be prevented with rearmounted cross-view mirrors, which
would enable drivers of vehicles to see
objects approaching from the sides of a
vehicle, which are frequently obscured
in parking lots. It also suggested that
cross-view mirrors could be mounted on
the rear of passenger cars (unlike ‘‘look
down’’ mirrors, which are usually only
mounted on LTVs).
One issue mentioned by multiple
commenters concerned the European
standard for mirror performance, ECE
R46. Several commenters suggested that
replacing the side mirror requirement
currently in FMVSS No. 111 with the
convex driver’s-side mirror
specifications in ECE R46 would help
drivers be better able to detect
pedestrians before they enter the path of
the vehicle, if they are approaching from
53 74
PO 00000
FR 9486.
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76201
the sides. We note that ECE R46 allows
either flat or convex driver’s-side
mirrors, provided they meet the
minimum field of view requirements. It
was unclear to the agency whether some
commenters were suggesting mandating
convex mirrors (and disallowing current
flat mirrors) or simply allow convex
mirrors as an option.
The AAM recommended adopting
ECE R46 convex driver’s-side mirror
requirements as a means to prevent a
substantial number of backover crashes.
It pointed to a number of purported
benefits, such as an increase in viewing
coverage, reduced glare, and driver
preference for non-planar mirrors. Like
other commenters, the AAM also
discussed NHTSA’s data that showed
that a number of backover crashes
resulted from side incursions. They
stated that convex side mirrors could
help the driver see these pedestrians
earlier than flat mirrors. The AAM also
cited research indicating that these
mirrors would provide a 22.9 percent
reduction in lane change crashes.
Mercedes commented that, given that
many SCI cases indicated the children
struck by backing vehicles moved into
the path of the vehicle from either the
left or right, it supported AAM’s
recommendation to adopt ECE R46
requirements for convex driver’s-side
exterior mirrors, as they substantially
increase the driver’s field of view to the
sides and rear of a given vehicle, thus
increasing the time that a moving
pedestrian will be visible in the mirror
and providing greater opportunity for
the driver to detect them.
Regarding convex mirrors, Advocates
for Highway and Auto Safety agreed that
they may provide a wider field of view
than that available with current
rearview mirrors. However, they
pointed out that convex mirrors may
require drivers, even those with
experience using convex mirrors, to
interpret the altered view in order to
understand precisely what is being
conveyed regarding pedestrians and
other objects present in the vehicle path.
iv. Use of Monte Carlo Simulation of
Backover Crash Risk for Development of
a Required Countermeasure Coverage
Area
GM raised some questions about the
Monte Carlo simulation presented in the
ANPRM, which calculated the backover
risk for pedestrians as a function of their
location relative to a backing vehicle.
GM noted that while the Monte Carlo
simulation calculated the risk of a
backing vehicle striking a pedestrian at
certain locations behind the vehicle, it
did not factor in the probability that the
pedestrian would actually be located in
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76202
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
that spot (e.g., even though a child six
inches from the rear edge of the vehicle
is almost certain to be hit, the chance of
the child being actually located there is
comparatively low). Considering that,
according to GM’s analysis, the areas
indicated as high-risk in the Monte
Carlo simulation may not correlate
particularly well with the overall
backover crash risk.
On the other hand, Consumers Union
praised the Monte Carlo simulation, and
suggested using it as the basis for
determining what a rearview video
system should be able to detect,
recommending that it detect any area
where the risk factor was 0.10 or higher
in that analysis.
v. Use and Efficacy of Sensor-Based
Systems
The issue of the use and efficacy of
sensor systems, that is, how they are
designed and how well they function to
prevent backovers was discussed by
many commenters. These comments
addressed three main issues. The first
was the purpose for which sensors are
currently designed, which are as
parking aids, rather than backover
prevention aids. Commenters also
discussed the capabilities of sensors to
detect various obstacles, as well as the
cost of production and implementation,
and provided recommendations for test
objects. We have summarized the
comments below.
One major issue addressed by
numerous commenters was the assertion
that NHTSA’s analysis relating to sensor
system effectiveness was flawed.
Commenters felt that by testing
currently available sensors, we were
testing systems that were designed to
detect large, dense or highly reflective,
stationary objects (such as parked cars,
walls, etc.) rather than smaller, lighter,
and mobile objects like pedestrians.
Because of this discrepancy,
commenters suggested that NHTSA’s
testing of sensors may have led to
artificially low estimates of system
effectiveness.
Delphi questioned whether NHTSA’s
effectiveness numbers were accurate.
The company stated that NHTSA’s
analysis of sensor effectiveness, which
showed that sensor systems had a
39 percent detection rate and that a
combination sensor/video system had a
15 percent driver performance result,
should be used carefully because the
sensors were not designed to detect
children. Instead, Delphi stated that
current OEM sensor systems are
designed to the ISO 17386 standard,54
54 ISO 17386:2004 Transport information and
control systems—Manoeuvring Aids for Low Speed
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
which asserts performance requirements
for object detection devices that provide
information to the driver regarding the
distance to an obstacle during lowspeed operation. This ISO standard
specifies a PVC cylinder for use in
measuring systems’ detection
performance, and does not require the
detection of objects low to the ground so
that systems are permitted to avoid
detecting curbs.
Delphi also provided extensive
comments regarding sensor-based
systems in terms of their abilities and
how they may best be used. It suggested
that sensors are an important addition to
rearview video systems, as drivers need
prompting in order to glance at the
screen when an obstruction appears.
The company also suggested that a
sensor system with varying warnings,
dependent on the calculated time-tocollision, could provide drivers with
additional information that could be
used to prevent backover crashes.
Delphi stated that radar sensors are
more efficient at detecting children than
ultrasonic sensors, and can detect
targets at greater ranges. With regard to
test targets for sensor systems, it
commented that any test target should
be chosen to provide a minimum
reflectivity that is representative of the
smallest required detectable object (e.g.,
1-year-old child).
Ackton was another company that
noted that current sensors are designed
to the ISO 17386 standard, and are not
designed to detect children. It stated
that until there is a pedestrian-detection
standard, many systems will not be
designed to pass it, and will therefore
fail to detect pedestrians. Sony also
stated that current sensors are designed
as parking aids and are optimized to
detect hard surface objects, but that
technical advances may improve the
ability of such systems to detect nonoccupant pedestrians.
Ackton also commented that its ‘‘NewGen’’ ultrasonic technology can detect a
36-inch child at a distance of 15 feet.
Along similar lines, Magna commented
on two future technologies discussed in
the ANPRM, infrared and video-based
object recognition systems. Magna
stated that these systems were in active
development, and would be ready for
production by 2011.
Continental commented that in the
future advanced systems may be
developed that respond automatically
with automatic braking to avoid a
backing crash without any action from
Operation (MALSO)—Performance requirements
and test procedures. This standard applies to object
detection devices that provide information to the
driver regarding the distance to an obstacle during
low-speed operation.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the driver. It stated that in the future,
systems will be able to recognize
pedestrians that are in danger of being
struck and automatically intervene to
prevent that from happening.
Continental gave no indication of the
timeframe for availability of such
technology.
IIHS stated that the combination of
sensors’ unreliability and drivers’ slow
and inconsistent reactions to audible
warnings suggest that requiring, or even
allowing, sensors in lieu of a visual
backover countermeasure systems is not
advisable at this time, although sensors
could augment other technologies. Kids
and Cars and Magna also pointed to the
audible signals from sensors as a source
of annoyance to many drivers,
especially given the prevalence of false
positives, which caused many drivers to
‘‘tune out’’ the warnings. However,
Magna stated that if the sensor warnings
were provided visually (such as on a
graphical overlay), drivers would be less
prone to be irritated by them and
therefore less likely to ignore them.
Advocates for Highway and Auto
Safety suggested for sensor-based
systems that the agency consider an
interlock requirement that prohibits the
vehicle from being able to be moved in
reverse, even after the transmission has
been placed in reverse gear, until a short
period after the system becomes fully
operational.
vi. Use and Efficacy of Rearview Video
Systems
In the ANPRM, NHTSA presented its
research on rearview video systems.
Commenters discussed these systems at
length. In summarizing these comments,
we have divided them into two general
groups. The first section describes the
comments relating to the general
effectiveness of rearview video systems
in aiding drivers to avoid backing
crashes. The subsequent section
summarizes the comments relating to
the specific possible requirements for
rearview video systems, such as camera
performance, visual display
characteristics, etc.
Many commenters, including
manufacturers of video cameras, safety
organizations, and individual
commenters, stated that rearview video
systems would be the best system to
prevent backover crashes. Commenters
supporting this proposition included
Consumers Union, Kids and Cars, IIHS,
Magna, Nissan, and Sony.
Consumers Union also supported the
application of rearview video systems,
noting their potential to save lives, and
also asserted that their efficacy would
improve as users grew more accustomed
to using them in their everyday driving.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
It added that it believed a rearview
video system coupled with a sensor
system would be the overall best
system. While Consumers Union
referred to NHTSA’s research study as
involving drivers ‘‘trained’’ to use
rearview video systems and the other
systems tested, the agency notes that all
drivers who participated in the study
had owned and driven the systemequipped vehicle and had driven it as
their primary vehicle for at least 6
months prior to study participation, but
did not receive any specific training in
the use of a rearview video system.
Advocates for Highway and Auto
Safety pointed out that a video image of
the area behind a vehicle immediately
conveys information about rear
obstacles and pedestrians within the
system’s field of view without any need
for interpretation by the driver. This
quality was noted as an advantage of
rearview video systems over rearmounted convex mirrors and sensorbased systems.
Magna stated that it believes camera
technology has the potential to
significantly enhance safety and that a
rearview video system ranks highest by
far, in regard to system performance and
overall effectiveness estimates. In its
responses to specific questions, Magna
provided some additional research
showing the overall effectiveness of
rearview video systems in preventing
backover crashes, which is discussed in
Section F below.
Sony stated that it agrees with the
majority of analysis provided and the
preliminary conclusions reached
observations made in the ANPRM.
Specifically, Sony recommended that
any amendment to FMVSS No. 111
should require backover prevention
technologies to detect obstacles in areas
other than immediately behind the
vehicle. Sony stated that rearview video
systems with 180-degree video cameras
would be best able to address real-world
backover crash scenarios, in which a
majority of pedestrians enter the
vehicle’s path from the side.
Nissan provided some comments on
its ‘‘Around View Monitor’’, which
provides a birds-eye (i.e., overhead)
view of the area around the vehicle on
all four sides. The company stated that
their system was designed primarily as
a parking aid, and that it will have
significant limitations if used to protect
children. Nissan stated that rearview
video technology in general is a useful
parking aid, but that its utility in
preventing backover crashes may be
limited, because drivers must be looking
at the screen in order to see a pedestrian
incur into their path. Nissan drew
attention to the glance behavior cited in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
76203
requirements to ensure a minimum level
of performance for those systems.
Several commenters, including
Consumers Union and Magna,
recommended that NHTSA consider
inclusion of graphic overlays as part of
a video-based backover countermeasure,
stating that this increases a driver’s
ability to detect obstacles, and makes
the driver more likely to use the system.
NHTSA also requested comment
regarding characteristics such as video
camera angle, durability, and low-light
performance, as well as contrast, image
response and linger time, and display
size and location. Commenters provided
a wide array of suggestions.
IIHS stated that some rearview video
systems are much more immune to
weather and road dirt contamination
than others, and recommended that
NHTSA specify performance
requirements to ensure that systems can
withstand adverse conditions.
Sony offered an observation that
while adverse weather conditions can
affect rearview video system
performance, cameras utilized in such
applications are sealed in watertight
housings and mounted at a downward
angle, and therefore generally protected
from the elements. Sony also
commented on the number of backover
incidents in which victims were struck
after approaching from the side of the
vehicle, stating that the incidence rate
was 45 percent. It stated that this
indicated that wide-angle rearview
video systems would best prevent
backover incidents.
Magna, on the other hand,
commented that in order to assure
overall system affordability across the
widest possible range of vehicle types
and models, NHTSA should not impose
specific operational requirements on
rearview video systems. It noted that
‘‘anti-wetting’’ and ‘‘anti-soiling’’
vii. Characteristics of Rearview Video
techniques are known and currently
Systems
implemented despite the lack of a
NHTSA received numerous comments legislative mandate.
In its comments, Gentex stated that
relating to the specific characteristics of
rearview video systems. These related to the interior rearview mirror is an ideal
location for the rearview video system
issues of camera placement, durability,
visual display. Gentex stated that that
and performance, as well as visual
display characteristics, such as location location is intuitive, logical, and
(i.e., in the dashboard, or in the rearview ergonomic, and allows the driver to
maintain a ‘‘head-up’’ position while
mirror), brightness, and the
viewing the display and the rearview
functionality of the backing image.
mirror simultaneously. Furthermore, it
Commenters presented extensive
noted that drivers are already trained to
comments on issues such as visual
look in the interior rearview mirror
display size, whether digital graphical
when reversing. Magna also commented
overlays should be used, and other
that the interior mirror is the best
characteristics related to these systems.
location for a rearview video system
IIHS noted that there was a wide range
visual display, noting that the display in
of performance by various current
that location is much closer to the
rearview video systems it examined
driver’s eyes. However, Magna
and, based on this; expect that NHTSA
suggested that NHTSA not prescribe
will need to specify performance
NHTSA’s research, noting that on
average drivers looked at the visual
display twice, or about 8–12 percent of
the time. It stated that this may not be
enough to detect the pedestrian in time
to react, even if the driver is using the
rearview video system correctly, and
that driver glance behavior has a
significant effect on rearview video
system effectiveness. Nissan also
cautioned against excessive reliance on
a video-based backing aid, cautioning
that if a driver is relying excessively
upon rearview enhancement
technology, the operator can miss seeing
a person or an object positioned just
outside of that field of view. Nissan also
stated that it is imperative that the
operator always confirm clearance of the
entire path of travel, and turn around
and look during a backup maneuver.
The AAM made several comments
similar to those of Nissan, stating that
no safety countermeasure or safety
technology is completely effective.
AAM stated that regardless of the
technology adopted to expand a driver’s
field of view, the driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the
vehicle. AAM characterized rear
visibility enhancement systems as
supplemental drivers with
responsibility resting on drivers to use
them properly.
GM stated that its analysis showed
some limited benefits may be provided
by rearview video technologies, but that
potential solutions will continue to be
limited by driver behavior. GM stated
that it agrees with NHTSA that drivers’
expectations influence behavior and
system effectiveness, and that further
improvements in the effectiveness of
rearview video technologies may be
achieved by improving feedback to the
driver and improving driver behavior
through education.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76204
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
specific requirements regarding display
location, image size, or other
requirements, as doing so may result in
unintended restrictions on technology
applications.
With regard to image size,
commenters submitted a number of
ideas for what a minimum visual
display size should be. Gentex stated
that it disagreed with NHTSA’s
suggestion that a minimum 3.25 inch
screen size might be specified. Instead,
they suggested a minimum viewable
display height of 1.3 inches, based on its
calculation of what the human visual
system can generally resolve and the
mean distance between the driver’s eyes
and the visual display. Ford also
commented on NHTSA’s minimum
visual display size suggestion, stating
that the GM research cited by NHTSA
was not designed to assess system
effectiveness as a function of visual
display size since it only used one inmirror display size, and in fact
concluded that rear effectiveness was
not affected by image size in the
scenario used. Instead, Ford suggested
that GM used a 3.5 inch screen in its
study because it was offered as a regular
production option, and that NHTSA’s
reliance on GM’s research was
inappropriate.
In lieu of the 3.5 inch minimum
visual display size, Ford suggested that
an Australian regulation on screen sizes
for rear visibility systems (specifically,
New South Wales’ Technical
Specification No. 149), could be used as
a model. According to Ford’s comment,
this regulation states that when a 600
mm test cylinder is located five meters
from the rear of the vehicle, the height
on the screen should be no less than 0.5
percent of the distance between the
driver’s eye and the visual display. The
company claimed that this technique
has resulted in several iterations of a 2.4
inch screen size and that they have been
readily accepted by consumers.
Magna, on the other hand, referred to
studies by GM and the Virginia Tech
Transportation Institute indicating that
a 3.5 inch visual display, mounted in
the interior rearview mirror, led to the
highest crash avoidance rates.
Certain commenters focused on some
of the other specifications of the visual
display. Image response time, or the
delay between when a vehicle is shifted
into reverse and the rearview image
from the video camera appears, was
discussed extensively by Gentex. While
NHTSA had suggested a maximum of
1.25 seconds for this value, Gentex
recommended 3 seconds, based on its
calculations of the time needed for
signal transfer, powering the camera,
and the complexity of the electronics.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
GM supported Gentex’s comments on
this matter.
Gentex made two additional
recommendations with regard to visual
displays in its comments. The company
suggested a minimum brightness of 500
candelas per square meter (cd/m2) for
the screen, as well as a minimum
contrast ratio of 10:1.
Consumers Union made a number of
suggestions regarding displays for
rearview video systems, including that
there needs to be a minimum display
size and that a maximum image
response time of 1 second, and a
maximum linger time between 4 and 8
seconds should be required. GM
recommended a maximum linger time
of 10 seconds or, as an alternative, a
speed-based limit in which the rearview
video display would turn off when the
vehicle reach a speed of 5 mph (8 kph).
Based on their observations of drivers
making parking maneuvers, the AAM
also recommended a maximum linger
time of 10 seconds, but specified an
alternative speed-based value of 20 kph
(12.4 mph).
Ms. Susan Auriemma, of Kids and
Cars, offered a personal testimony,
stating that as a user of a rearview video
system with an image response time of
2–3 seconds, there is a tendency to want
to proceed to back the vehicle without
waiting for the image to appear.
viii. Development of a PerformanceBased or Technology-Neutral Standard
Numerous commenters suggested that
any NHTSA standard be performancebased and technology-neutral. These
commenters generally supported the
idea that the blind zone must be limited
to a certain size, or that certain areas
behind the vehicle should be visible,
but did not want NHTSA to prescribe
how these areas should be detected.
Instead, these commenters stated that
allowing the manufacturer to determine
the means by which the required area is
detectable would promote styling
flexibility, technological innovation,
and help to contain costs.
MEMA stated that it supported a
performance-based test, stating that ‘‘it is
clear that there is no one solution to
mitigating backover events.’’ It also
suggested that various countermeasures
can be incorporated, whether
complementary or separately, to
promote increases in the rear field of
view.
Delphi stated that there would be no
reason to not grant compliance credits
to vehicle manufacturers who choose
any system, mirrors, sensors, or video,
which detects the required areas behind
a vehicle.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
AIAM, in its comments, pointed out
specific problems with all three
countermeasure technologies, and then
suggested that some of the issues would
present a greater challenge for certain
classes of vehicles. In light of that, it
suggested that performance-based
requirements would allow vehicle
manufacturers to achieve the best match
of technical approach for each of their
vehicle models.
AORC stated that it believes that the
regulation should allow for the
enhancement of rear visibility via the
implementation of rearview video
systems or the use of sensor input. It
stated that these systems should be
subject to a pure performance
requirement, and must able to detect
children from a distance of 0.25–3.00
meters behind the vehicle.
Kids and Cars urged the agency to not
only set the highest feasible rear
visibility standard, but to also allow
new innovative product designs that
will evolve as technology matures.
ix. Other Issues Addressed in Comments
This section summarizes comments
related to ancillary issues regarding rear
visibility. For example, several
commenters suggested that NHTSA
design a performance rating system for
rear visibility, issuing it in addition to,
or in lieu of, a countermeasure
performance requirement. Alternatively,
suggestions for driver education
proposals were made. Some
commenters also discussed the rate at
which any rear visibility standard be
phased in.
Several commenters suggested that a
performance rating system be
developed, to provide consumers
information about the rearward
visibility characteristics of various
vehicles. Delphi stated that a
performance rating system would have
the effect of giving consumers the
necessary facts to purchase vehicles that
offer the best choice of safety and value,
and would encourage continued
innovation in backover avoidance
technology.
AORC suggested a performance rating
system for rear visibility enhancement
systems, similar to ones used in
NHTSA’s New Car Assessment Program,
as it could give consumers information
relating to vehicle purchase. This idea
was also supported by Magna, which
recommended a five-star Federal safety
rating program.
The AAM recommended that NHTSA
provide information to consumers about
proper backing procedures, as well as
the capabilities and limitations of rear
visibility countermeasures.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Another remark by Kids and Cars
member, Ms. Susan Auriemma, focused
on ‘‘proper backing procedures.’’
Specifically, the commenter stated that
research is needed to define what
proper use of a rearview video system
is in terms of how often a driver should
look at a rearview image, and whether
a driver should also look directly
behind the vehicle and at the mirrors.
Ms. Auriemma also questioned whether
the sample size used by NHTSA, 37
drivers, was large enough to make
definitive conclusions regarding backing
behavior and rearview video system use.
Several commenters requested that
the phase-in period for rear visibility
system requirements be extended
beyond the four-year period mandated
in the K.T. Safety Act. Honda stated that
in addition to the cost of the systems,
there could be considerable costs if
major design changes are required
before vehicles are scheduled for normal
redesign. The company suggested that
the costs could be substantially reduced
if only one or two additional years are
allowed for the phase-in schedule to
coincide with existing redesign plans.
AIAM also suggested a six-year phasein schedule so that changes could be
implemented in accordance with
vehicle redesign schedules. It also stated
that small volume and limited line
manufacturers should be excluded from
the visibility requirements until the end
of the phase-in period is reached, due to
reduced access to technologies and
generally longer product life cycles
compared to larger manufacturers.
One comment from Sony suggested
that a mechanism to reduce costs would
be to eliminate the U.S. import tariff on
rearview video camera imports, which
currently stand at 2.1 percent. Kids and
Cars suggested that NHTSA also
consider proposing a ‘‘forward
visibility’’ standard to prevent
‘‘frontovers,’’ stating that fatalities from
such accidents have increased
substantially in recent years.
Finally, NHTSA received several
comments from individuals relating
personal experiences involving
backover crashes. One anonymous
commenter, who had backed over their
son, recommended that backup sensors
and/or rearview video systems be put in
all vehicles. Ms. Shannon Campbell
described a personal backover
experience with a ‘‘sport utility vehicle’’
(SUV), and stated that it is impossible
for the driver to see behind the vehicle
without a rearview video system.
Similarly, Mr. Donald Hampton, whose
granddaughter was involved in a
backover with an SUV, recommended
that every new vehicle have a rearview
video system, stating that an add-on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
video camera kit costs around $100. Ms.
Sharron DiMario, who son was involved
in a backover with a minivan,
recommended safety modifications to
dramatically improve vehicle blind
spots. Ms. Karena Caputo, who son was
involved in a backover with a Hummer,
stated that children cannot be seen
behind vehicles, and that every vehicle
should have some type of backup safety
device. Ms. Andriann Raschdorf-Nelson,
whose 16-month old son was involved
in a backover with an SUV, simply
applauded NHTSA’s decision to make
all vehicles safer for children. Ms.
AnnMarie Bartlett-Pszybylski
commented that she had installed a
rearview video system on her vehicle
after a backover incident involving her
son. Mr. David Sarota requested that
NHTSA promulgate a Federal regulation
after witnessing a near-backover
involving a small truck. Finally, Mr.
Paul Faragher Anthony whose 23month-old son was the victim of a nearfatal backover incident involving a van
equipped with a rear-mounted convex
mirror, which he stated ‘‘do nothing to
improve the field of view downward,
where a toddler is likely to be.’’
Kids and Cars discussed the specifics
of backover crashes. It stated that
parents and relatives have a greater
vulnerability to backover crashes
because they are involved in more
backing situations when young children
are present. Kids and Cars stated that in
all the backover cases they documented,
the parent or relative driving the vehicle
was unaware the child was behind the
vehicle.
x. Suggested Alternative Proposals
In their comments, several
commenters laid out suggested
proposals for addressing the problem of
backover crashes. Suggestions were
received from GM, AORC, Mr. Louis
Martinez, and the AAM. We have
summarized these alternative proposals
below.
GM suggested a two-part alternative
proposal. First, GM suggested that
NHTSA expand the required field of
view to the sides and rear of the vehicle,
through establishing passenger side
mirror requirements and expanding the
existing driver side requirements.
Second, GM suggested that all vehicles
meet a maximum blind zone
requirement, using an alternative
‘‘indirect’’ measurement of rear
visibility. GM proposed an indirect
threshold limit of 100 to 125 square feet,
which it indicated would correspond to
a direct-view blind zone area of
approximately 400–500 square feet
using the methods described by NHTSA
in the ANPRM. Vehicles that did not
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76205
meet this threshold indirect visibility
requirement would need additional rear
vision enhancements, such as video
cameras, to meet the requirements.
The AAM suggested a three-part
alternative proposal in its comments.
First, it suggested that NHTSA adopt
European mirror requirements (ECE
R46) for both driver and passenger side
convex mirrors, for reasons described
above. Second, it suggested NHTSA
develop performance-based criteria to
identify vehicles that may require
additional countermeasures. Third, it
recommended that NHTSA increase
consumer information about capabilities
and available technology intended to
enhance rear detection capability and
enhance driver education.
AORC suggested dividing the area
behind the vehicle into a ‘‘warning
zone,’’ extending three meters behind a
vehicle, and an ‘‘observation zone,’’
extending an indefinite distance behind
the warning zone. Video cameras and
sensors would be required to perform
different warning and obstacleavoidance tasks for objects within the
two zones, and would be tested using a
0.75 meter (2.5 ft) tall object with
human form approximation.
Mr. Louis Martinez submitted a
description of a ‘‘three-piece interior
rear view mirror assembly for vehicles.’’
According to the commenter, this planar
mirror assembly would enable driver to
view more areas to the sides and rear of
the vehicle without having to turn his
or her head or adjust the mirrors.
xi. Costs and Benefits
Commenters also provided
information which they stated could be
used to develop the costs and benefits
of the agency’s rear visibility proposal.
Consumers Union stated that it
believes the cost of rearview video
systems, cited in the ANPRM, were too
high, as they related to stand alone
options. They suggested that the true
cost to the OEM is less than $100.
Consumers Union did not cite a source
for this figure.
The Advocates for Highway and Auto
Safety stated that the safety benefits
noted in the ANPRM are in accord with
project benefits for other NHTSA safety
rules, such as the agency’s recent
upgrade of the roof crush resistance
standard. The Advocates also posited
that the benefits eventual savings in
backover incidents may actually prove
to be more effective than the roof crush
rule.
Magna stated that it believed the costs
of rearview video systems, as cited by
NHTSA, were on the high end of the
spectrum. It added that as the number
of automotive video cameras increases,
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76206
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
their price will decline. Magna did not
provide any indication of how low the
price may get.
Ms. Susan Auriemma of Kids and
Cars said that NHTSA should not be
limited by monetary considerations in
determining standards that may save
children, stating that the value of the
life of a child should not be equal to that
of a 70-year old adult.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
F. Questions Posed and Summary
Response
NHTSA asked a series of 43 questions
in the ANPRM on a wide variety of
topics. In this section, we have
reprinted the questions and grouped the
significant responses by topic. Because
of some of the information we received
and further research we undertook
subsequent to the ANPRM publication,
some of the questions we asked no
longer have significant bearing on the
proposal (such as questions about
methodologies for measuring blind zone
size), but we have summarized the
responses for the sake of completeness.
Because several commenters separated
their general comments from their
specific responses to NHTSA’s
inquiries, we have summarized those
responses separately. Note that this
section contains only responses from
those commenters who elected to
explicitly respond to each or a subset of
questions. Comments that related to
questions asked, but were included in
the body of the text, are addressed
above.
i. Technologies for Improving Rear
Visibility
The first series of questions was
related to issues regarding the three
main technological solutions—mirrors,
sensors, and rearview video systems.
NHTSA was interested in collecting
information on the effectiveness,
characteristics, and implementation of
these technologies.
Question 1: While the objective to
‘‘expand the required field of view to
enable the driver of a motor vehicle to
detect areas behind’’ the vehicle implies
enhancement of what a driver can
visually see behind a vehicle, the
language of the K.T. Safety Act also
mentions that the ‘‘standard may be met
by the provision of additional mirror,
sensors, cameras, or other technology.’’
NHTSA seeks comment with regard to
the ability of object detection sensor
technology to improve visibility and
thereby comply with the requirements
of the Act.
Responses: The commenters generally
did not address the question of whether
object detection sensor technology was
literally capable of expanding the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
driver’s view of the area immediately
behind his or her vehicle, as opposed to
increasing the driver’s awareness of
objects within that area.55 They focused
instead on the performance of that
technology.
NHTSA received mixed views about
its performance, with industry groups,
GM, and equipment manufacturers
including Ackton, Continental, Delphi,
and Magna requesting that the agency
make any requirements as technologyneutral as possible, so as to allow
innovation and technological
improvements, while others agreed with
NHTSA’s tentative thinking in the
ANPRM that sensor technology may not
function effectively in preventing
backover crashes.
GM and Delphi said any technology is
better than none, while Sony and
Consumers Union recommended that
rearview video may provide a better
margin of safety with regard to backover
crashes. GM and the AAM responded by
saying that any technology that can
provide a view of the rear of the vehicle
should be permitted to comply with a
rear visibility requirement. AAM added
that given drivers’ tendency to rely on
mirrors once the backing maneuver
starts, requirements should not preclude
any technology.
Specifically in regard to sensor-based
systems, Ackton stated that their
product uses ‘‘New-Gen’’ ultrasonic
technology that can detect another
vehicle at a range of up to 30 feet and
can detect a 36-inch-tall child at a range
of up to 15 feet. On the other hand,
Consumers Union and Nissan stated
that they agreed with NHTSA’s findings
that sensor-based systems are
inconsistent and unreliable in detection
pedestrians, particularly small children,
behind a vehicle. Nissan also
commented that it generally agrees with
NHTSA’s evaluation of sensor-based
systems and believes that they are
generally unreliable in detecting
pedestrians, particularly children.
Nissan also stated that sensor-based
‘‘systems may not be able to detect
children or detect them in time for the
driver to react.’’ Magna stated that it
concurred with NHTSA’s finding that
sensor-based systems are inconsistent
and unreliable in detecting children.
55 As noted near the beginning of this document,
the inclusion of sensors in this sentence as a
‘‘technology to expand the driver’s field of view’’
suggests that ‘‘expand the required field of view’’
should not be read in the literal or natural way as
meaning the driver must be able to see more of the
area behind the vehicle. A literal or natural reading
would make the reference to sensors superfluous,
violating a basic canon of statutory interpretation.
Instead, it seems that language could be read as
meaning the driver must be able to monitor,
visually or otherwise, an expanded area.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Ms. Susan Auriemma stated that false
alarms occur frequently with sensors,
and that they would be unhelpful in
situations where the vehicle was near
known obstructions, such as in garages,
therefore recommending that sensors
not be permitted to meet the
requirement. Furthermore, she added
that a malfunctioning sensor system
could impart a false sense of security to
a driver, who hearing no warning, might
assume the path is clear.
Question 2: What specific customer
feedback have OEMs received regarding
vehicle equipped with rear parking
sensor systems? Have any component
reliability or maintenance issues arisen?
Is sensor performance affected by any
aspect of ambient weather conditions?
Responses: GM responded to this
question by stating that the parking
sensor systems have been generally
reliable. AAM stated that weather, dirt,
snow, harsh sunlight, intense cold, or
high levels of ambient noise can reduce
sensor performance. Mercedes also
responded to this question, but with
information it wished to keep
confidential. Kids and Cars stated that it
believes that people tend to ‘‘tune out’’
the sound of a sensor as they back out
of a garage, as it can register a false
positive from the garage walls, which
would lessen its efficiency in preventing
backover crashes.
Question 3: What specific customer
feedback have OEMs received regarding
vehicles equipped with rearview video
systems? Have any rearview video
system component or reliability issues
arisen?
Responses: NHTSA received several
responses to this question, indicating
that most rearview video systems
demonstrated good reliability. Other
commenters pointed out that the
systems have not been installed on
vehicles for significant periods of time,
so the data regarding their reliability are
limited. GM stated that they have
generally received favorable customer
feedback regarding the performance and
operation of their rearview video
systems, but have had some negative
comments regarding the camera lens
needing to be periodically cleaned to
remove contaminants. Magna stated that
consumers gave positive feedback to the
following features in rearview video
systems: A wide-angle field of view,
electronic image distortion reduction,
graphical overlays, and interior mirror
screen locations. Furthermore, Magna
commented that it was not aware of
component reliability problems in
excess of what is normally seen in
automotive systems. Rosco added that
audio-enhanced video systems were
positively received by customers. Sony
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
stated that video camera design for
vehicles focuses on reliability, with
particular attention to water resistance,
vibration susceptibility, EMI sensitivity,
and scratch resistance, and stated that
the number of warranty returns for its
video cameras were low.
Kids and Cars commented that 85
percent of individuals with these
systems felt the systems were effective
or very effective, and Ms. Auriemma
noted a personal experience where a
rearview video system had functioned
for several years without
malfunctioning.
Question 4: What are the performance
and usability characteristics of rearview
video systems and rear-mounted convex
mirrors in low light (e.g., nighttime)
conditions?
Responses: In general, commenters
including Nissan, GM, and Sony,
seemed confident that, combined with
backup lamps (required by FMVSS No.
108), rearview video systems and
mirrors would provide a sufficiently
visible image in low light conditions.
Ms. Auriemma commented that her
rearview video system works well under
low light conditions. One commenter
did point out that sensors, unlike those
other systems, would not be affected by
low ambient light conditions. Magna
stated that performance depends, in
part, on the luminous intensity of the
tail lamps and backup lamps, but that
low-light performance of current
systems does improve rear visibility.
Rosco stated that to improve nighttime
performance, it incorporates infrared
and audio technology into its rearview
video systems.
Regarding specific performance
information, GM stated that its rearview
video system provide an image in 3 lux
lighting conditions. While Sony
indicated that their current video
cameras operate in conditions as low as
1 lux, they recommended 5 lux with
reverse gear and lamps engaged as an
appropriate minimum light level for
rearview video system compliance
testing.
Question 5: Is there data available
regarding consumers’ and vehicle
manufacturers’ research regarding
backing speed limitation, haptic
feedback to the driver, or use of
automatic braking?
Responses: Commenters, such as GM,
indicated that these systems have not
been applied to backing conditions.
However, Magna indicated that some
technologies have been applied in
certain vehicles, and that haptic
feedback alerts can be effective in
capturing the driver’s attention. The
Alliance added that a review of the SCI
cases indicates that excessive backing
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
speed was not a primary risk factor in
backover incidents, but Nissan stated
that research is being conducted, and
that it expects that performance of
backover countermeasures will improve
when used in combination with a
reduction in backing speeds.
Question 6: What types of rear
visibility countermeasures are
anticipated to be implemented in the
vehicle fleet through the 2012
timeframe?
Responses: Without giving specific
numbers, commenters did indicate that
they expect rearview video systems to
be installed on an increasing percentage
of their fleets. The AAM stated that the
same technologies employed today will
likely be used in 2012. Nissan stated
that it will continue to offer as parking
systems a rearview video system, as
well as its Around View Monitor
system. Honda commented that
rearview video systems are currently on
Honda and Acura SUVs, as well as the
Ridgeline pickup, Odyssey minivan,
and several sedans and coupes. Magna
stated that it forecast around 500,000–
750,000 vehicles produced in North
America will be equipped with a
rearview video system, and Rosco added
that the evolution of technology has
been moving towards rearview video
systems.
Continental stated that in the future,
systems will be able to recognize
pedestrians that are in danger of being
struck and automatically intervene to
prevent that from happening. However,
they gave no indication of the timeframe
for availability of such technology.
Takata provided confidential
comments on anticipated developments
in rear detection technology, including
the estimated detection capabilities of
future products.
Question 7: Can rear-mounted convex
mirrors be installed on light vehicles
other than SUVs and vans? What is the
rationale for U.S. manufacturers’
choosing to install rear parking sensors
and video cameras, rather than rearmounted convex mirrors as are
commonly installed on SUVs and
minivans in Korea and Japan? NHTSA
is particularly interested in any
information on the effectiveness of rearmounted convex mirrors in Korea and
Japan.
Responses: NHTSA received a
number of responses to this question.
AAM, GM, and other stated that rearmounted convex mirrors cannot feasibly
be mounted on passenger cars with a
sloping rear window surface. The
commenters stated that these sorts of
mirrors are generally considered
unattractive and are not well-received
by consumers. Kids and Cars also
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76207
speculated that consumers may find
them unappealing, or that they may
strike people or objects in tight areas.
Honda provided information that
these mirrors, widely used in Asia, are
being phased out in favor of rearview
video systems. Furthermore, it noted
that these mirrors are used as parking
aids, and would not be effective for
obstacle avoidance in non-parking
backing maneuvers. GM indicated that
their research has shown that rearmounted convex mirrors do not
demonstrate any effectiveness in
reducing backover crashes in the
situations they examined. Rosco stated
that it provides these mirrors to
customers such as the United States
Postal Service and other commercial
package delivery services.
Question 8: NHTSA seeks any
available research data documenting the
effectiveness of rear convex cross-view
mirrors in specifically addressing
backover crashes.
Responses: GM and the Alliance
stated that they were not aware of
research on this topic.
Question 9: NHTSA seeks comment
and data on whether it is possible to
provide an expanded field of view
behind the vehicle using only rearmounted convex mirrors.
Responses: Honda and GM both
responded that the utility of rearmounted convex mirrors was limited in
this regard. Honda stated that this was
due to ‘‘minification’’ (the small image
size) and distortion problems. The AAM
pointed to its responses to questions I–
7, II–5, and III–10 as being relevant to
this question.
Question 10: NHTSA is aware of
research conducted by GM that suggests
that drivers respond more appropriately
to visual image-based confirmation of
object presence than to non-visual
image based visual or auditory
warnings. Is there additional research
on this topic?
Responses: GM responded to this
question, and reiterated the results of its
research, stating that while all people
that saw the rear obstacle applied the
brakes, most people who simply heard
a warning looked for the object first, and
did not stop if they did not get visual
confirmation. Magna stated drivers have
a higher tolerance for visual alerts than
for auditory alerts, which drivers view
to be intrusive (and hence, can get tuned
out). Magna said that visual overlays are
best tolerated by drivers, even when
they discern that the object being
highlighted is benign. The Alliance
pointed to its answer to question I–1 as
applying to this question.
Question 11: NHTSA requests input
and data on whether the provision of
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76208
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
graphical image-based displays (e.g.,
such as a simplified animation
depicting rear obstacles), rather than
true-color, photographic visual displays
would elicit a similarly favorable crash
avoidance response from the driver.
Responses: In response to the
questions regarding whether graphical
image-based visual displays may be as
effective as photographic video
displays, GM reiterated its response to
question VI–2 (below).
Sony commented that graphical
image-based displays offer inferior
protection from backover crashes when
compared to true-color, photographic
visual images from a rearview video
system. They indicated that rearview
video images provide a wider and
deeper viewable area. Sony also stated
that a graphical image-based display
would require the driver to exit the
vehicle to confirm the presence of a rear
obstacle, and that if false alarm rates
were high, the driver might choose to
ignore the warning and not check for an
obstacle.
Magna responded by emphasizing the
benefits of graphical overlays
superimposed on a rearview video
image and urged NHTSA to consider
inclusion of graphic overlays as part of
a video camera-based rear backup aid.
Magna indicated that they view
graphical image-based displays as a
supplement to a true color photographic
visual image rather than a substitute for
such an image.
However, the Alliance responded by
stating that these technologies are in
their infancy, and requesting that
regulations be crafted in such a way as
to not impede their development.
Question 12: To date, rearview video
systems examined by NHTSA have
displayed to the driver a rear-looking
perspective of the area behind the
vehicle. Recently introduced systems
which provide the driver with a near
360-degree view of the area around the
entire vehicle do so using a ‘‘birds-eye’’
perspective using images from four
video cameras around the vehicle.
During backing, it appears that, by
default, this birds-eye view image is
presented simultaneously along with
the traditional rear-facing video camera
image. NHTSA requests data or input on
whether this presentation method is
likely to elicit a response from the
driver that is at least as favorable as that
attained using traditional, rear-view
image perspective, or whether this
presentation is more confusing for
drivers.
Responses: Nissan, which uses this
technology in some of its vehicles,
stated that it has not received negative
customer feedback about it. The AAM
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
again stated that such systems have only
recently been introduced into the
marketplace.
ii. Drivers’ Use and Associated
Effectiveness of Available Technologies
To Mitigate Backover Crashes
These questions were posed in order
to help NHTSA gain a better
understanding of how technologies were
being deployed and used by drivers, and
to fill in gaps in research. The agency
was particularly interested in any
market or research studies indicating
customer satisfaction and adoption of
specific technologies.
Question 1: NHTSA has not
conducted research to estimate a
drivers’ ability to avoid crashes with a
backing crash countermeasure system
based only on sensor technology. We
request any available data documenting
the effectiveness of backing crash
countermeasure systems based only on
sensor technology in aiding drivers in
mitigating backing crashes.
Responses: AAM commented by
stating that these devices have only
been recently introduced into the
marketplace, and that more time would
be needed before results would be
detectable. GM’s comment referred to
the results of the McLaughlin and
Llaneras studies, which provided some
evidence that although warnings
influenced driver behavior, warnings
were unreliable in terms of their ability
to induce drivers to immediately brake
to a complete stop. GM stated that their
research has shown no additional
benefit of integrated (rearview video and
sensor) systems over simple rearview
video alone. Kids and Cars stated that
there is a common reaction for drivers
to ‘‘tune out’’ the sensor, such as in
situations where a driver is backing out
of a garage.
Question 2: NHTSA has not
conducted research to estimate drivers’
ability to avoid crashes with a backing
crash countermeasure system based on
multiple, integrated technologies (e.g.,
rear parking sensors and rearview video
functions in one integrated system). We
request any available objective data
documenting the effectiveness of multitechnology backing crash
countermeasure systems in mitigating
backing crashes. We also request
comment on what types of technology
combinations industry may consider
feasible for use in improving rear
visibility.
Responses: NHTSA received a variety
of responses on this issue. While AAM
indicated that the technology is too new
to have good effectiveness data, both
GM and Nissan stated that multitechnology systems were less effective
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
than video alone. Kids and Cars, on the
other hand, commented that graphic
overlays based on sensor data could
improve the user experience with
rearview video systems. It also stated
that a sensor can alert a driver to a
problem, and that a rearview video
system can verify that there is an
obstacle behind the vehicle. Magna
stated that graphic overlays, which
include fusion of ranging sensing (i.e.,
using infrared or radar technology),
already exist, and can enhance the
driver’s ability to judge distance/depth
and to assimilate what is being
displayed on the video screen.
Question 3: NHTSA requests any
available data documenting the image
quality of rear-mounted convex mirrors
and their effectiveness in aiding drivers
in preventing backing crashes.
Responses: GM responded by stating
that its research indicated rear-mounted
convex mirrors offered no improvement
in the prevention of backover crashes.
The AAM stated that it does not have
data documenting their performance in
preventing backover crashes.
Question 4: NHTSA requests any
available additional objective research
data documenting the effectiveness of
sensor-based, rearview video, mirror, or
combination systems that may aid in
mitigating backover incidents.
Responses: Magna pointed to a variety
of research studies being performed by
the Virginia Tech Transportation
Institute and other entities. Some
conclusions it summarizes include: That
good image quality is important for
customer acceptance; that a 3.5 inch inmirror display led to the highest
backover avoidance rates; and that inmirror displays were preferred by a
large majority of drivers. The AAM
stated that it does not have any data on
these systems, and given the uncertainty
associated with them, recommends that
NHTSA adopt a technology-neutral
regulation. GM reiterated that it had
already shared its relevant findings.
Question 5: NHTSA requests
information regarding mounting
limitations for rear-mounted convex
mirrors.
Responses: Commenters stated that
they are aware of no reasonable method
for attaching effective rear-mounted
mirrors to vehicles like sedans, where
such mirrors could not be mounted on
or near the roof and provide an image
of the area directly behind the vehicle.
The AAM cautioned that long bracket
arms would be impractical and have a
negative effect on component reliability.
GM also reiterated that it had not found
the mirrors effective even when
mountable. Honda added that it believes
it is impractical to apply a rear-mounted
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
convex mirror to vehicles with trunk
lids.
iii. Approaches for Improving Vehicles’
Rear Visibility
In this section, NHTSA was
presenting the regulatory concepts it
could use in developing a rear detection
system that would best prevent
backover crashes. These ideas included
the specific areas that would need to be
detected by a rear visibility system, the
design and possible placements of
mirrors or video screens, and the
ramifications of requiring certain
systems (e.g., the maintenance costs of
video cameras). This section also
contained additional questions
regarding the pricing and feasibility of
a variety of potential systems.
Question 1: NHTSA seeks comment
on the areas behind a vehicle that may
be most important to consider when
improving rear visibility. Furthermore,
while the distribution of visible area
behind the vehicle was not considered
in the blind zone area metrics (e.g., rear
blind zone area) discussed in this
document, it may be helpful to specify
some specific areas behind the vehicle
that must be visible.
Responses: Commenters generally fell
into two categories. Honda stated
simply that the area immediately behind
the vehicle’s rear bumper is significant
and should be addressed as a priority.
Other commenters, such as AAM and
GM, stated that based on a review of the
SCI data, the area to the sides of the
vehicle is of significant importance,
since most victims intruded into the
path of the backing vehicle from the
sides, rather than starting from directly
behind the vehicle. Rosco responded,
with respect to school buses, that the
area behind the bus closest to the
curbside rear wheels may be the most
important in order to see a child
running to catch the bus.
Advocates for Highway and Auto
Safety encouraged the agency to make
the coverage area behind the vehicle as
large as possible to provide as much
time as possible for the driver to
determine that a pedestrian is behind
the vehicle and to take measures to
prevent a crash. The approach
recommended by the Advocates was to
eliminate vehicles’ rear blind zones
entirely. They indicated that allowing
the degree of rear visibility
improvement to be based on the size of
the particular vehicle’s rear blind zone
would permit countermeasures that are
tailored to produce the desired result for
each vehicle model and type
individually.
Question 2: NHTSA invites comment
as to how an actual threshold based on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
vehicles’ rear blind zone area could be
defined.
Responses: This question was asked
in relation to the considered rear
visibility threshold, or how big the
maximum permissible blind area could
be before a countermeasure was needed.
Commenters provided various
responses. GM offered a method of
measuring a vehicle’s viewable area
indirectly and noted an associated
threshold value of 100–125 square feet
measured using a 32-inch target plane,
but stated that either the direct or
indirect field of view methodology
could be used to determine a threshold.
AAM, on the other hand, offered a
suggestion relating to calculating
pedestrian speed of 6 kph (3.7 mph),
vehicle speed of 6 kph or less, and
estimated driver perception and
response time 2.5 seconds. However, no
data were provided by the AAM to
support the specific values. Honda
stated that any specified minimum rear
visibility value should be based on
conclusive data to indicate a direct
safety benefit that has been found to be
cost-effective in light of all of the related
design trade-offs. Consumers Union
recommended that a threshold be
established based on NHTSA’s Monte
Carlo analysis in which all areas with
risk of 0.1 or higher are required to be
visible.
Question 3: NHTSA is considering
specifying a minimum portion of a
vehicle’s rear visibility that must be
provided via direct vision (i.e., without
the use of mirrors or other indirect
vision device). NHTSA seeks comments
on this approach, such as input
regarding how a minimum threshold
should be specified, and how much of
a vehicle’s rear area should be visible
via direct vision?
Responses: Commenters were
generally unsupportive of the idea of a
direct visibility requirement. Honda
stated that it would unduly restrict
vehicle design and styling, and stated
that it would be a design-restrictive
standard that would not enhance
vehicle safety. GM commented that
while there are currently no field of
view requirements, most vehicles
provide them, and that market demand
for direct field of view would continue
for the foreseeable future. The Alliance
stated that direct field of view should be
incorporated into FMVSS No. 111 as
well as indirect field of view. Rosco was
concerned that it would be impossible
for some vehicles, particularly larger
vehicles, to meet any direct visibility
requirements.
Question 4: NHTSA requests
information regarding anticipated costs
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76209
for rear visibility enhancement
countermeasures.
Responses: Many specific responses
to this question were provided on a
confidential basis, which were taken
into account in the agency’s cost and
benefit analysis. However, Kids and
Cars did comment that the agency’s
estimated costs were too high, and that
it did not take into consideration the
amount of money saved by the
reduction in minor parking accidents.
Nissan urged NHTSA to consider the
‘‘total cost’’ of implementation of any
countermeasure in its cost-benefit
analysis. It stated that the total cost
includes equipment, research and
development, software redesign, wiring,
electrical architecture, instrument
panels, etc. It also stated that the costs
can be especially significant for vehicles
that do not already have an integrated
liquid crystal display (LCD).
Question 5: Given the increasing
popularity of LCD panel televisions and
likely resulting price decline, what
decline in price can be anticipated for
LCD displays used with rearview video
systems? Will similar price reduction
trends be seen for video cameras for
rearview video system application?
Responses: GM suggested that
substantial changes in price were not
likely in the foreseeable future, although
not impossible. The company stated that
while it is conceivable that cost
reductions will be realized, the more
severe requirements for automotive LCD
displays than for home applications
puts them in a different category, and
that cost reductions may not be realized
for some time.
Question 6: NHTSA requests
information on the estimated price of
rear visibility enhancement
countermeasures at higher sales
volumes, as well as the basis for such
estimates.
Responses: In response to this
question, GM stated that it did not
estimate that there would be any
significant cost reductions. It noted that
ultrasonic technology and mirrors have
existed for some time, and that cost
reductions are unlikely.
Question 7: NHTSA requests any
available data on rearview video system
maintenance frequency rates and
replacement costs. How often are
rearview video cameras damaged in the
field?
Responses: In general, commenters
suggested that the number of warranty
claims on rearview video systems was
low. However, it was noted that the
systems are still comparatively young.
GM stated that its current warranty rate
for rear video systems is approximately
0.1–2.3 incidents per thousand vehicles.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76210
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Nissan stated that it is unaware of any
issues that have arisen with regard to
the damage rate of its systems. Mercedes
provided confidential comments on this
subject, which were also considered by
NHTSA.
Question 8: NHTSA requests
comments on which types of possible
rear visibility enhancement
countermeasure technologies may be
considered for use on which types of
vehicles. This information is important
for estimating the costs of
countermeasure implementation in the
fleet.
Responses: This question also
generated a variety of responses. GM
stated that market forces are driving
larger vehicles, such as SUVs and vans,
to adopt rearview video systems. Rosco
also suggested that larger vehicles
would benefit most from having a
rearview video system installed. Honda,
on the other hand, suggested that
rearview video systems would be better
than mirrors on sedans and coupes, but
with pickups, durability and tailgate
placement must be considered. Finally,
AAM stated that as a reasonably priced
baseline, the ECE R46 mirror standard
would be a good addition, and that for
certain vehicles, countermeasures could
supplement the mirror system. It is not
clear to NHTSA whether AAM was
suggesting convex mirrors should be
required (and disallow current flat
mirrors) or simply that convex mirrors
should be allowed as an option.
Question 9: NHTSA requests
information regarding available studies
or data indicating the effectiveness of
dashboard display-based rearview video
systems and rearview mirror based
rearview video systems. What are the
key areas that will impact the real-world
effectiveness of these systems as they
become more common in the fleet?
Responses: GM suggested that as
drivers grow more familiar with inmirror and in-dash video systems as
backing aids, the effectiveness of these
systems will increase, and pointed to a
study presented at the May 2008 Society
of Automotive Engineers (SAE)
Government/Industry meeting,
suggesting that the rearview mirrorbased displays showed more benefits for
inexperienced drivers, while more
experienced drivers experienced about
equal benefits from each type of system.
The Alliance admitted it had no data,
but said it believed the same thing.
Rosco made several arguments for the
‘‘integration’’ of dashboard and rearview
mirror-based systems, namely that
integration will make the display more
theft resistant and help propagate other
technologies.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
Question 10: NHTSA requests
objective data on the use, effectiveness,
and cost of rear-mounted convex
mirrors.
Responses: Commenters provided
little new data in response to this
question. GM pointed to its earlier
response regarding convex mirrors,
where it stated that they did not show
substantial safety benefits. Additionally,
AAM stated that rear-mounted convex
mirrors were essentially parking aids,
and would not be effective in preventing
backover crashes.
iv. Options for Measuring a Vehicle’s
Rear Visibility
In this section, NHTSA asked a series
of extremely specific questions relating
to methodologies for measuring the
direct rear visibility of vehicles. These
questions focused on various aspects of
the test procedures outlined in the
ANPRM, such as how to set up the
machines, what size dummies to use,
and how to adjust rear head restraints so
as to balance concerns between rear
passenger safety and rear visibility.
Question 1: NHTSA requests
comment on the use of the 50th
percentile male driver size as a
midpoint in terms of driver height and
whether using multiple driver heights
for these tests [to determine direct
visibility] would cause undue hardship
relative to the safety value of assessing
different driver heights. Specific
information regarding additional cost, if
any, that would be incurred by vehicle
manufacturers due to the use of
different driver sizes for these different
portions of FMVSS No. 111 is requested.
Responses: Commenters suggested a
range of testing alternatives that could
be used to measure a vehicle’s direct
visibility characteristics. GM stated that
the 95th percentile eye-ellipse is used
by manufacturers as the tool for
evaluating visibility and is recognized
in FMVSS No. 111, and that it would be
consistent to apply that tool to
determine rear visibility under the
standard as well. Similarly, Nissan also
recommended NHTSA investigate use of
an eye-ellipse method (in accordance
with the Society of Automotive
Engineers Recommended Practice J941),
rather than using the 50th percentile
male driver’s eye locations.
Alternatively, Sony suggested that
NHTSA ‘‘should use a worst-casescenario driver body size when
conducting rear visibility
measurements, such as the 25th
percentile female, or at the least
correlate size with the actual size of
people involved’’ in real backover
crashes. A third alternative was
suggested by AAM, which stated that
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the eyepoints and other incidentals of
ECE R46 should be used in developing
the criteria for FMVSS No. 111 visibility
requirements. Honda, in its comment,
did not offer a specific suggestion, but
rather noted that using a variety of
driver heights and eyepoints might
encourage manufacturers to enlarge the
mirror or change the curvature, which
would add cost to the development and
implementation of the system.
Consumers Union stated that it did not
see the need for a 95th percentile male
test, as taller drivers always have a
better view behind the vehicle. The
organization stated that it has tested
using only the 50th percentile, although
testing at the eyepoint of the 5th
percentile female would also be
worthwhile.
Question 2: NHTSA has been using
seating position settings recommended
by the vehicle manufacturers for agency
crash tests. For most vehicles, the
vertical seat position setting
recommended for seats with vertical
adjustability is the lowest position.
NHTSA seeks comment on whether this
setting is the most suitable position for
a 50th percentile male, or if a midpoint
setting would be more appropriate for
measuring rear visibility. NHTSA also
seeks comment on whether the specific
crash test seating specifications used are
the most appropriate for this context.
Responses: Nissan, GM, and AAM
commented in response to this question.
They indicated that their responses to
the previous question also applied to
this issue. Honda pointed out the
driver’s eyepoint used affects visibility
performance with rear-mounted convex
mirrors, but does not affect the area
behind a vehicle that is displayed by a
rearview video system. Honda suggested
that if a rule were to require
accommodation of different driver sizes
that manufacturers may modify the
mirror to enlarge its size of change the
radius of curvature. While Honda noted
that such consideration would result in
increased costs, although it did not
specifically discourage this if NHTSA
could show related enhanced safety
benefits. Additionally, Honda stated
that while the driver eyepoint is
extremely relevant for direct view
measurements, it would have no effect
on rearview video systems.
Question 3: NHTSA seeks comment
on the placements of head restraints.
For example, would our test procedure
result in the elimination of rear head
restraints or a reduction in their size? If
so, please identify the affected vehicles
and explain why the rear head restraints
particularly impair visibility in those
vehicles. Similarly, NHTSA seeks
comment on the approach to setting the
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
longitudinal position of all adjustable
head restraints for rear visibility
measurements. While longitudinally
adjustable head restraints positioned
fully forward may minimize the chance
of whiplash, a more reasonable option
for this test may be to position the head
restraint at the midpoint of the
longitudinal adjustment range.
Responses: NHTSA received
comments on this subject from GM,
Honda, Sony, and AAM. GM and Sony
suggested that head restraints should be
accounted for, as they contribute
substantially to vehicle safety. Honda
stated that head restraints should be
adjusted to their lowest or stored
position for rear visibility measurement,
and that a direct visibility requirement
should take into consideration the
existence of safety features such as the
center high-mounted stop lamp and rear
window wiper and defogger. Honda
added that if NHTSA believes the
required head restraints unduly affect
rear visibility, the agency should reevaluate the recent upgrade of FMVSS
No. 202a, Head Restraints, for which
applicability took effect on September 1,
2009, and take into account rear
visibility considerations. The AAM
commented that the recently-updated
standard FMVSS No. 202a has the effect
of reducing rear visibility, and that
NHTSA should adjust the head
restraints to their lowest position for
direct visibility testing purposes, similar
to the procedures in ECE R46.
Question 4: In our testing, we found
that the laser beam is difficult to detect
visually. Therefore, we used the laser
detector. NHTSA invites comment on
the availability of other options for
detecting the laser beam as used in this
test that does not involve the use of an
electronic laser detector.
Responses: GM and the AAM both
responded to this question by noting the
difficulties in using laser-based
methods. GM stated that while it did not
know of any better alternative methods
for detecting lasers than what NHTSA
described, it would likely use a mathbased alternative to certify compliance.
Similarly, the AAM stated that the
European experience with laser
measurement has generally been found
to be cumbersome and that CAD-based
measurement might be a more desirable
option.
Question 5: For locating the laser
devices at the selected driver eyepoints,
is there another device besides the Hpoint device which can be utilized for
this purpose? For simplicity, should
eyepoints be indicated in a similar
fashion as is currently in FMVSS No.
111 for school bus testing in which a
single eyepoint is located at a specified
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
distance from the seat cushion/seat back
intersection and within a 6-inch semicircular area?
Responses: GM recommended an
alternative in which the eye location
would be specified from a body fiducial
point on the vehicle, similar to methods
used in evaluating mirrors under the
current standard. AAM questioned
whether any single eye location could
be representative, and if the proposed
measurement method was capturing
what was important for rear visibility.
AAM also stated that the view in
mirrors, which was not contemplated as
part of the direct visibility
measurement, was an important aspect
to consider, especially for older drivers
whose range of movement may be
limited. Honda stated that it did not
consider the school bus measurement
method appropriate for passenger
vehicles, because that measurement
method was designed by contemplating
the movement of a bus driver’s head.
v. Options for Assessing the
Performance of Rear Visibility
Countermeasures
In determining a rear visibility
threshold, NHTSA would first need to
define a test area, from which the
vehicle’s viewable area could be
subtracted, thereby calculating the size
of the blind zone. These questions were
asked in order to solicit comment on
what that test area should cover, as well
as other issues related to testing
countermeasure performance.
Question 1: NHTSA invites comments
on the need for and adequacy of the
described area which rear visibility
countermeasure systems may be
required to detect obstacles. NHTSA is
particularly interested in any available
data that may suggest an alternative area
behind the vehicle over which a rear
visibility enhancement countermeasure
should be effective? Is the described
area of coverage unrealistically large? Is
it adequate to mimic real world angles
at which children may approach
vehicles?
Responses: Many commenters used
this question to comment on the number
of instances in the SCI cases where the
victim entered the vehicle’s path from
the side of the vehicle. Sony and Kids
and Cars both stated that consideration
should be given to areas to the sides of
the vehicle, with Kids and Cars stating
that all of the areas not visible directly
or through side mirrors should be taken
into consideration. GM and the AAM
both stated that driver’s-side convex
mirrors, which have a wider field of
view than that required by FMVSS No.
111, would help to prevent many of
these incidents. Nissan commented that
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76211
the area visible in side mirrors
permitted in ECE R46 should be
factored into the measured field of view
of a vehicle. Sony stated that limiting
the test are to the edges of the vehicle
would fail to account for obstacles that
move into the rear blind zone from the
outside of the immediate rear of the
vehicle. Sony suggested that the test
area should account for, at a minimum,
vehicle backing speed, driver reaction
time, and the speed of potential
obstacles.
Question 2: Is it reasonable to define
the limits of the test zone such that it
begins immediately behind the rear
bumper for the test object defined here
or should a gap be permitted before the
visibility zone begins? What additional
factors should the agency consider in
defining the zone?
Responses: Commenters generally
split into two groups in responding to
this question. Some supported the idea
that the test area should begin at the
edge of the bumper. Kids and Cars
suggested that the test area should begin
at the rear bumper because when
children approach a vehicle from the
side, they frequently intersect the path
of the vehicle close to the bumper.
Rosco stated that coverage should begin
at a vertical plane tangent to the
rearmost surface of the rear bumper.
Consumers Union also stated that they
believe no gap should exist in the test
zone. Nissan stated that as long as the
target area size is realistic, it would be
appropriate to define the limits of the
test zone such that it begins
immediately behind the rear bumper.
GM and Honda, however, supported the
idea of a gap. GM stated that as most
accidents either come from the sides or
from the area 3–8 meters behind the
vehicle, a gap in the area would not be
unreasonable. Honda also supported a
small gap of 0.3 meters (1 foot), noting
that if no gap were permitted, video
cameras might be placed in locations
that could be subject to damage in lowspeed collisions, thereby increasing the
cost of ownership.
Question 3: NHTSA requests
comments on potentially requiring only
the perimeter of the specified area to be
tested for rear visibility enhancement
systems. For video-based rear visibility
countermeasure systems, NHTSA
assumes that confirming the visibility of
the test object over the perimeter of the
required area is sufficient, since a
system able to display the object at the
perimeter of the required area should
also be able to display the object at all
points in between the extremities. Is this
a reasonable assumption?
Responses: We received two
comments in response to this specific
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76212
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
question. GM stated that this was not an
unreasonable suggestion for a single
rearview video camera, but that it did
not take into consideration a system
made up of multiple sensors or cameras
with limited lateral scope. Rosco also
questioned this assumption, stating that
this did not take into account the fact
that an obstruction such as a marker
light could block out some portion of
the rearward view. The Alliance also
referenced its earlier comments on
threshold detection (regarding the need
for detection zones behind the vehicle),
as well as the zones of coverage
provided by ECE R46-compliant side
mirrors.
Question 4: Would vehicles with
rearview video cameras mounted away
from the vehicle centerline have the
ability to detect the test object over the
area under consideration? Is there
flexibility to relocate such off-center
cameras to meet the requirements under
consideration, if necessary?
Responses: This question elicited
several responses. Honda and Nissan
suggested that it may be possible, but
that moving the position of a video
camera could be expensive. They
recommended allowing as much design
flexibility as possible. The AAM also
stated that limiting video placement to
the centerline would be overly
restrictive. Rosco and Sony, two
equipment manufacturers, stated that
current technology did allow a video
camera to be mounted off-center and
still be able to see the entire test area,
depending on the specifics of that area.
Question 5: NHTSA seeks comment as
to the availability of any mirrors that
may have a field of view that
encompasses a range of 50 feet, as well
as the quality of image that might be
provided over such a range. How
different is the image size and
resolution, and how significant are the
differences to the mirrors’ potential
effectiveness?
Responses: No commenters stated
they believe that rear mirrors could have
an effective field of view that extends 50
feet. Nissan stated that it is difficult to
describe variation in image size and
resolution, as it varies by the mirror’s
fixed location on the vehicle body.
Rosco stated that image sizes for rear
cross-view mirrors become diminished
beyond 30 feet. Honda questioned
whether mirrors could provide a field of
view that extended 50 feet back, but also
questioned whether this was necessary
for a typical backing maneuver.
Question 6: If a gap is permitted
behind the vehicle before the visibility
zone begins, how will systems prevent
children who may be immediately
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
behind a vehicle from being backed
over?
Responses: In response to this
question, Sony and Rosco stated that it
would not be possible to prevent these
backover crashes if the area in which
the child was located was not visible to
the driver, and reiterated that no gap in
the visible zone should be permissible.
GM, while acknowledging that not all
backover crashes can be prevented,
stated in its comments that NHTSA
should focus on mitigating specific risks
by focusing on the crashes that happen
most often—incursions and instances
where the vehicle is turning; and by
focusing on vehicles that are statistically
overrepresented in backover crash
fatalities.
Question 7: NHTSA seeks input on
what level of ambient lighting would be
appropriate to specify for conduct of
this compliance test. What other
environmental and ambient conditions,
if any, should the agency include in the
test procedure?
Responses: Several commenters
agreed that rear detection systems
should be able to function in low light
conditions. Kids and Cars and Rosco
both stated that the systems should be
able to work in dark conditions, while
Honda and GM suggested that the low
light conditions be specified with
respect to the photometric requirements
of backup lamps, which would be
illuminated during a backing maneuver.
Sony suggested that rear detection
devices should function in 5 lux
luminosity, which is slightly higher
than the 3 lux suggested by GM.
Question 8: NHTSA invites input
regarding the composition of the
countermeasure compliance test object
and the types of technologies that are
likely to be able to provide coverage of
the related test area.
Responses: In response to this query,
AAM stated that based on Centers for
Disease Control (CDC) growth data
charts, it recommended a test object that
is cylindrical with a diameter of 15 cm
and a height of 82 cm. Kids and Cars,
alternatively, suggested a test object
with a height of 28 inches, or
approximately 71 cm. Honda did not
provide a specific suggestion, but noted
that the test object should reflect the age
and height of the people at risk and not
be made of materials that cause
excessive reflection or have other
characteristics that could interfere with
the goals of a practical, reliable, and
repeatable test. Similarly, Sony stated
that the test object should simulate the
size of a 1-year-old child. Finally, GM
noted that it provided information on
this topic as part of its involvement in
NHTSA-sponsored cooperative research
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
with the Virginia Tech Transportation
Institute focused on advanced crash
avoidance technologies relating to
backover avoidance.
vi. Options for Characterizing Rear
Visibility Countermeasures
In this section, NHTSA sought
comments that would provide insight
into what specifications, if any, the
agency should mandate for rear
visibility enhancements. In the ANPRM,
NHTSA noted a general lack of relevant
existing industry consensus standards
which could be considered in
establishing regulatory performance
requirements. The agency also noted it
appeared there was no ongoing
development to establish such
consensus standards in the United
States. Of particular interest were any
standards that were being applied to
specific types of countermeasures (such
as sensors or cameras) by
manufacturers. The agency also wanted
to solicit comment on other
considerations, such as display
characteristics, durability
measurements, or test procedures that
could assist it in drafting a
comprehensive proposed requirement.
Questions posed also sought assistance
in the identification of any additional
parameters which the agency may need
to consider specifying in a regulatory
amendment to FMVSS No. 111.
Question 1: Are there any existing
industry consensus standards for rear
visibility enhancement systems which
address the parameters outlined in this
section? Are there any ongoing efforts to
develop such industry consensus
standards? If so, when will the
standards be published?
Responses: Commenters generally
agreed with NHTSA that industry
consensus standards do not exist. Some
commenters, such as Rosco, and Ford,
cited international standards for items
such as sensor performance and display
requirements. Honda stated that ISO is
currently reviewing performance
requirements and test procedures for
‘‘Extended Range Backing Aids (ERBA)’’
but that this document is not directly
addressing backover incidents as
NHTSA did in the ANPRM and that
timing-wise, the document could be
balloted by ISO and issued as soon as
the end of 2009 or early 2010. Nissan
noted that while there is a lack of
existing industry consensus standards
for rear visibility enhancement systems,
there does not appear to be wide
variation between systems offered by
different automakers due to the small
number of rearview video camera
suppliers.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Ford cited the initiation of updates to
ECE R46 for rearview video displays
and stated that while it did not support
the standard in its entirety, it believes
the Australian state of New South
Wales’ Technical Standard No.149 56 is
instructive with regard to display image.
Ford stated that this standard requires a
cylinder test object located 5 meters
from the rear of the vehicle to have a
corresponding image height on the
display of at least 0.5 percent of the
distance between the driver’s eye and
the display. For example, for a driver’s
eye located 800 mm from the screen, the
corresponding minimum height for the
image on the display would be 4mm.
The most extensive comments
received were in regard to ISO
17386:2004 Transport information and
control systems, Manoeuvring Aids for
Low Speed Operation (MALSO). This
standard contains test specifications and
requirements to establish the ability of
a sensor-based system to detect
stationary objects, primarily in the
utilization as a parking aid. Delphi
stated that tests used for system
certification under this standard utilize
an idealized target, a PVC pole, for
uniform and repeatable performance.
The tests were designed to ignore the
area from 0 to 25 cm above the ground
to prevent detection of parking curbs,
presumably to limit the number of times
the system alerted the driver to their
presence so that drivers would not
disable the system. As noted by the
AAM, ISO 17386 pertains specifically to
systems designed to assist drivers in
maneuvering in tight spaces, such as in
low-speed parking maneuvers. The
AAM further noted that the parameters
addressed in the ISO standard are not
relevant for pedestrian impacts, nor are
the systems designed for low-speed
maneuvering optimized for pedestrian
detection. Delphi identified the need for
a more realistic target specification to be
developed, compared to the ISO
standard, for sensor-based systems to be
able to detect small children. Ackton
stated that up to this point, ISO’s
MALSO standard with the PVC target
pole has been the benchmark for all
equipment manufacturers. However,
Ackton stated that many manufacturers
have created systems that ‘‘go beyond’’
the requirements of the ISO standard
and that its own ‘‘New-Gen’’ system
utilizes technology that allows it to
detect moving objects.
The AAM stated that ISO and SAE
have several standards that pertain to
human-machine interface (HMI) aspects
including features employed by
56 Australian Design Rule 14/02 Rear Vision
Mirrors; 2006.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
rearview video systems and sensorbased backing aids. It noted that these
standards are recommendations, rather
than specifications, due to the
contingent nature of most HMI
parameters, which are highly influenced
by the specific context and
implementation in question. The AAM
concluded by stating that such
standards do not lend themselves for
incorporation into an FMVSS for
rearward visibility.
Question 2: Are there additional
parameters which should be specified to
define a rear visibility enhancement
system? What should the minimum
specified performance be for each
parameter?
Responses: Gentex suggested a
minimum visual display brightness of
500 cd/m2 for in-mirror displays, as
measured at room temperature and in a
dark room. Its rationale was that
automaker research has confirmed this
to be the minimally accepted value,
presumably to account for a wide
possible range of ambient conditions.
Magna suggested that instead of
regulating operational areas of video
camera performance that NHTSA
instead leave implementation to the
automakers and suppliers to address to
ensure overall system affordability.
Question 3: Are future rear visibility
systems anticipated which may have
significantly different visual display
types that may require other display
specification parameters?
Responses: NHTSA did not receive
comments in response to this question.
IV. Analysis of ANPRM Comments and
NHTSA’s Tentative Conclusions
Based upon the discussion in the
ANPRM and the comments received, we
have grouped the various ideas for
mitigating backover crashes into five
distinct threads. While there are
numerous variations within each
concept, we believe that these five
concepts contain substantially all of the
potential solutions discussed. The ideas
are as follows: (1) The improvement of
rear visibility for all vehicles within the
scope of the K.T. Safety Act; (2) the
improvement of rear visibility for
certain high-risk vehicle types, namely
those judged to be involved in a
disproportionately high number of
backover crashes; (3) the improvement
of rear visibility for vehicles with blind
zones that exceed a threshold or cannot
view areas deemed to be critical; (4) the
installation of driver’s-side convex
mirrors; and (5) the installation of
advanced technology systems, such as
combinations of sensors and video
cameras, automatic braking systems, or
other technology. We note that when
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76213
referring to improved rear visibility via
a ‘‘countermeasure,’’ the term refers to
any rearview video system, sensor, or
mirror, although we discuss the specific
differences between those technology
types in the earlier ANPRM summary
and in section V below. This section
contains NHTSA’s analysis of the
various overall approaches that could be
applied to backover prevention, as well
as addresses comments germane to the
discussion.
Following the discussion of
comments relating to the possible means
for improving rear visibility and
mitigating backover crashes and
comments received regarding these, a
discussion of comments relating to
possible rear visibility system
characteristics and compliance test
methods is presented.
A. Application of Rear Visibility
Systems Across the Light Vehicle Fleet
One approach considered by NHTSA
in the ANPRM was to require that all
vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds
or less be subjected to improved rear
visibility requirements. Going forward
with a requirement for improved rear
visibility for all light vehicles was an
idea supported by a variety of
commenters. First and foremost, safety
organizations and individuals whose
families had been involved in backover
incidents strongly favored this
alternative. In general, these
commenters supported the most
comprehensive possible proposal in
order to achieve the maximum possible
benefits, pointing out the particular
tragedy that many of these incidents
involved a parent or other family
member injuring or killing their own
children. Kids and Cars stated that all
vehicles must be addressed in order to
prevent backover injuries and fatalities,
stating that even one car with a large
blind zone should indicate the need for
the regulation to cover all vehicle types.
Similarly, IIHS and Consumers Union
both supported uniform requirements
across light vehicle classes.
Several equipment manufacturers also
were in support of requiring improved
rear visibility on all light vehicles. Sony
commented that the Act permits
NHTSA to ‘‘prescribe different
requirements for different types of
motor vehicles,’’ but does not permit a
total or partial exemption of a particular
class of vehicles, or a percentage of a
particular class of vehicles, from rear
visibility requirements. Sony further
stated that limiting the rear blind zone
visibility requirements to LTVs ignores
the fact that passenger cars account for
26 percent of backover deaths and 54
percent of backover injuries, and that
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76214
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
these percentages will likely increase
given the relative decline of LTV sales
across the market. Delphi and Magna
stated their belief that the backover
problem is widespread enough that
improved rear visibility requirements
should not be limited to any particular
class of vehicles. Similarly, Ackton
suggested that rear visibility
countermeasures should not be limited
to a certain vehicle class and also raised
the issue that trailers could be equipped
with sensor-based object detection
systems.
In contrast to this broad approach,
some automakers commented in favor of
limiting any rear visibility improvement
to just a portion of the fleet, such as
LTVs, saying that, in terms of fatalities,
they are statistically overrepresented in
backover crashes. Nissan and GM both
recommended that a maximum blind
zone area approach be used to
determine whether a particular model of
vehicle warrants improved rear
visibility, and recommended against the
application of any new requirements by
vehicle type. Mercedes suggested that if
the agency believes that improved rear
visibility should be required for the
portion of the vehicle fleet that is
statistically overrepresented in backover
crashes (i.e., LTVs), then NHTSA should
apply the requirements to only those
types of vehicles. Honda also
commented that rear visibility
performance requirements should be
instituted for only those vehicles with
the highest rates of backover incidents,
although it also suggested that NHTSA
should actively monitor the data for all
vehicle types so that it can consider
broader application of the requirements
based on the safety need.
Lastly, some vehicle manufacturers
generally supported alternative methods
for preventing backovers. One
manufacturer, Nissan, requested that the
agency conduct more research before
proposing to require any additional
performance requirements for rear
visibility. The AAM limited its support
to the requirement for ECE R46compliant convex side mirrors, instead
of more advanced countermeasures.
Mercedes echoed this approach, but
allowed that if more advanced
countermeasures were seen as essential,
they be limited to LTVs, and not applied
to passenger cars. The application of
improved rear visibility requirements to
LTVs only was also supported by
Honda. GM was the lone manufacturer
that recommended that NHTSA limit
the requirement for improved rear
visibility to vehicles with large blind
zones only. We have addressed
comments relating to those alternative
proposals in the sections below.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
While NHTSA agrees that requiring
enhanced rear visibility for all light
vehicles would be the most
comprehensive approach to mitigate
backover crashes, it would also entail
the highest costs of any possible
proposal. Commenters also suggested
that NHTSA’s projected costs were too
high and that costs would likely decline
once systems such as these were put
into wider production. In response to
these comments, NHTSA has more fully
analyzed the costs and benefits of the
proposal in the preliminary regulatory
impact analysis (PRIA), which is
presented in tandem with this
document.
As described in Section II.B, NHTSA
has tentatively decided to require
improved rear visibility for all vehicles
with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.
Having taken into account the intent of
Congress in passing the K.T. Safety Act,
the smaller, yet still-significant number
of fatalities involving passenger cars,
and the fact that the injury rate for all
classes of vehicles is approximately
proportional to their representation in
the fleet, we do not at this time believe
it is in the best interest of safety or
otherwise appropriate or permissible
under the K.T. Safety Act to exclude
passenger cars from rigorous rear
visibility performance requirements.
Passenger cars account for slightly more
than half of the injuries from backover
incidents.
The rationale for proposing to require
all light vehicles to have improved rear
visibility is twofold. First, NHTSA, and
Congress, are extremely concerned
about the incidence of children being
backed over by light vehicles. This is a
phenomenon that is not limited to any
particular vehicle type, and while the
ANPRM did discuss blind zone area
measurement, no driver of any type of
vehicle could see the entire area behind
the vehicle in which a pedestrian,
especially a young child, might be
located without the aid of an effective
rear visibility countermeasure.
Therefore, the obvious and most
complete solution is to require an
enhancement that enables drivers of all
light vehicles to see children and other
obstacles directly behind a vehicle.
Second, and as noted by some
commenters, applying improved rear
visibility requirements to just a portion
of the fleet would cause an awkward
safety disparity between vehicles
equipped with a countermeasure, and
those without. As NHTSA has noted in
the ANPRM and this notice, driver
education about and acceptance of rear
visibility countermeasures is crucial in
realizing their effectiveness. To require
visibility improvements in only some
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
vehicles may send a mixed message to
drivers that would not achieve the
intent of the law.
B. Limitation of Countermeasure
Application to Certain Vehicle Types
A second concept explored in the
ANPRM was the idea of limiting the
requirement for improved rear visibility
to certain vehicle types. The idea of
having different rear visibility
requirements for certain vehicle types
was explicitly contemplated by
Congress and articulated in the text of
the K.T. Safety Act, which stated that
‘‘The Secretary may prescribe different
requirements for different types of
motor vehicles to expand the required
field of view to enable the driver of a
motor vehicle to detect areas behind the
motor vehicle to reduce death and
injury resulting from backing incidents,
particularly incidents involving small
children and disabled persons.’’
Furthermore, we believe that in
particular, vehicles like multipurpose
passenger vehicles and pickup trucks
were contemplated by Congress as
potentially warranting more of an
improvement in rear visibility than do
passenger cars. In noting the need for
rear visibility performance
requirements, the legislative history
stated that, ‘‘As larger vehicles,
including SUVs, pickup trucks, and
minivans, have become more popular,
more drivers are confronted with larger
blind spots.’’ 57
In the ANPRM, NHTSA considered
whether it would be appropriate to take
this idea further and limit the
requirements for improved rear
visibility to the vehicles known as
‘‘LTVs,’’ which include multipurpose
passenger vehicles, trucks, and
minivans with a GVWR of 10,000
pounds or less. The agency reasoned
that if a strong relationship between
vehicle class and backover incidents
existed, a targeted requirement for
advanced rear visibility
countermeasures could achieve a large
percentage of the overall benefits of the
technology at a fraction of the overall
cost to the industry. Therefore, the
agency conducted a statistical analysis
and requested comment on the option.
The agency’s analysis revealed that
while LTVs were statistically
overrepresented in backover-related
fatalities, they were not significantly
overrepresented in backover-related
injuries or in backover crashes
57 S. Rep. 110–275, S. Rep. No. 275, 110TH Cong.,
2nd Sess. 2008.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76215
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
generally. Table 7 below lays out a
summary of the results.58
TABLE 7—BACKOVER CRASH FATALITIES AND INJURIES AND PERCENT OF FLEET BY VEHICLE TYPE
Percent of
fleet
Vehicle type (GVWR of 10,000 lb or less)
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Passenger Car .........................................................................................................................................
Multipurpose Passenger Vehicle .............................................................................................................
Truck ........................................................................................................................................................
Van (including minivans) .........................................................................................................................
As shown by Table 7, LTVs represent
a disproportionate share of the overall
backover-related fatalities, being
involved in almost twice as many
fatalities as their portion of the fleet.
Conversely, passenger cars are
represented in only one half as many
fatalities as their fleet percentage would
indicate. We note that this discrepancy
is spread relatively evenly across
multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, and vans.
However, unlike fatalities, the
relationship between backover crashes
generally and vehicle type for injuries is
proportional to a vehicle type’s
proportion of the fleet. The data show
that passenger cars are just as likely to
be involved in a backover incident as
are other types of vehicles. The
substantially similar numbers of total
backovers (including injuries and
fatalities) between vehicle types cast
doubt on whether it would be in the
best interest of safety to limit rear
visibility improvement to just LTVs
even if it were permissible to do so.
As indicated in the comment
summary section above, commenters
were split on the idea of imposing
countermeasure requirements by vehicle
class. Vehicle manufacturers in favor of
a requirement that would affect only
LTVs included Honda and Mercedes,
while Nissan was against such a
proposal. Mercedes suggested that if the
agency believes that advanced
countermeasures are required for the
portion of the vehicle fleet that is
statistically overrepresented in backover
crashed (i.e., LTVs), then NHTSA
should require those countermeasures
only for those types of vehicles. Nissan
stated that it supported using a blind
zone threshold, rather than vehicle
class, to determine which vehicles
require improved rear visibility. Honda
also commented that rear visibility
performance requirements should be
instituted for only those vehicles with
the highest rates of backover incidents,
although it also suggested that NHTSA
should actively monitor the data for all
vehicle types so that it can consider
broader application of the requirements
based on the safety need. Consumers
Union made statements that they did
not support improving rear visibility for
only a portion of the light vehicle fleet,
but they did not provide any data or
rationale to support the statements.
GM commented that the data
provided in the ANPRM indicate that
LTVs have a larger blind zone than most
passenger cars, and that it can be
extrapolated that the increased rate of
LTVs in backing crashes could be the
result of larger blind zones. Based on
this idea, GM stated that this suggests
the focus of the rulemaking should be
on vehicle blind zone, not vehicle class.
However, while NHTSA had considered
this correlation, as described above, the
agency has found that the relationship
between rear visibility and backover
crashes appears to involve too many
factors to permit isolation of only the
impact of rear visibility. This
preliminary information suggests that
the statistical overrepresentation of
LTVs in backover crash incidence is not
solely an effect of a vehicle’s rear
visibility characteristics.
Blue Bird submitted a comment
requesting that smaller buses not be
subject to any new rear visibility
requirements. As it noted, the language
of the K.T. Safety Act would include
small buses as part of the class of
vehicles potentially affected by the
regulation. However, Blue Bird offered
several reasons why it believes that it
would be a better policy decision to
exclude buses from the rear visibility
requirement. First, it pointed to the
fatality and injury data presented in
NHTSA’s ANPRM, which indicated that
buses, which were included in the
‘‘Other Light Vehicle’’ category, were
involved in no fatalities and few
injuries. Second, Blue Bird stated that
many small buses (including small
school buses), are not equipped with
navigation or multifunction screens.
58
16
17
8
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
54
20
18
6
Percent of
fatalities
26
30
31
13
The commenter added that the
increased costs could deter some school
districts from purchasing new school
buses, which could lead to safety
disbenefits. Third, Blue Bird noted that
most drivers of buses must have
commercial driver’s licenses, and many
are subject to far more training than
drivers of passenger vehicles.
We note that another commenter,
Rosco, stated conversely that small
buses should be subject to improved
rear visibility requirements. It argued
that small buses, frequently used for
special needs children, are frequently
used in situations around children.
Rosco stated that because these vehicles
have limited rearward visibility, they
should be equipped with rearview video
systems. However, Rosco also notes that
operational guidelines (buses, in
particular school buses, are driven by
professional drivers) advise against
traveling in reverse in normal
operations. Furthermore, the statistics
indicate that despite their proximity to
children, the guidelines are effective, as
our data indicates relatively few
backover incidents involving school
buses.
We received no comments regarding
LSVs.
While sensitive to the issues cited by
Blue Bird regarding school buses, we are
proposing that school buses and lowspeed vehicles also be included. We
believe that it is apparent from the
legislative history that Congress
intended for this statute to address the
problem of backover crashes involving
all vehicles with a GVWR of 10,000
pounds or less. Therefore, we are
proposing to include all passenger
vehicles among the vehicles subject to
the enhanced rear visibility
requirements without exception.
C. Using Blind Zone Area as a Basis for
Countermeasure Requirement
One option presented in the ANPRM
was to limit the requirement for
improved rear visibility using a
vehicle’s blind zone area (the area
58 This table is presented in more detail in section
III of the PRIA.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Percent of
injuries
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
behind a vehicle that cannot be seen
directly through the vehicle’s rear
windows) threshold. This option was
based on the preliminary indication that
certain vehicles with larger rear blind
zones may be more prone to backover
incidents.
In their comments, some vehicle
manufacturers commented in favor of
using a rear blind zone area threshold to
determine which vehicles would need
improved rear visibility. GM
recommended that a maximum blind
zone area approach should be used to
determine whether a vehicle should be
equipped with a countermeasure, and
recommended against the application of
countermeasures by vehicle type. GM
offered a method of measuring a
vehicle’s viewable area indirectly and
noted an associated threshold value of
100–125 square feet measured using a
32-inch target plane, but stated that
either the direct or indirect field of view
methodology could be used to
determine a threshold. While GM
commented extensively on how its
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
indirect field of view measurement
method correlated with and had some
advantages over NHTSA’s direct
visibility method, it did not provide any
additional information to aid in
correlating measured direct rear
visibility with backover incidents.
AAM, on the other hand, offered a
suggestion relating to calculating
minimum required field of view using a
pedestrian speed of 6 kph (3.7 mph),
vehicle speed of 6 kph or less, and
estimated driver perception and
response time 2.5 seconds. However, no
data were provided by the AAM to
support the specific values offered.
Nissan also supported a maximum
blind zone area approach to identifying
which vehicles most warranted
improved rear visibility. However, it did
not provide any data or specific
recommended value and associated
justification for its use as a blind zone
area threshold.
Consumers Union recommended that
a threshold be established based on
NHTSA’s Monte Carlo analysis in which
all areas with risk of 0.1 or higher are
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
required to be visible. However, no
justification was provided for choosing
0.1 as a risk threshold as opposed to
some other value.
While several commenters stated that
they supported use of a blind zone area
threshold approach to determine which
vehicles should have a countermeasure,
those comments did not provide any
data in addition to what NHTSA
presented that might support such a
proposal.
As described in the ANPRM, to
determine a suitable blind zone area
threshold value at which vehicles with
larger blind zones would be required to
have a improved rear visibility, NHTSA
plotted the average ratios of backing
crashes to non-backing crashes and
backover crashes to non-backing crashes
versus the direct-view rear blind zone
areas for 28 vehicles, as shown in Figure
1. These 28 vehicles were selected
because they were the ones for which
NHTSA had measured direct rear
visibility and for which sufficient state
crash data were available.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
EP07DE10.007
76216
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Upon further examination, NHTSA
has determined that using rear blind
zone area to develop a threshold is not
feasible at this time. We believe that the
28 vehicles we used to develop Figure
1 do not depict an obvious cutoff point
where the risk of a backing crash
dramatically increased with increasing
blind zone area and that some vehicles
with small blind zone areas (e.g., less
than 300 square feet) have fairly high
backing and backover crash rates. Also,
while we found that direct rear blind
zone area measured in a 50-foot square
centered behind the vehicle was
correlated with backing crashes to a
mildly statistically significant degree,
the relationship between size of the rear
blind zone area directly behind vehicles
and backover crash risk, was not
correlated to a statistically significant
degree.59 60 60 Finally, during our SCI
review, we determined that a majority of
the victims in backover crashes were
directly behind the vehicle and within
a range of 20 feet from the rear bumper,
an area that is not visible to the driver
in many vehicles of all types.61
Therefore, any requirement for a
maximum rear blind zone area that
permitted the area within 20-foot aft of
the rear bumper to not be visible to the
driver would fail to address a large
portion of backover crashes.
D. Use of Convex Driver’s-Side Mirrors
Several commenters recommended
that NHTSA make modifications to the
existing mirror requirements of FMVSS
No. 111 in order to realize the goal of
the K.T. Safety Act. Among other
requirements, FMVSS No. 111 currently
requires a flat mirror on the driver’s
side, and permits, although does not
require, a convex mirror on the
passenger side (nearly all vehicles are
equipped with such a mirror, however).
NHTSA notes that FMVSS No. 111 does
allow exterior rearview mirrors which
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
59 The correlation between direct rear blind zone
area and backing crashes was correlated to a
statistically significant degree. However, this
correlation was not sufficiently strong to use as a
basis for determining a specific threshold.
60 Partyka, S., Direct-View Rear Visibility and
Backing Risk for Light Passenger Vehicles (2008).
61 See analysis of SCI data, section V.B.i.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
incorporate an outer curved portion, as
long as the required flat portion is also
present. In the ANPRM, NHTSA did not
consider modification of the existing
side mirror provisions of FMVSS No.
111 since we believed it to be an
ancillary issue with regard to the rear
visibility activity currently being
pursued.
In their comments on the ANPRM, the
AAM, along with several vehicle
manufacturers, recommended that
NHTSA adopt European (ECE R46)
mirror specifications to require nonplanar side mirrors on both the driver
and passenger sides of light vehicles.
They stated that this would enable
drivers to detect a majority of
pedestrians involved in reported
backover incidents, as most victims do
not begin directly behind the vehicle,
but rather enter the area directly behind
the vehicle from one side or the other.
Specifically, the AAM stated that its
analysis of the agency’s SCI cases
indicated this expanded field of view
(from non-planar mirrors) would cover
approximately 80 percent of the cases
investigated for which the pre-crash
movement of the pedestrian was
recorded. Furthermore, the commenters
stated that the increased field of view of
convex driver’s-side mirrors would give
drivers a greater window of time in
which they could see an incurring
pedestrian in the side mirror. The AAM
stated that using the ECE specification
would result in an increase in the lateral
angular field of view up to 286 percent
in expanded field of view over that
required by FMVSS No. 111 for vehicles
meeting passenger car requirements. In
addition, the AAM cited findings from
a study which concluded that nonplanar mirrors can increase angular
viewing coverage by over 300 percent
when compared to flat mirrors and that
spherical and aspheric mirrors with
spherical portions can provide a
substantial reduction in glare for drivers
under normal conditions and
improvements in lane change situations.
GM said it agrees with the AAM that
80 percent of the SCI cases are
incursions from the side and could be
addressed by modifying existing mirror
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76217
requirements to the side and rear of the
vehicle, and agreed with AAM on
adopting ECE R46 requirements.
Mercedes said it supports the AAM’s
recommendation to adopt ECE R46
requirements for convex exterior
mirrors, which it said would
substantially expand the required field
of view for all light vehicles and thereby
improve the ability of drivers to detect
pedestrians and pedal cyclists moving
into the rearward pathway of the
vehicle.
Conversely, Advocates for Highway
and Auto Safety stated that simple
changes in the current requirements for
side and interior rearview mirrors will
not fully address the problem of blind
zones, enable drivers to see the entire
area immediately behind the vehicle, or
comply with the statutory mandate to
‘‘expand the required field of view
* * *’’
After careful consideration of the
comments received, NHTSA believes
that modifications to the side mirror
requirements in FMVSS No. 111 are best
handled in a separate rulemaking. We
have come to this conclusion for two
reasons. First, given that only marginal
gains could be made in field of view to
the sides of the vehicle, we do not
believe that those gains would result in
a reduction of backovers. NHTSA’s rear
visibility measurements show that
rearview mirrors in current vehicles
typically show a much wider area that
exceeds the minimum requirements set
forth in FMVSS No. 111, as illustrated
in Figure 2 below. As a result, a fairly
wide field of view provided by side
rearview mirrors has already been
present in the backover incidents that
have occurred to date. At the extreme
lateral distances from the vehicle, in the
area in which an ECE-compliant convex
mirror would display but a standard
side-view mirror would not, pedestrians
are sufficiently far from a vehicle that a
driver (if the driver was using the
mirror) would likely not perceive a risk
that the individual would intersect the
vehicle’s path as the vehicle moved
rearward.
BILLING CODE 4910–59–P
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 4910–59–C
Second, ECE R46 compliant mirrors
would not provide a field of view that
includes what the agency has
determined, through Monte Carlo
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
simulation, to be the highest risk areas
for backover crashes, which are the
areas directly behind the vehicle. Any
areas of crash risk for a pedestrian
behind the vehicle that would fall
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
within the field of view of a convex side
mirror are already well within the field
of view of an existing FMVSS No. 111compliant side mirror. Thus, we
anticipate that little or no net
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
EP07DE10.008
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76218
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
improvement in backover rates would
occur if there were a switch to ECE R46compliant mirrors.
Notwithstanding these observations,
NHTSA plans to reexamine the side
mirror requirements in FMVSS No. 111
in upcoming rulemaking actions. The
suggestions of AAM and other
commenters that these mirrors may
provide safety benefits such as glare
reduction and lane-change assistance
will be considered in the context of
those actions.
provide the driver with a haptic (i.e.,
tactile, e.g., vibration) response 62 to
indicate the presence of a rear obstacle.
While future advanced safety systems
may be developed to reduce backover
crashes, no systems are currently ready
for market. Therefore, the proposed
improved rear visibility requirements
specified in this notice, while not
precluding use of promising advanced
technology, cannot be based on the
possible benefits that may be attainable
with such future systems.
E. Advanced Systems and Combination
Sensor/Rearview Video Systems
NHTSA’s analyses are based on
currently available technology.
However, it is known that additional
technologies are under development,
but the quality of their performance is
not known at this time. Two additional
sensor technologies are being developed
by manufacturers that could be used to
improve a vehicle’s rear visibility: an
infrared-based object detection and
video-based real-time image processing
for object detection. Infrared-based
systems operate by sensing the infrared
radiation emitted by objects located in
their detection range and can produce
non-photographic images that portray
the shapes and locations of objects
detected. Rear object detection via video
camera uses real-time image processing
capability to identify obstacles behind
the vehicle and then alert the driver of
their presence. While these technology
applications may eventually prove
viable, because of their early stages of
development, it is not possible at this
time to assess their ability to effectively
expand the visible area behind a
vehicle.
NHTSA is currently engaged in
cooperative research with the Virginia
Tech Transportation Institute and GM
on Advanced Collision Avoidance
Technology relating to backing
incidents. The research is focused on
assessing the ability of more advanced
technologies to reduce the occurrence of
backing crashes, and refining a tool to
assess the potential safety benefit of
technologies, such as an advanced
object detection system with integrated
automatic braking capability. The
completion of NHTSA’s advanced
technology research effort is not
expected until calendar year 2011.
Commenters including Continental,
Magna, and Takata indicated that they
are either developing or anticipate
development of advanced systems with
pedestrian detection capability in the
future. Nissan indicated that they are
studying some potential future
applications which could limit backing
speed, apply automatic braking, or
F. Rear Field of View
In the ANPRM, NHTSA invited
comment on what area behind the
vehicle would need to be made visible
to the driver in order to best improve
safety. A wide area of up to 50 feet wide
by 50 feet long was suggested as a
possible coverage area option. NHTSA
inquired about the feasibility of
coverage such a large area and sought
comments on which areas behind the
vehicle may be most critical for
backover mitigation.
Multiple commenters discussed the
average area that any countermeasure
would be expected to ‘‘see’’ and, in
particular, noted the number of SCI
cases in which the victim entered the
vehicle’s path from the side of the
vehicle. Sony and Kids and Cars both
stated that consideration should be
given to areas to the sides of the vehicle,
with Kids and Cars stating that all of the
areas not visible directly or through side
mirrors should be taken into
consideration. Sony stated that limiting
the rear test area to the area within the
edges of the vehicle would fail to
account for obstacles that move into the
rear blind zone from outside of the
immediate rear of the vehicle. Sony
suggested that the test area should
account for, at a minimum, vehicle
backing speed, driver reaction time, and
the speed of potential obstacles.
Advocates for Highway and Auto Safety
indicated that they believe that if the
area immediately behind a motor
vehicle is visible to a driver, substantial
safety benefits will result for
pedestrians, especially very young
children.
Many commenters expressed a desire
to minimize or eliminate any ‘‘gap’’
between the area that is required to be
visible and the rear bumper. However,
the rationale for allowing a gap seemed
based to the difficulty of rear visibility
systems might have in detecting areas
directly behind the bumper. Kids and
Cars suggested that the area of required
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
62 Providing a driver with a haptic response
means providing tactile feedback such as by causing
the steering wheel to vibrate.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76219
coverage should begin at the rear
bumper because when children
approach a vehicle from the side, they
frequently intersect the path of the
vehicle close to the bumper. Advocates
for Highway and Auto Safety stated that
the countermeasure needs to provide
the driver with a field of view that
eliminates the entire blind zone
immediately behind the rear of the
vehicle, suggesting that no gap should
be allowed. Consumers Union also
stated that they believe no gap should
exist in the test zone. Nissan stated that
as long as the target area size is realistic,
it would be appropriate to define the
limits of the test zone such that it begins
immediately behind the rear bumper.
Rosco stated that coverage should begin
at a vertical plane tangent to the
rearmost surface of the rear bumper.
Sony indicated that NHTSA need not
and should not permit any significant
gap behind a vehicle before the
visibility zone begins.
On the other hand, some commenters
supported the idea of a gap. The AORC
stated that young children should be
visible using a rearview video system
beginning at a distance of 0.25 meters
(0.82 ft) from the rear bumper and
extending outward to a minimum
distance of 3 meters (9.84 ft). GM stated
that, as most of the documented SCI
backover cases involved pedestrians
entering the vehicle’s path from the
sides of the vehicle, a gap in the area
immediately aft of the rear bumper
would not be unreasonable. Honda also
supported a small gap of 0.3 meters (1
foot), noting that if no gap were
permitted, video cameras might be
placed in locations that could be subject
to damage in low-speed collisions,
thereby increasing the cost of
ownership.
In regard to the size of the visible area
behind a vehicle may be needed to
adequately mitigate backover crashes,
Advocates for Highway and Auto safety
stated that ‘‘there is no reason why a
rearview video system could not
provide an optimal coverage area that is
unlimited when the vehicle is on a flat
surface or extends at least 20 feet behind
the vehicle.’’ Multiple commenters
noted that rear-mounted convex mirrors
could not be modified to attain such a
range as was indicated in the ANPRM.
NHTSA’s test results for rear-mounted
convex look-down and cross-view
mirrors agree with this comment.
Manufacturers’ descriptions of current
sensor-based systems included in their
comments also did not indicate that
sensors could meet this range
requirement. While no comments were
received regarding the ability of
rearview video systems to cover this
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76220
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
range, NHTSA’s testing has shown that
while the systems may display such a
range, image quality decreases as areas
further out from the vehicle are
displayed.
In response to the ANPRM
description of NHTSA’s Monte Carlo
analysis of backover risk as a function
of pedestrian initial location, GM
commented that NHTSA’s analysis did
not factor in the probability that a
pedestrian would have actually been
located at any specific point on the test
grid. While NHTSA agrees with GM’s
comment, we note that the only
available data for use in asserting such
a probability of pedestrian location
would be SCI case data, which is not
nationally representative.
As will be explained later in this
document, based on the above
comments and some new analysis,
NHTSA has determined that a coverage
area of 20 feet in length and 10 feet in
width (5 feet to either side of the
vehicles centerline) is the most feasible
and effective range for mitigating
backover crashes.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
G. Rear Visibility System Characteristics
In the ANPRM, NHTSA noted several
possible system characteristics that may
be important to require in order to
ensure that the maximum possible
effectiveness of a rear visibility system
may be achieved. Our general approach
in establishing performance
requirements was to identify key areas
that we believe are pertinent to overall
system effectiveness. In the absence of
existing consensus industry standards,
we reviewed existing systems and made
determinations regarding performance
areas to specify. These areas include
visual display characteristics and
aspects of rearview image presentation.
The following paragraphs summarize
comments relating to system
characteristics and describe NHTSA’s
analysis regarding those possible
specifications.
i. Rearview Image Response Time
Image response time is the time delay
between the moment the vehicle is put
into reverse gear, and the moment
which an image to the rear of the
vehicle is displayed by a rear visibility
system. The importance of response
time to safety is illustrated by a
comment from Ms. Susan Auriemma, in
which she describes having to wait
several seconds for the image to appear
and notes that drivers may proceed to
back without waiting for the image to
appear. NHTSA agrees with her concern
that if the display takes too long to
appear, drivers may be likely to begin a
backing maneuver before the image
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
behind the vehicle is displayed,
rendering the system less effective. In
the ANPRM, we suggested a maximum
value of 1.25 seconds for the maximum
allowable time for a rearview video
image to be displayed to the driver, or
image response time.
Commenters generally concurred with
NHTSA’s concerns regarding image
response time; however, manufacturers
identified several technical issues
which merit consideration. While GM
and Gentex agreed that rearview video
systems are able to display an image
within 1.25 seconds, they noted that
based on the complexity of the system
and the need for tolerances, systems can
typically take longer to produce images
in some situations due in part to
electronic image quality control checks
that are a precursor to the full display
of an image. Therefore, NHTA’s
suggested maximum value of 1.25
seconds could unnecessarily restrict the
operation of some systems and in theory
impact the electronic quality control
approach of manufacturers. GM and
Gentex noted that a maximum image
response time value of 2.0 seconds
would allow for timely activation of the
system based on a reverse signal and
provide a reasonable tolerance for
system variation while ensuring the
availability of an image at the beginning
of backing maneuvers. Specifically,
Gentex stated ‘‘In total, a typical
application requires a nominal 1.20
seconds to display a rearview video
image. With tolerance, as much as 2.00
seconds may be required—not including
the time between the gear change * * *’’
Gentex went on to recommend that a
maximum image response time of 3.0
seconds allows the rearview video
system enough time to ensure the driver
is presented with a quality video image.
However, no data justifying the need for
the additional 1 second was provided by
Gentex. While NHTSA understands that
allowing time for system checks may
result in a higher quality image, we also
believe that providing an image soon
after the vehicle is shifted into reverse
may substantially increase the
likelihood that a driver could detect a
rear obstacle, if present.
AAM recommended that maximum
image response time be specified with
reference to the time ‘‘when the vehicle
driveline is engaged in reverse’’. NHTSA
agrees that the point in time in which
the vehicle’s transmission is engaged in
reverse gear is the most logical point in
time from which to orient the image
response time criterion.
Also in regard to image response time,
NHTSA acknowledges that liquid
crystal displays require some warm-up
time before an image can be displayed
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
clearly. In-dash LCD displays that are
used for multiple functions are typically
already active before the driver shifts
into reverse gear and therefore are
already warm and able to display a
rearview video image immediately upon
shifting into reverse. However, in-mirror
LCD displays remain off until reverse
gear is selected and, therefore, require
some warm-up time before a clear
rearview video image can be displayed.
Therefore, some requirement for
additional image response time is
inherent in the use of in-mirror LCD
displays, but is avoided with in-dash
displays. Conversely, given that the
buildup of heat can also be an issue
with in-mirror LCD displays due to the
limited area within the mirror in which
heat may dissipate, providing power to
these displays at all times as a means of
avoiding longer image response times is
not feasible. Therefore, providing some
allowance of time for an in-mirror LCD
display to warm-up may be reasonable.
Somewhat related to system the issue
of system response time was a comment
from the Advocates for Highway and
Auto Safety that suggested vehicles be
equipped with an interlock feature that
prohibits it from being able to move in
reverse, even after the transmission has
been placed in reverse gear, until a short
period after the countermeasure system
becomes fully operational. This sort of
measure would ensure that drivers had
all available information about the
presence of any rear obstacles at the
moment that backing began. While this
idea appears to have merit, NHTSA is
concerned that drivers that are parking
or hitching a trailer may be annoyed by
such a feature. NHTSA seeks comment
on whether this feature might be
acceptable to consumers and whether
any substantial advantage of this feature
over the use of a maximum response
time specification exists. Based on the
comments, the agency will consider
whether to include this feature in the
final rule.
ii. Rearview Image Linger Time
Image linger time is another issue that
was raised in the ANPRM. Linger time
refers to the period in which a rearview
image continues to be displayed after
the vehicle’s transmission has been
shifted out of reverse gear. As noted by
some commenters, a period of linger
time may be desirable for situations
where frequent transitions from reverse
to forward gear are needed to adjust a
vehicle’s position (e.g., parallel parking
and hitching). In the ANPRM, NHTSA
indicated that a minimum of 4 seconds
but not more than 8 seconds of linger
time may be appropriate after the
vehicle is shifted from the reverse
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
position. NHTSA is concerned that
excessive linger time may provide a
source of distraction to the driver by a
video image that is displayed longer
than is needed. Consumers Union
concurred with NHTSA’s
recommendation of 4–8 seconds for
linger time. Nissan stated that its
systems currently exhibit a linger time
of approximately 200 milliseconds and
that it does not see value in allowing a
longer linger time. GM recommended a
maximum linger time of 10 seconds or,
as an alternative, a speed-based limit in
which the rearview video display would
turn off when the vehicle reaches a
speed of 5 mph (8 kph). GM noted that
a time-based linger time would be less
costly to implement than a speed-based
linger time would. Based on their
observations of drivers making parking
maneuvers, the AAM also
recommended a maximum linger time
of 10 seconds, but specified an
alternative speed-based value of 20 kph
(12.4 mph).
Because an excessive image linger
time could result in adverse safety
consequences associated with potential
driver distraction when the vehicle is
moving forward, NHTSA believes that
linger time should be limited. On the
other hand, NHTSA agrees with
commenters who noted that allowing a
reasonable linger time would provide a
benefit to drivers who are parallel
parking or hitching a trailer. Therefore,
we believe there is a need to specify a
maximum, but not a minimum, image
linger time value for presentation of a
rearview image.
iii. Rear Visibility System Visual
Display Brightness
In the ANPRM, NHTSA suggested that
it is appropriate to adopt a minimum
visual display luminance to ensure that
a rearview image is displayed with
sufficient brightness to be adequately
visible in varying conditions, such as
bright sunlight or low levels of ambient
light. Adequately visible, in this case,
would mean that a driver can discern
the presence of obstacles in the rearview
video image. We note that in the SCI
sample, 95 percent of backovers took
place in daylight hours. Therefore a
rearview image should be bright enough
to be visible in daylight conditions.
Commenters noted that a minimum of
500 cd/m2 is appropriate based upon
research performed by vehicle
manufacturers and that internal
specifications routinely require a
luminance of at least this value. During
the agency’s review of existing rearview
video systems, we found the display
brightness of the existing systems to be
adequate such that visual information
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
was discernible under varying ambient
conditions, such as background light
level. While we do not currently have
reason to believe that vehicle
manufacturers are installing rearview
video systems with displays having
brightness values less than 500 cd/m2,
we believe it is necessary to propose an
appropriate minimum brightness so that
drivers can see the image under varying
ambient lighting conditions.
iv. Rear Visibility System Malfunction
Indicator
In the ANPRM, NHTSA indicated our
belief that no malfunction indicator
would be necessary for a system that
presents a visual image of the area
behind the vehicle since the absence of
an image would clearly indicate a
malfunction condition. Multiple
commenters agreed with NHTSA’s
suggestion that such a malfunction
indicator is not necessary for a system
presenting a rearview image. We agree
with these comments.
H. Rear Visibility System Compliance
Test
A majority of comments regarding a
rear visibility system compliance test
related to ambient lighting conditions
during test and the specific test object
used. Comments regarding these issues
and NHTSA’s analysis of them follow.
i. Compliance Test Ambient Light Level
Given that ambient lighting
conditions can affect how well a driver
is able to see an in-vehicle visual
display, the ANPRM solicited input
regarding what ambient lighting
conditions may be most appropriate for
rear visibility system compliance
testing. GM recommended that testing
be conducted in 3 lux conditions, or the
level provided in dark ambient
conditions with the reverse lights
operating. Sony suggested that the
external ambient light level for testing
should be 5 lux with reverse gear and
lamps engaged. The AORC stated that
tests should be conducted in a ‘‘min/
max illumination condition which best
simulates daytime conditions since the
field data indicates this is the accident
condition present and will allow the
best value solution to be used.’’ Given
that 55 of the 58 SCI backover cases
occurred in daylight conditions, NHTSA
tends to concur with the AORC’s
comment on this matter. We believe that
for the purpose of preventing backover
crashes a worst case, ‘‘nighttime’’
ambient lighting condition for system
compliance testing may be an
unnecessarily challenging requirement.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76221
ii. Compliance Test Object
NHTSA received many comments
regarding specifications for a
compliance test object. Certain features
of the test object, most significantly the
height, could have substantial
ramifications on the burdens of
compliance. Similarly, the shape and
material composition of the test object
would have had significant
ramifications for manufacturers using
sensors as a means of compliance.
However, given that NHTSA is
proposing a performance requirement
that would most likely be met through
the use of rearview video systems, the
specific characteristics of the test object
may not have as great of an impact on
countermeasure performance (with the
possible exception of the height and
width of the test object). Nonetheless,
we have summarized and addressed the
comments on this subject below.
The ANPRM indicated NHTSA’s
belief, based on real world data, that the
test object should simulate the physical
characteristics of a toddler. Specifically
in the ANPRM and again in this
document, we have stated that 26
percent of victims in passenger vehicle
backover crashes are 1 year old or
younger. To date, NHTSA has generally
used the average height of a 12-monthold child to represent a ‘‘1-year-old
child’’ size to evaluate technologies that
could be used to mitigate backover
crashes. However, looking at the first 58
SCI cases shows that the average age of
the 21 victims aged 1 year or younger
was 15 months.63 In their comments in
response to the ANPRM, the AAM and
GM recommended that the target
dimensions be based on an 18-monthold child to best represent the victims
involved in the first 56 documented SCI
backover crash cases. Anthropometric
data published by the CDC shows that
the height difference between an
average 15-month-old child and an
average 18-month-old child is
approximately 1 inch.64 The difference
in shoulder breadth for these two ages
is approximately 0.2 inches. Upon
further consideration of the SCI data
regarding the age of victims, the fact that
the small difference in size between a
15-month-old and 18-month-old child,
63 This apparent disparity is explained by the fact
that the category ‘‘1-year-old child’’ encompassed all
children under age 2. Therefore, the average age of
those children, some of whom were almost 2, and
some younger than 12 months comes out to 15
months.
64 CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Boys; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified
4/20/2001) CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Girls; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/
20/2001).
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76222
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
and the rationale provided by
commenters, NHTSA agrees with the
idea of basing the test object dimensions
representing an average 12- to 23month-old child using a midpoint age
value of 18 months.
In the ANPRM, NHTSA suggested
specific test object dimensions that
correspond to a 12-month-old child. In
regard to the height of the test object,
NHTSA suggested in the ANPRM some
specific test object dimensions that
correspond to a 12-month-old child,
including a height of 30 inches (0.762
meters). As stated earlier, the average
height of a ‘‘1-year-old’’ child was used
in NHTSA testing since SCI data have
indicated that 26 percent of victims are
1 year of age or younger. In response to
the height value suggested in the
ANPRM, the AAM and GM
recommended alternative heights.
Specifically, GM recommended a test
object height of 32 inches (81 cm). The
AAM recommended specific test object
dimensions of 82 cm (32.28 in) height
based on 2000 CDC data for an 18month-old child.65 NHTSA believes that
the difference between 30, 32, and 32.28
to be minimal for this purpose and in
the proposal offers a compromise
amongst these values.
In regard to test object width, NHTSA
suggested a value of 5 inches to
represent the breadth of an average
child’s head. In response to the
suggested value, the AAM
recommended an alternative test object
width of 15 cm (5.9 in.) based on 2000
CDC data for an 18-month-old child.66
NHTSA agrees and has reconsidered the
size of test object needed to adequately
assess system performance.
NHTSA’s test data to date
demonstrate that, except at the edges of
the image and immediately aft of the
rear bumper (i.e., within 1 foot), a
rearview video system generally
displays the entire body of the child
when present within the video camera’s
field of view. Since the entire body of
a child standing behind the vehicle is
visible with a rearview video system,
the agency now believes that the test
object’s width should represent the
width of the child’s entire body, rather
65 CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Boys; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified
4/20/2001) CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Girls; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified
4/20/2001).
66 CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Boys; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/
20/2001) CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Girls; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/
20/2001)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
than just the child’s head. While the
average shoulder breadth of a standing
18-month-old child with their arms at
their sides is approximately 8.5 inches,
the absolute, overall width of an 18month-old child standing with arms
relaxed approaches 12 inches. A 12-inch
test object width is currently used to
represent a small child in the school bus
mirror test defined under paragraph S13
of FMVSS No. 111. Furthermore, in
order to perform compliance testing in
regard to visual display image quality,
the test object must be large enough that
when displayed at substantial
longitudinal range behind the vehicle
the object is still large enough to be
measured across its smallest dimension
with some accuracy and minimal
obscuration due to image graininess
(for an electronic display).
V. NHTSA Research Subsequent to the
ANPRM
As detailed in the ANPRM, NHTSA
had conducted research to assess
drivers’ ability to avoid backing crashes
in a controlled test involving
presentation of an unexpected obstacle
behind the vehicle while the driver
backed out of a garage. Possible
countermeasure technologies assessed
in this research included a rearview
video system with a 7.8-inch (measured
diagonally) visual display in the center
console, rearview video with a 7.8-inch
in-dash visual display augmented by a
separate rear parking system, and a
baseline (or control group) condition in
which no system was present.
The results of this research, which
were presented in detail in the ANPRM,
showed that drivers avoided 42 percent
of crashes when a rearview video
system was present and only 15 percent
of crashes when both rearview video
and rear object detection sensors were
present on the vehicle. Without a
system, all participants crashed.
While the results provided useful
information regarding the potential of
available technologies to aid drivers in
avoiding backing crashes with
unexpected obstacles, the study did not
address the additional technologies
being considered as a means of
improving rear visibility per the Act. As
a result, additional research was
undertaken after publication of the
ANPRM to assess drivers’ ability to use
a rear parking sensor system (alone), a
rear-mounted convex ‘‘look-down’’
mirror, and rear-mounted cross-view
mirrors. In addition, to assess whether
display location for a rearview video
system may affect drivers’ performance
in avoiding backing crashes using the
system, drivers were also tested using
rearview video systems with two sizes
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of in-mirror visual displays (2.4 inch
and 3.5 inch). Finally, research aimed at
investigating the effect of test location
on results was also completed. All the
research results that NHTSA has
collected to date are available on the
NHTSA Web site and in Docket No.
NHTSA–2009–0041. A complete
summary of NHTSA’s research on rear
visibility countermeasure technologies
is presented in Section VI.
A. Rearview Video Systems With InMirror Visual Displays
Two rearview video system
conditions were assessed: one having a
2.4-inch visual display and another with
a 3.5-inch visual display. These tests
used the same 2007 Honda Odyssey that
was used in the previous rearview video
system test, and the drivers in the tests
were all drivers who personally owned
a 2008 Honda Odyssey with a rearview
video system with visual display
(original equipment, 2.4 inch) integrated
in the interior rearview mirror, to make
sure that unfamiliarity with such a
system was not a factor. The numbers of
test participants run were 12 for the 2.4inch display and 10 for the 3.5-inch
display. The test results showed very
different results between the two visual
display sizes. Thirty-three percent of
subjects driving vehicles equipped with
a rearview video system with 2.4-inch
visual display avoided crashing into the
obstacle. However, 70 percent of
subjects driving vehicles equipped with
a rearview video system with 3.5-inch
visual display avoided a crash.
However, despite the observed 37
percent more crashes avoided with the
larger in-mirror display, the result was
not found to be statistically significant
due to the relatively small sample size
of subjects tested.67 Across all system
conditions tested, the rearview video
system with 3.5-inch visual display
proved to be the one with which drivers
avoided the most crashes.
B. Rear-Mounted Convex Mirrors
A similar test was conducted with
rear-mounted convex ‘‘look down’’
mirrors and rear cross-view mirrors.
These tests also used the 2007 Honda
Odyssey and were conducted using
owners of this type of vehicle. Since no
vehicle sold in the U.S. is known to
offer rear convex look-down mirrors as
original equipment, an aftermarket
mirror was used. To provide the test
participants in this system condition
with some experience using the mirror
(before they were presented with the
67 In2010, NHTSA intends to conduct additional
trials of this experiment to obtain more data in an
effort to attain statistical significance.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76223
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
unexpected obstacle event), the mirrors
were installed on their vehicles for 4
weeks prior to the test event.68 During
the test procedure, none of the thirteen
participants that participated in the
study successfully avoided the
unexpected obstacle, giving a driver
performance factor of zero.
A similar test was conducted with
rear cross-view mirrors. This test
condition involved use of a 2003 Toyota
4Runner, which is the only vehicle sold
in the U.S. known to offer rear convex
cross-view mirrors as original
equipment. Test subjects were owners of
a 2003–2007 Toyota 4Runner who had
owned and driven the vehicle for at
least 6 months. During the test
procedure, none of the seven
participants that participated in the
study successfully avoided the
unexpected obstacle, giving the rear
cross-view mirror system a driver
performance factor of zero.
C. Rear Sensor Systems
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Using the same unexpected obstacle
event scenario, NHTSA tested fourteen
drivers of vehicles equipped with a rear
parking sensor system. This system
involved use of a 2009 Ford Flex with
an original equipment rear parking aid
system using ultrasonic sensors. As with
the testing of the other system types,
drivers of the Ford Flex with sensorbased rear parking aid system were
persons who owned the vehicle and had
driven it as their primary vehicle for at
least 6 months, so that they would be
familiar with the system. During the
test, the parking aid system on this
vehicle detected the plastic obstacle and
produced an auditory warning in 100
percent of trials. This detection rate was
significantly better than the 39 percent
detection rate observed in the NHTSA’s
prior testing that used an identical
scenario but a different test vehicle.69
Despite the consistent rate of object
detection demonstrated by the Ford Flex
rear parking sensors, only one test
subject in this system condition
successfully avoided crashing into the
obstacle, resulting in only 7 percent of
crashes avoided. However, we note that
all of the participants braked slightly,
and four came to a momentary,
complete stop before resuming rearward
motion and crashing into the obstacle.
68 In order to conceal the fact that this was an
experiment in rear obstacle detection, participants
were told that recording devices were installed in
the rear mirror.
69 Mazzae, E.N., Barickman, F.S., Baldwin,
G. H.S., and Ranney, T.A. (2008). On-Road Study
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
D. Ability of Currently Available Sensor
Technology To Detect Small Child
Pedestrians
TABLE 8—2009 FORD FLEX REAR
SENSOR SYSTEM DETECTION PERFORMANCE WITH 3-YEAR-OLD CHIL-
NHTSA’s 2009 continuation of
research to examine drivers’ ability to
avoid backing crashes used a 2009 Ford
Flex equipped with a rear parking
system. As noted in Section C above,
this vehicle exhibited a 100-percent
detection rate for the plastic obstacle
used in the final conflict scenario. Given
the improved detection performance
seen with this ultrasonic-based sensor
system over prior testing results using
other ultrasonic systems, NHTSA
thought it appropriate to assess this
system’s ability to detect small children.
Using a protocol developed
previously and documented,70 NHTSA
conducted static and dynamic tests
using young children and recorded the
sensor system’s ability to detect the
children. Testing was conducted with
two 1-year-old children and four
children aged approximately 3 years.
Tests with 1-year-old children included
standing, walking laterally, and riding a
wheeled toy that was towed (by test
staff) laterally behind the vehicle. Tests
with the 3-year-old children included
standing, walking laterally, running
laterally, and riding a wheeled ride-on
toy behind the vehicle.
Testing showed that the 1-year-old
children were detected in 100 percent of
trials at a range of 1, 2, or 3 feet behind
the vehicle when walking or riding on
the wheeled toy. At a range of 4 feet, the
1-year-old children were detected in 4
of 6 trials (67 percent) when walking,
but were not detecting at 4-foot range
when riding the wheeled toy.
The 3-year-old children were found to
be detected out to a range of 6 feet.
Table 8 below summarizes the results
for these tests and shows strong
detection performance out to a range of
3 feet, as was seen for the younger
children. However, detection
performance appears to decline
significantly at the 4-foot range.
DREN
Longitudinal
range from
rear bumper
face
1
2
3
4
5
6
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
ft
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
Walking
(%)
Running
(%)
Ride-on
toy
(%)
100
100
100
40
20
20
100
100
67
13
0
0
100
100
87
47
0
0
These tests demonstrated improved
consistency of detection over results
from past NHTSA testing of ultrasonicbased sensor systems. However, the
short detection range for young children
is insufficient for the purposes of
backover mitigation. NHTSA notes,
however, that as with research results
described in the ANPRM, all systems
tested were designed as parking aids
and were not intended to be used for the
purpose of detecting children.
VI. Countermeasure Effectiveness
Estimation Based on NHTSA Research
Data
Three conditions must be met for a
rear visibility technology to provide a
benefit to the driver. First, the crash
must be one that is ‘‘avoidable’’ through
use of the device; i.e., the pedestrian
must be within the target range for the
sensor, or the viewable area of the
camera or mirror. Second, once the
pedestrian is within the system’s range,
the device must ‘‘sense’’ that fact, i.e.,
provide the driver with information
about the presence and location of the
pedestrian. Third, there must be
sufficient ‘‘driver response,’’ i.e., before
impact with the pedestrian, the driver
must receive this information and
respond appropriately by confirming
whether someone is or is not behind the
vehicle before proceeding. These factors
are denoted as fA, fS, and fDR,
respectively, in this analysis. Their
product is the final system effectiveness.
This three-phase concept is depicted
in Figure 3 below for both sensor-based
systems and visual systems (i.e.,
rearview video systems, mirrors).
BILLING CODE 4910–59–P
of Drivers’ Use of Rearview Video Systems
(ORSDURVS). National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, DOT 811 024.
70 Mazzae, E.N. and Garrott, W.R., Experimental
Evaluation of the Performance of Available
Backover Prevention Technologies, NHTSA
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Technical Report No. DOT HS 810 634, September
2006, and Vehicle Backover Avoidance Technology
Study, Report to Congress, November 2006.
.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 4910–59–C
Based on this general description of
the process of avoiding a backing crash,
NHTSA has developed overall
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
effectiveness of various backover
countermeasure technologies using
three individual factors. First, SCI
backover incident reports were
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
examined to characterize the geometry
of the specific situations in which a
backing vehicle struck a pedestrian or
cyclist to determine if the backover
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
EP07DE10.009
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76224
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
crash was conceivably avoidable using a
given technology and standard vehicle
equipment (i.e., required rearview
mirrors). We call this the ‘‘avoidability’’
of the backing conflict situation, or
factor ‘‘FA’’ depicted in the figure above.
Second, we estimated the probability
that a countermeasure could sense and
warn the driver of the rear obstacle,
which we call ‘‘system performance,’’ or
factor ‘‘FS’’ in the figure above. Finally,
we determined the likelihood of a driver
responding appropriately to information
provided by the system to successfully
avoid a backing crash. We call this
‘‘driver reaction,’’ depicted above as
factor ‘‘FDR.’’ If an obstruction in the
path of a backing vehicle is avoidable,
detectable, and a driver reacts
appropriately, a backover crash will be
avoided. Therefore, the ‘‘overall
effectiveness’’ of the system is calculated
by multiplying FA, FS, and FDR together.
The derivation of these three factors is
described below.
A. Situation Avoidability
Factor ‘‘FA’’ was derived by
determining the ‘‘avoidability’’ of a
backover crash. In order to better
understand how avoidable these
situations are, NHTSA closely reviewed
the SCI backover case reports. By
qualitatively analyzing the case reports,
NHTSA assessed a variety of factors
concerning the case and how they
contributed to ‘‘avoidability’’, including:
• Original and final position of the
vehicle.
• Vehicle speed.
• If the victim was conceivably
visible through direct vision or
indirectly using the vehicle’s mirrors
given the visual aspects of the
environment surrounding the vehicle
during the backing maneuver (i.e., was
the area clear of visual obstructions?).
• Position of the victim with respect
to the vehicle.
• Size, orientation (i.e., standing,
sitting), and movement of the victim.
• If the victim was detectable given
the detection characteristics of a given
technology.
• If the vehicle could have stopped in
time given typical system performance
for that technology (based on results of
NHTSA testing of system capabilities).
NHTSA used a general process to
determine if a crash was avoidable. We
examined the system detection zone,
vehicle blind zone area, and visible
areas surrounding the vehicle. If the
pedestrian or cyclist was detectable
either visually or by a sensor-based
system, then what followed was a
cataloguing of all the impediments to a
typical, reasonable driver reacting in
time after receiving a warning or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
recognizing a pedestrian or cyclist seen
on a rearview video system display.
While many backover crashes are
theoretically avoidable, certain
characteristics render some incidents
impossible to prevent using rear object
detection technology, even if the
technology and the person using it act
appropriately. Consider, for example, a
situation where a vehicle is backing
along a wall. If a child walks through a
gap in the wall and enters the vehicle’s
path less than 2 feet from the vehicle,
the backover would be judged
‘‘unavoidable.’’ This is because no
known technology could have detected
the child through the wall, and no car
could brake fast enough to stop in time
to avoid the child, once he became
visible.
Some backover crashes are avoidable
for certain technologies, but not for
others, a function that generally
corresponds to the detection range of
the rear visibility countermeasure. For
example, an ultrasonic sensor might
have an effective range of only 6 feet,
while a rearview video system might be
able to effectively display a child
positioned 20 feet behind a vehicle. If a
vehicle were backing at a relatively high
speed toward a child, it might take 10
feet once the brakes were applied to
stop the vehicle. In that case, the
backover crash would be unavoidable
for the vehicle equipped with the sensor
system, because it could have only
detected the child at 6 feet. On the other
hand, the same backover situation
would be considered an ‘‘avoidable’’
incident for a vehicle equipped with the
rearview video system. This is why the
‘‘FA’’ factor differs for different
technologies.
We note, of course, that merely
because a backover crash is avoidable
does not mean it will be avoided.
Furthermore, drivers differ in their
tendencies to check rearview mirrors
and rearview video system displays, and
may not always react perfectly and with
sufficiently fast reaction time. However,
those factors are addressed in the two
sections below. The avoidability of a
situation merely describes whether
backover avoidance technology could
have had any effect at all on the
outcome of the conflict situation.
Based on our analysis of the SCI data,
we have derived the following values
for the percent of backover crashes that
are avoidable using various
technologies. Rear-mounted mirrors
could prevent up to 49 percent of
backover crashes. Sensor technology, on
average, could have prevented up to 52
percent of backover crashes. For a
rearview video system, NHTSA’s
analysis concluded that up to 76 percent
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76225
of backover crashes were avoidance
with a 130-degree camera lens and 90
percent of backover crashes were
avoidable with a 180-degree camera
lens, through which more pedestrians
could be seen approaching from the
sides of the vehicle.
B. System Performance
Factor ‘‘FS’’ was derived by
determining the ability of the system to
detect or display a rear obstacle based
on the results of comprehensive NHTSA
testing of systems’ ability to detect
various objects in a laboratory setting.
Since mirrors and rearview video
systems have the ability to display
anything within their field of view, we
used a figure of 100 percent
effectiveness.71 Sensors, however, may
not always detect an obstacle behind the
vehicle, even when the object is within
their specified detection zone. This may
be the result of the reflectivity of the
obstacle, such as if a child’s clothing is
textured and therefore absorbs the
ultrasonic signal. Our specific value for
sensor system performance is based on
research described at length in the
ANPRM. In NHTSA’s 2007 study of
drivers’ ability to avoid a backing crash
with an unexpected obstacle while
driving a vehicle equipped with a
rearview video system either alone or in
conjunction with a rear parking system,
the sensor-based system detected the
rear obstacle in 39 percent of test
trials.72 This value represents the
system performance of sensor-based
systems in the calculation of overall
effectiveness presented in this notice.
C. Driver Performance
Factor FDR represents the degree to
which drivers may use the various
possible backover avoidance
countermeasures to successfully avoid a
crash. Unlike many other safety
technologies, these countermeasures are
only effective at preventing vehicle
crashes if they are understood, trusted,
and used by drivers. This is a
particularly important issue considered
in this rulemaking. Currently, drivers
are most familiar with the interior and
side rearview mirrors required or
permitted by FMVSS No. 111. Signals
from sensor-based rear object detection
systems and images from new mirrors
and rearview video system visual
71 While we realize a component of a rearview
video system could malfunction or break or a mirror
could break or be misaligned, for purposes of our
analysis, we assume they, and sensors, are
functioning properly.
72 Mazzae, E.N., Barickman, F.S., Baldwin, G.H.
S., and Ranney, T.A. (2008). On-Road Study of
Drivers’ Use of Rearview Video Systems
(ORSDURVS). National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, DOT 811 024.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76226
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
displays must be noticed, understood,
and reacted to by the driver in order to
avoid a crash. A system merely
detecting or displaying the obstacle in
the path of the vehicle is not enough to
avoid a crash.
NHTSA has differing concerns related
to all three types of technologies
currently available for informing a
driver of the presence of an obstacle
behind a vehicle. With regard to rearmounted convex mirrors, the primary
concern is that the images they provide
are too distorted to permit the driver to
discern an obstacle within the image. In
addition, the range that mirrors display
behind the vehicle may be insufficient
to allow a driver time to brake to a stop
once the driver sees the rear obstacle.
With all sensors, drivers may tend to not
trust the warnings provided because
they may not be able to visually confirm
that an obstacle is present in the
vehicle’s rear blind zone. In addition, if
a system is prone to frequent false
positive signals, this may cause drivers
to ignore, or even turn off, the system,
a concern echoed by several
commenters. Finally, we are concerned
that drivers may have difficulty
integrating glances at a rearview video
system visual display into their normal
glance patterns while backing, focusing
more on direct view (glancing rearward
over their shoulder) or existing mirrors.
In this section, we present the driver
performance research that NHTSA has
conducted and continues to conduct on
currently available system types that are
relevant to backover avoidance.
As described in the ANPRM and in
Section V of this notice, NHTSA
conducted research 73 to assess drivers’
ability to avoid backing crashes in a
controlled test involving presentation of
an unexpected obstacle behind the
vehicle while the driver backed out of
a garage. The tests were designed so that
the crash was always preventable (i.e.,
an ‘‘FA’’ factor of 100%) for drivers of
vehicles equipped with a
countermeasure system. Drivers in the
baseline condition whose vehicles were
only equipped with standard rearview
mirrors could not see the rear obstacle
and therefore it was nearly impossible
for them to avoid a crash (and none
did). The tests were also designed such
that the obstruction was detectable by
the countermeasure 74 in every trial (i.e.,
a ‘‘FS’’ factor of 100%). Therefore, any
failure of the driver to avoid crashing
into the obstacle should be attributable
solely to the driver performance
factor.75 Therefore, NHTSA believes
that these experiments isolated, to the
extent possible, the effects of driver
performance in avoiding a backing
crash.
Table 9 summarizes the comparative
driver effectiveness results for each of
the seven systems assessed. This is how
the various ‘‘FDR’’ factor figures were
derived, which are used in the overall
effectiveness calculations, described
below.
TABLE 9—SUMMARY OF CRASH RESULTS IN UNEXPECTED OBSTACLE EVENT BY SYSTEM TYPE
Technology
No system ....................................................................................................................................
Rear-mounted convex mirrors .....................................................................................................
Rear cross-view mirrors ...............................................................................................................
Sensors (ultrasonic and radar) 76 ................................................................................................
Rearview video, in-dash, combined with ultrasonic sensors ......................................................
Rearview video, in-mirror, 2.4-inch display .................................................................................
Rearview video, in-mirror, 3.5-inch display .................................................................................
Rearview video, in-dash ..............................................................................................................
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Number of
crashes
N
12
13
7
14
13
12
10
12
12
13
7
13
11
8
3
7
Driver
performance
(‘‘FDR’’ factor)
(%)
0
0
0
7
15
33
70
42
NHTSA76 has recently completed the
third in a series of three studies that
examined drivers’ use of backing aid
systems to avoid crashes while backing.
Backing aid systems examined in the
studies included rearview video (RV)
systems with different display sizes and
locations, rear sensor-based systems
(RPS), and a combination system having
both rearview video and rear sensors.
For the five ‘‘system’’ conditions
examined in both laboratory (studies 1
and 2) and non-laboratory (study 3,
daycare parking lot) settings, the relative
crash rates were consistent. Given this
observation, once our reduction of the
data is complete, we will place these
results in the docket and incorporate
them for the final rule.
D. Determining Overall Effectiveness
Based on the above strategy of
defining the components of
effectiveness, we can estimate the
overall effectiveness of each of the
possible backover avoidance
countermeasures examined. Overall,
NHTSA’s research showed that out of
all technologies tested, rearview video
systems were the most effective in
aiding drivers to avoid backing crashes.
With rear-mounted convex mirrors, the
research showed that drivers were not
inclined to use them in backing
situations, presumably due to image
distortion and limited range. While
sensors may have the potential to show
benefits, the research demonstrated that
without visual confirmation, drivers
tended not to believe the warnings
provided by the sensor system, and
continued the backing maneuver in
spite of the warning. The agency
requests comments on what steps could
be taken and at what cost and with what
consequences to improve the range and
sampling rate of sensors, to address
problems with detecting pedestrians
wearing low reflectivity clothing and to
improve driver response to sensor
provided warnings. What sort of
performance requirement would be
needed to ensure that sampling
frequency would be increased
sufficiently? However, rearview video
systems examined were able to
consistently display the rear obstacles to
the drivers, as well as enable and induce
73 Mazzae, E.N., Barickman, F.S., Baldwin,
G.H.S., and Ranney, T.A. (2008). On-Road Study of
Drivers’ Use of Rearview Video Systems
(ORSDURVS). National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, DOT 811 024.
74 This means that the obstacle’s image either
appeared on the mirror surface, was visible on a
rearview video system visual display. For sensors,
the obstacle as positioned at the centerline of the
vehicle was assumed to be detectable by the system.
75 However, the ultrasonic sensor-based system
used in this testing was found to only detect the
centered obstacle in 39 percent of trials.
76 A radar-based sensor system was not assessed
in this test, however, for the purposes of assessing
driver performance, sensor technology was deemed
not critical in this research.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
76227
drivers to avoid them. Table 10 below
summarizes these results.
TABLE 10—SUMMARY OF OVERALL EFFECTIVENESS VALUES BY SYSTEM TYPE
System
FA(%)
180° Camera ..................................................................................................................
130° Camera ..................................................................................................................
Ultrasonic .......................................................................................................................
Radar .............................................................................................................................
Mirrors ............................................................................................................................
90
76
49
54
* 33
FS(%)
FDR(%)
100
100
70
70
100
55
55
7
7
** 0
Final effectiveness (%)
FA × FS × FDR = FE
49
42
2.5
2.7
0
* FA for mirrors is taken from separate source due to lack of inclusion in the SCI case review that generated FA for cameras and sensors.
** FDR for mirrors is taken from a small sample size of 20 tests. It is 0% because throughout testing, drivers did not take advantage of either
cross-view or lookdown mirrors to avoid the obstacle in the test.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
VII. Proposal To Mandate Improved
Rear Visibility
Based on the comments on the
ANPRM and NHTSA’s research on the
various means available to mitigate
backover crashes, NHTSA has
developed the following proposal to
improve light vehicle rear visibility. The
proposal is based in part on our
tentative conclusion that drivers need to
be able to see a visual image of a 32-inch
tall cylinder with 12-inch diameter
behind the vehicle over an area 5 feet to
either side of the vehicle centerline by
20 feet in longitudinal range from the
vehicle’s rear bumper face. We are also
proposing to specify certain
performance criteria for visual display
performance, such as luminance and
rearview image response time, which
are detailed below, as well as durability
requirements. We believe that these
specifications are necessary to ensure
robust and effective performance.
These proposed improvements would
apply to all passenger cars, MPVs,
trucks, buses, and low-speed vehicles
with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.
Based on the substantial numbers of
fatalities and injuries involving light
vehicles other than LTVs, we are not
proposing to limit these more stringent
rear visibility performance requirements
to LTVs only. Further, despite NHTSA’s
decision to propose a requirement for
improved rear visibility for nearly all
light vehicles, we have included in the
preliminary regulatory impact analysis
an economic analysis of an alternative
in which only LTVs are subjected to
these requirements. We invite
comments on this additional analysis.
In the near term, we believe that
existing rearview video systems can be
used to meet the requirements with
minimal or no modifications. While we
recognize that there are significant costs
involved in addressing the safety
problem at issue using rearview video
systems, we believe that our research
shows that rearview video systems
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
currently represent the most effective
technology to address the problem of
backover crashes. This is because rearmounted convex mirrors and sensorbased object detection systems offer few
benefits compared to rearview video
systems due to system performance and
driver use issues. As we have previously
said, use of a blind zone area threshold
to focus the improve visibility
requirements on vehicles with large rear
blind zone areas, and presumably high
backover crash rates, from these
enhanced rear visibility requirements
lacks a sufficient statistical basis while
adding problematic issues. Some
vehicles with comparatively small blind
zones had high rates of backover
incidents. Similarly, limiting
countermeasures to LTVs, such as vans,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, and
trucks with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds
or less, would leave large gaps in safety
protection as well as a disparity in
quality of rear visibility between these
vehicles and passenger cars.
In response to the suggestion of many
commenters that, regardless of how
broadly or narrowly the performance
requirements are applied within the
population of light vehicles, the
requirements be technology-neutral, we
believe we need to consider the
practical consequences that adopting a
technology neutral approach would
have not only for the first phase of a
backover crash, but also for each of the
later phases. Adequate performance at
the initial phase does not necessarily
assure adequate performance at a later
phase. The ultimate safety test of a
technology in the context of this
rulemaking is whether the technology
enables the driver to detect the presence
of a pedestrian in or near the path of the
driver’s backing vehicle and whether
drivers use the technology and succeed
in avoiding backover crashes.
Under our proposal, current rear
object detection sensors and rearmounted convex mirrors would not be
sufficient as stand-alone technologies to
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
meet the proposed rear visibility
requirement. This is because sensors
and mirrors, while able to detect
pedestrians to some degree, simply do
not induce the driver response needed
to prevent backover crashes. NHTSA
research indicates that the presence of a
system consisting of rear-mounted
convex mirrors was statistically
equivalent to the absence of any system
at all for seeing pedestrians behind a
driver’s vehicle. Therefore, we do not
believe that any benefits would accrue
from installation of rear-mounted
convex mirrors.
With regard to sensors, our research
shows 77 that, in the vast majority of
cases, a sensor-activated warning of the
presence of an obstacle will not lead to
a successful (i.e., timely and sufficient)
crash avoidance response from the
driver unless the driver is also provided
with visual confirmation of obstacle
presence. Because of this apparent need
for visual confirmation and that the fact
that sensors induced a successful driver
reaction only 7 percent of the time in
NHTSA testing, we do not believe it is
in the best interest of safety to propose
allowing systems that rely on sensors
alone.
However, we note that we are not
proposing to disallow sensor systems as
a supplement to rearview video systems.
While NHTSA research78 showed 27
percent worse driver crash avoidance
performance in a vehicle equipped with
both a rearview video system and rear
sensors than in a vehicle with only
rearview video, deficiencies in the
performance of the sensor system may
have confounded the isolation of driver
performance. It is thus unclear to what
extent the presence of sensors may
77 Research by GM also showed this apparent
tendency of drivers to want visual confirmation of
obstacle presence.
78 Mazzae, E.N., Barickman, F.S., Baldwin,
G.H.S., and Ranney, T.A. (2008). On-Road Study of
Drivers’ Use of Rearview Video Systems
(ORSDURVS). National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, DOT 811 024.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76228
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
induce some drivers to rely on the
sensors to some extent instead of relying
exclusively on close and uninterrupted
monitoring of the video display. To the
extent that drivers rely on sensors and
to the extent that the sensors fail to
detect objects, driver crash avoidance
performance will worsen. We seek
comment on this issue. Furthermore, the
cost of a combined rearview video and
sensor system would be higher than that
of a rearview video system alone.
Finally, while NHTSA is not at this
time proposing to mandate advanced
multi-technology countermeasure
systems, we note that research
continues. These systems may include
video-based systems with real-time
image processing for object detection
and combinations of sensors and video
cameras, some of which (detailed by
commenters) include sensor-based
graphic overlays superimposed over
visual images from rearview video
systems. Advances like infrared
detection, automated braking, and
backing speed limitation were all
concepts raised either by commenters or
NHTSA analysis.
A. Proposed Specifications
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Our general approach in developing
performance requirements was to
consider the various phases of backover
crashes and identify key areas of
performance pertinent to overall system
effectiveness. In the absence of existing
consensus industry standards, we
reviewed existing systems and
determined which aspects of
performance should be addressed in the
regulatory text of this proposal. Based
on the systems we have tested and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
comments on the ANPRM, we believe
that existing systems generally meet our
proposed specifications and in cases in
which they do not, changes could be
made with minimal cost impact. For
example, it is likely that existing
systems would meet our durability
requirements because they are typically
subjected to vehicle level tests involving
harsher conditions than we are
proposing. Both vehicle and equipment
manufacturers cited low warranty claim
rates for rearview video systems in their
comments. This indicates to us that
today’s systems are proving durable in
typical driving conditions. Similarly,
while some current systems would not
satisfy our maximum image response
time requirement, a change to the
vehicle to prioritize display of the
rearview video image over navigation
software would significantly improve
image response time with minimal cost.
i. Improved Rear Field of View
To determine the appropriate
minimum width of the required visible
area, NHTSA reviewed both available
SCI backover case data and our Monte
Carlo analysis of backover crash risk as
a function of pedestrian initial location.
While some small risk exists as far as
9 feet laterally to the left and right of a
rearward extension of a vehicle’s
longitudinal centerline, the vast
majority of the risk is concentrated
within a 10-foot wide area that extends
symmetrically only 5 feet laterally to
either side from the extended centerline.
Accordingly, NHTSA proposes that the
required area of improved visibility be
this 10-foot wide area that is centered
on the vehicle’s centerline.
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
To determine the appropriate
minimum longitudinal range (i.e.,
length) of the area that should be
specified to maximize the feasibility and
effectiveness of the proposal in reducing
backover crashes, NHTSA considered
comments on the ANPRM, SCI backover
case data, and the results of our Monte
Carlo analysis. Using the 58 SCI
backover cases, NHTSA examined the
distance the vehicle traveled prior to
striking the pedestrian. Figure 4 shows
the percent of cases encompassed by
various ranges of longitudinal distance.
These data show that in 77 percent of
SCI backover cases the vehicle traveled
20 feet or less before striking the victim.
The Monte Carlo analysis of backover
crash risk as a function of the
pedestrian’s initial location used a
distribution of actual backing maneuver
travel distances based on those observed
in naturalistic backing maneuvers made
by test participants in NHTSA’s
research study that examined drivers’
use of rearview video systems.79 The
Monte Carlo analysis, which was
outlined in Section II.C.v, indicated
based on computer simulation that the
highest risk for pedestrians being struck
is within a range of 33 feet aft of the rear
bumper. Given that actual backover SCI
case data are available, NHTSA
proposes a longitudinal range for rear
visibility coverage of 20 feet extending
backward from the rearmost point of the
rear bumper based on those rear-world
data.
79 Mazzae, E.N., Barickman, F.S., Baldwin,
G.H.S., and Ranney, T.A. (2008). On-Road Study of
Drivers’ Use of Rearview Video Systems
(ORSDURVS). National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, DOT 811 024.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
ii. Visual Display Requirements
The following sections describe the
proposed requirements for visual
displays used to present images of the
area behind a vehicle. NHTSA believes
these requirements are important to
achieving reasonable system
effectiveness. Further, we note that one
potential concern expressed to NHTSA
is that specifying requirements could
increase costs for display manufacturers
by requiring them to conduct expensive
certification tests of equipment. We note
that the requirements proposed today
are vehicle requirements, not equipment
requirements, and so we do not believe
that equipment manufacturers will be
unduly burdened.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
a. Rearview Image Size
NHTSA is proposing a performance
requirement of at least 5 minutes of
arc 80 for the displayed size (i.e., how
large the cylinders appear) in the
rearview image of three test cylinders
(cylinders A, B, and C) that are located
20 feet aft of the rearmost point on the
vehicle’s rear bumper. Specifically, we
are proposing to require that when the
images of these three test cylinders are
measured, the average size of the three
displayed test cylinders must not be less
than 5 minutes of arc. Additionally, the
displayed size of each of the three
displayed test cylinders individually
must not be less than 3 minutes of arc.
NHTSA does not believe that there is a
need to propose displayed size
requirements for any of the other test
cylinders, because the three furthest test
objects will always appear the smallest,
thus representing the worst case
visually observable condition for the 7
cylinders, and any additional
measurements would be an unnecessary
burden.
The reason for proposing 5 minutes of
arc for the average displayed size of the
test cylinders is that NHTSA believes
this is the minimum size needed for
80 A minute of arc is a unit of angular
measurement that is equal to one-sixtieth of a
degree.
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
non-professional drivers to distinguish
and react to images. The 3 and 5
minutes of arc figures are based on
research originally published by Satoh,
Yamanaka, Kondoh, Yamashita,
Matsuzaki, and Akisuzuki in 1983.81
Satoh et al examined the relationship
between an object’s subtended visual
angle 82 at a person’s eyes and a person’s
subjective ability to see the object and
to make judgments about what he or she
is seeing. Satoh asserted that an object
must subtend at least 5 minutes of arc
for a person to be able to make
judgments about the object.
To date, NHTSA has based its
requirements for minimum image size
(the minimum subtended visual angle at
the driver’s eyes) on the Satoh et al.
research. The school bus cross view
mirror requirements in FMVSS No. 111
are based in part on the Satoh
81 Satoh, H., Yamanaka, A., Kondoh, T.,
Yamashita, M., Matsuzaki, M., and Akisuzuki, K.,
‘‘Development of a Periscope Mirror System,’’ JSAE
Review, November 1983.
82 The angle which an object or detail subtends
at the point of observation; usually measured in
minutes of arc. If the point of observation is the
pupil of a person’s eye, the angle is formed by two
rays, one passing through the center of the pupil
and touching the upper edge of the observed object
and the other passing though the center of the pupil
and touching the lower edge of the object.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
EP07DE10.010
To ensure adequate visibility of this
area, the agency is specifying the
placement of seven test objects
(cylinders) within the area. Given the
size of the area and the locations of the
cylinders within the area, we believe
that a view of the entire area can be
captured through the installation of a
single video camera that has a minimum
130-degree horizontal angle and is
located at or near the centerline of the
vehicle. For that reason, NHTSA’s
analysis has used the estimated costs
and benefits of a rearview video system
with a 130-degree video camera.
76229
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76230
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
research.83 For example, paragraph S9.4
of FMVSS No. 111 requires a school bus
cross-view mirror to show the driver a
specified child surrogate test object
located at a specified location with a
subtended visual angle of at least 3
minutes of arc for the worse case test
object, cylinder ‘‘P’’. The rationale for
using a visual angle value less than 5
minutes of arc for the school bus mirror
requirements is threefold.
First, school bus drivers must be
specially licensed before they can drive
a school bus carrying children. They are
required to obtain a Commercial Drivers
License with a School Bus
Endorsement. The training required to
obtain this special license and the
necessity of being vigilant in all types of
crashes in order to retain their license
and employment is expected to increase
school bus drivers’ awareness of the
possibility of pedestrians suddenly
entering danger areas around their bus.
The combined effect of this training and
the necessity for attentiveness is
expected to encourage drivers to pay
more attention to small images that are
visible in a bus’s mirrors.
Second, school bus drivers are
specifically trained in the use of their
bus’s cross view mirrors. In the late
1980’s, when the school bus cross-view
mirror requirements of FMVSS No. 111
were being developed, 49 states plus
Washington, DC 84 required annual
training for all school bus drivers in the
use of their bus’s cross view mirrors.
This training is expected to allow
drivers to make better use of very small
images that they see.
Third, school bus cross-view mirrors
are intended to be used before the bus
begins to move, while the bus is
stationary. As a result, drivers can take
as much time as they need to determine
what they see in their bus’s cross-view
mirrors. In contrast, in the passenger
vehicle environment, drivers may use
the display while the vehicle is
stationary and while the vehicle is in
motion backing up (albeit at fairly low
speeds). As a result, drivers may have
limits on the amount of time that they
may use to determine what they are
seeing in a rearview video display.
Again, this argues for a larger minimum
image size requirement.
NHTSA considered whether the
image size criterion used for school bus
cross-view mirror requirements
currently in FMVSS No. 111 should also
be applied to rearview images required
83 Garrott, W.R., Rockwell, T.H., and Kiger, S.W.
(1990). Ergonomic Research on School Bus Cross
View Mirror Systems. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration, DOT 807 676.
84 California had no such requirement.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
for passenger vehicles. After careful
consideration, NHTSA has concluded it
is appropriate to propose a stronger
requirement for passenger vehicles since
passenger vehicle drivers do not have
the same vehicle and system (e.g.,
mirror use) training as school bus
drivers do, nor do passenger vehicles
typically use the systems in a stationary
scenario. Based on this, the Satohrecommended 5 minutes of arc
subtended visual angle requirement is
warranted and therefore recommended
as a minimum performance
requirement.
Based upon NHTSA test data from an
examination of a 2007 Honda Odyssey
minivan fitted both with an original
equipment (from a 2008 Honda
Odyssey) 2.4-inch diagonal rearview
video display and an original equipment
3.5-inch diagonal rearview video
display (from a GM vehicle), NHTSA
estimates that a 2.8-inch or larger
diagonal rearview video display in the
interior rearview mirror would be
necessary to meet the proposed 5
minutes of arc requirement for this
vehicle.
b. Image Response Time
Image response time is the time delay
between the moment the vehicle’s
transmission is shifted into reverse gear,
and the moment which an image to the
rear of the vehicle is displayed. For
vehicles in which an existing navigation
system visual display is used to display
a rearview video image, we believe that
adopting a maximum image response
time value will prevent manufacturers
from giving priority, at ignition, to the
loading of navigation system
applications instead of the rearview
video applications. We believe that
giving display priority to a rearview
video system image should increase the
effectiveness of such systems in
preventing backing crashes. As stated
previously, NHTSA is concerned that if
the display takes too long to appear,
drivers will be more likely to begin a
backing maneuver before the image of
the area behind the vehicle is displayed.
Given the importance of the ‘‘initial
check’’ behind the vehicle, a long image
response time could have a strong
negative effect on the overall
effectiveness of a rearview video system.
As an appropriate balance between the
importance of a quickly provided image
and the need for sufficient opportunity
to conduct system checks as noted in
the ANPRM comments (see section
IV.G), NHTSA proposes a 2.0-second
maximum image response time after the
vehicle’s transmission is shifted into
reverse based on the minimum time in
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
which such system checks can be
conducted.
c. Image Linger Time
Image linger time refers to the period
in which the rearview video image
continues to be displayed after the
vehicle’s transmission has been shifted
out of reverse gear. In the ANPRM,
NHTSA indicated that a maximum of 8
seconds of linger time may be
appropriate after the vehicle is shifted
from the reverse position. Based on their
observations of drivers making parking
maneuvers, the AAM recommended a
maximum linger time of 10 seconds or
an alternative speed-based value in
which the rearview video display would
turn off when the vehicle reach a speed
of 20 kph (12.4 mph).Similarly, GM
recommended a maximum linger time
of 10 seconds or a speed-based limit of
5 mph (8 kph). Based on commenters’
findings regarding actual, observed
maneuver durations, NHTSA is
proposing a time-based maximum linger
time of 10.0 seconds to better aid to the
driver.
d. Visual Display Luminance
We believe it is appropriate to adopt
a minimum visual display luminance
value to ensure that the rearview video
system visual display image is
adequately visible in varying
conditions, such as bright sunlight or
low levels of ambient light. Adequately
visible, in this case, would mean that a
driver can discern the presence of and
identify obstacles displayed within the
rearview video image. Gentex
recommended that a brightness level of
500 cd/m2 for in-mirror displays as
measured at room temperature and in a
dark room, and said that it has been
confirmed by vehicle manufacturer
research to be the minimally accepted
value, presumably to account for a wide
possible range of ambient conditions.
Therefore, we are proposing a minimum
visual display luminance requirement of
500 cd/m2 for rearview image displays.
e. Other Aspects of Visual Display
NHTSA also requires comments
regarding other aspects of visual display
and image quality performance such as
image resolution, minification,
distortion, contrast ratio and low-light
performance as well as regarding
display location. While existing systems
may perform well with regard to these
aspects of performance, there is no
certainty that future systems will be
designed to perform as well. Depending
on the public comments and other
available information, we may include
requirements on some or all of these
aspects of performance in the final rule.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
If we were to include requirements for
some aspects, how should those aspects
be regulated, at what level of stringency,
and why? For example, what test
procedures should be used for
measuring these aspects of
performance? Do any existing voluntary
consensus standards have test
procedures that would be appropriate
for assessing performance?
iii. Requirements for External System
Components
We believe that for rear visibility
systems to be effective in preventing
real-world crashes, it is imperative that
they perform across a wide range of
environments typically encountered by
drivers. For example, such systems
should operate in various temperature
ranges and should not be rendered
inoperable by conditions such as rain or
normal corrosion.
As part of our technical review, we
considered the possibility of adopting
requirements from industry consensus
standards. Unfortunately, such
standards do not currently exist as
manufacturers have indicated they
consider their internal technical
specifications for such systems to be
proprietary. It is the agency’s
understanding that no such industry
consensus standards will be developed
and available for consideration within
the timeframe of the current rulemaking
process.
Therefore, we reviewed existing
requirements in our safety standards for
other vehicle equipment in these areas.
We believe there is merit in reviewing
existing requirements for exterior motor
vehicle equipment, such as lighting,
particularly because components such
as video cameras utilized in rearview
video systems are typically mounted
near rear lamps and subject to the same
environmental conditions. While we
considered that some vehicle
manufacturers may conduct indirect
vehicle level environmental tests that
could potentially address some of these
areas of interest, we noted that such
testing is not required and that there is
no basis to believe all vehicle
manufacturers would adopt similar
criteria. Therefore, based on the
requirements outlined in FMVSS No.
108 for lighting, we are proposing
requirements for the following areas to
address rear visibility system external
component durability: Salt spray (fog),
temperature cycle, and humidity.
We believe a salt spray evaluation
will address both the necessary
corrosion performance, as well as
general moisture resistance required so
that rear visibility systems can deliver
the expected effectiveness to motorists
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
in the real world. We are proposing that
exterior components used in rear
visibility systems application meet the
required minimum performance of
exterior lamps, which are required to be
tested in accordance with ASTM B117–
73, Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing
for a total period of 50 hours. The 50
hour total period is comprised of 2
identical periods of 24 hours of
exposure followed by 1 hour of drying
time. We believe that this standardized
test procedure is a reasonable proxy for
normal environmental conditions. At
the end of the test, the system would
still be required to meet the visibility
and field of view requirements.
We believe a specification combining
temperature cycles and humidity levels
is appropriate to establish the ability of
rearview video systems to provide the
anticipated level of effectiveness across
a range of real world driving conditions.
We are proposing to require that
systems operated across both a high and
low temperature range, with varying
humidity level. Again, at the conclusion
of the proposed test cycles, the system
would be required to function within
acceptable limits.
B. Proposed Compliance Tests
i. Ambient Lighting Conditions
NHTSA believes that the ambient
lighting conditions present for testing
should mimic the lighting conditions in
which the visual displays will be used.
To ensure test repeatability, NHTSA
believes that ambient lighting of a
particular brightness level should be
specified for testing. Daytime outdoor
lighting (sunlight and varying degrees of
cloud cover) ranges from 10,000 lux to
100,000 lux in full sunlight.85 NHTSA
believes that the lower end of this
brightness range should be used for
testing to mimic the most typical
manner of incidence of the sun’s rays
upon a console-mounted rearview
image, which would involve at least
some degree of obstruction by the
vehicle’s roof. Therefore, we propose
that testing be conducted with evenly
distributed lighting of 10,000 lux
intensity as measured at the center of
the exterior surface of vehicle’s roof.
While actual natural sunlight may strike
an in-vehicle display at various angles
through the day, for the purpose of test
repeatability we believe that ambient
lighting during testing should be
provided by overhead light sources with
the light presented in an evenly
distributed manner. Because the
overwhelming majority of backover
85 Ander, Gregg D. (1995). Daylighting
performance and design. Wiley, John & Sons,
Incorporated.
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76231
crashes occur during the day, we are not
proposing testing under nighttime
ambient lighting conditions.
ii. Rear Visibility Test Object
For the purpose of determining
compliance with the performance
requirements specified in the preceding
sections, NHTSA is proposing that a
cylindrical test object be used for
testing. Specifically, the agency is
proposing the test cylinder be a 32-inch
tall cylinder with a diameter of 12
inches to represent the approximate
height and width of an average, standing
18-month-old child. The age of 18
months was selected based upon the
agency’s review of SCI backover cases
and consideration of comments on the
ANPRM. We believe that a test object
with these dimensions is necessary to
ensure robust performance not only of a
countermeasure system’s ability to meet
specified coverage area requirements
behind a vehicle, but also the system’s
ability to display an image of a rear
obstacle to a driver.
In developing the characteristics of
the test object, NHTSA reviewed its own
research, real world crash data, industry
research, existing test procedures, and
comments on the ANPRM. NHTSA
considered and evaluated a number of
different options ranging from crash
dummies, clothing mannequins, and
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe to traffic
cones for use as possible compliance
test objects. NHTSA also considered
using a child-shaped, clothing
mannequin identified by the agency’s
Advanced Collision Avoidance
Technology (ACAT) Backing Crash
Countermeasure Program as having a
radar cross-section equivalent to that of
a small child. However, this shape is not
proposed since the sensitivity of the test
object to radar detection is not relevant
to the evaluation of a visual rearview
image and the asymmetrical shape of
the mannequin would cause rearview
image quality measurement difficulties.
Given that the test object is intended to
be used both to confirm countermeasure
coverage area and test cylinder
displayed size, a shape that is
conducive to accurate completion of
both tests is needed. While the shape of
the test object is not critical for
assessment of countermeasure coverage
area as long as the object’s dimensions
are appropriate, use of a sided shape
could cause measurement difficulties
when assessing visual display image
quality. A cylindrical test object with a
vertical axis would appear to have the
same relative width regardless of the
angle at which it is viewed and would
not appear skewed, as a square column
might. A cylindrical test object is also
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76232
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
physical presence of an 18-month-old
child to the particular sensor technology
being used.
To provide a consistent and
repeatable location in which to measure
apparent test object width as part of
rearview image quality assessment,
NHTSA proposes that the three rearmost
test objects be constructed with a 5.9inch high colored band surrounding the
perimeter of the upper portion of the
cylinder that is of a different color than
the rest of the cylinder. The 5.9-inch
dimension is based on the breadth of the
average 18-month-old child’s head.87
The band can be of any color that
contrasts with that of the rest of the test
object.
86 CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Boys; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/
20/2001) CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Girls; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/
20/2001).
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
suggested by the requirements of ISO
17386 that specify use of a cylinder to
test the detection performance of
ultrasonic parking aids. Therefore, the
proposed test object shape consists of a
cylinder with a vertical axis that can
adequately represent the proportions of
the children most commonly at risk in
backover scenarios while at the same
time ensuring robust system
performance.
To best represent the manner in
which a child is displayed to the driver
in a rearview image, NHTSA proposes
that the cylindrical test object shall have
a diameter of 12 inches to represent the
width of an average 18-month-old child.
Based on 2000 CDC data for the head
breadth an 18-month-old child, NHTSA
proposes 5.9 inches (15 cm) as the
minimum width that must be visible in
the rearview image for the three test
objects located nearest the rear bumper
of the vehicle.86 To aid in the
assessment of whether the minimum
width is visible, a contrasting colored
vertical stripe of width 5.9 inches is
proposed for the two cylinders closest to
the vehicle.
Furthermore, given that the visual
appearance of the test object is the
dominant factor in the compliance test,
we do not believe that we need to
specify material properties at this time.
While ultrasonic and radar sensors are
better at detecting some materials and
surface textures than others, rearview
video systems display images of objects
of all opaque material types. For these
reasons, NHTSA is proposing that the
test object merely consist of a
cylindrical object of the dimensions
specified above. However, we note that
if in the future sensor-based systems are
developed that may fulfill the
requirements of providing to the driver
a visual image of the area behind the
vehicle, alternative test object material
characteristics and dimensions may
need to be specified in order to ensure
that the object accurately simulates the
87 CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Boys; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/
20/2001) CDC, Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36
months: Girls; Length-for-age and Weight-for-age
percentiles. Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/
20/2001).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
iii. Rear Visibility Compliance Test
Procedures
NHTSA is proposing a test to ensure
that a rearview image provided to the
driver (1) covers the required area
behind the vehicle and (2) displays the
images of obstacles with sufficient size
to permit a driver to visually perceive
their presence. The test procedure used
to determine countermeasure
performance in terms of rearview video
system viewable area is similar to that
currently used for school bus mirrors
(Section 13, ‘‘School bus mirror test
procedures’’ of FMVSS No. 111,
‘‘Rearview mirrors’’). Like the school bus
mirror test, the proposed test uses a
large format camera placed with the
imaging sensor located at a specific
eyepoint location, referred to here as the
‘‘test reference point’’. A matte finish
ruler affixed beneath the visual display
and aligned laterally along the bottom
edge of the visual display provides a
reference for scaling purposes in the
image quality portion of the test
procedure.
The proposed test reference point is
intended to simulate the location of a
50th percentile male driver’s eyes
(rather than the 95th percentile male
used in existing FMVSS No. 111
rearview mirror requirements) when
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
glancing at the rearview image. Based
on observations of drivers using
rearview video systems in NHTSA
testing,88 we assume that for visual
displays located in the vicinity of the
center console or interior rearview
mirror, the driver will turn his or her
head to look at the display with little or
no lateral eye rotation. Therefore, to
estimate the location of the driver’s eyes
when looking at a rearview image, the
forward-looking eyepoint of the driver
can be simulated to rotate toward the
center of the vehicle as though the
driver is turning his head.
Anthropometric data from a NHTSAsponsored study of the dimensions of
50th percentile male drivers seated with
a 25-degree seat-back angle
(‘‘Anthropometry of Motor Vehicle
Occupants’’ 89) give the longitudinal and
vertical location, with respect to the H
point, of the left and right infraorbitale
(a point just below each eye) and the
head/neck joint center at which the
head rotates about the spine. Given an
average vertical eye diameter of
approximately 0.96 inch (24 mm), we
can assume that the center of the eye is
located 0.48 inches (12 mm) above the
infraorbitale. Taking the midpoint of the
lateral locations of the driver’s eyes
gives a point in the mid-sagittal plane
(the vertical/longitudinal plane of
symmetry of the human body) of the
driver’s body indicated by Mf in Figure
5. Using the point at which the head
rotates, Mf can be rotated toward the
rearview image to obtain a new
eyepoint, the test reference point,
representing an eye midpoint for a
driver when the head is turned to look
at a rearview image. The proposed
regulatory requirement sets forth clear
instructions as to how to position the
camera to conduct the test.
BILLING CODE 4910–59–P
88 Mazzae, E.N., Barickman, F.S., Baldwin,
G.H.S., and Ranney, T.A. (2008). On-Road Study of
Drivers’ Use of Rearview Video Systems
(ORSDURVS). National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration, DOT 811 024.
89 Schneider, L.W., Robbins, D.H., Pflug, M.A.
¨
and Snyder, R.G. (1985). Anthropometry of Motor
Vehicle Occupants; Volume 1—Procedures,
Summary Findings and Appendices. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration, DOT 806
715.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
a. Rear Field of View Test Procedure
To demonstrate a system’s
compliance with the field of view
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
requirements, we are proposing that the
perimeter of the minimum detection
area that must be visible is marked
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76233
using seven test objects. The locations of
the seven test objects, represented by
black circles, are illustrated in Figure 6.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
EP07DE10.011
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
BILLING CODE 4910–59–C
For school bus cross-view mirrors,
FMVSS No. 111 requires that the entire
top surface of each cylinder must be
visible. However, due to the potential
for rearview video cameras to be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
mounted at heights of less than 32
inches on some compact cars and sporty
vehicles, NHTSA is proposing an
alternative detection criterion for this
test. For test objects located 10 or more
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
feet aft of the vehicle’s rear bumper,
NHTSA proposes that the entire height
and width of each test object must be
visible. This criterion equates to the
driver being able to see the entire body
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
EP07DE10.012
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76234
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
of an 18-month-old child and serves to
ensure that detection of a child, if
present, between 10 and 15 feet behind
the vehicle is possible.
Due to camera angle, only a portion of
a child or child-sized object in close
proximity to the rear bumper may be
visible, particularly at the edges of the
camera’s viewing angle. To ensure that
at least a portion of test objects ‘F’ and
‘G’ (in Figure 6) are visible, the
proposed compliance test positions
them 1 foot aft of the rear bumper face.
To give the driver enough information
to be able to discern an ‘‘object’’ as a
child, if present, and to provide a
quantitative basis for assessing field of
view compliance, NHTSA believes it is
important to indicate how much of the
test objects must be visible. Seeing a
child’s face or another body area of
similar size would likely result in
successful visual recognition of the
child by the driver. Therefore, NHTSA
proposes that a minimum of a 5.9-inch
width of test objects ‘F’ and ‘G’ must be
visible.90 This criterion would result in
a 5.9-inch square or larger portion of an
object or child being visible.
For NHTSA compliance testing, the
displayed rearview image would be
photographed to document the test
results of this field of view test, as well
as to provide data for use in completing
the image quality test, which is
described in the next section.
b. Rearview Image Size Test Procedure
As stated previously, industry
standards applicable to an image-based
rear visibility system do not exist.
Therefore, to develop a method for
assessing image quality, NHTSA looked
to its prior work relating to school bus
cross-view mirrors. The test procedure
described below follows the same basic
concept as the existing school bus
mirror test procedure in FMVSS No.
111. This test serves to ensure that a
minimum image quality is maintained
throughout the required coverage area of
the rearview image. Essentially, we are
proposing that the apparent image of the
individual test objects be large enough
for an average driver to quickly
determine their presence and nature.
The test procedure proposed for use
in assessing countermeasure visual
display image quality compliance
requires one additional step beyond the
rearview video system viewable area
test described above. Using the printed
90 The
5.9-inch dimension is the average breadth
of an 18-month-old child’s head per CDC’s ‘‘Clinical
Growth Charts. Birth to 36 months: Boys; Lengthfor-age and Weight-for-age percentiles’’ and
‘‘Clinical Growth Charts. Birth to 36 months: Girls;
Length-for-age and Weight-for-age percentiles.’’
Published May 30, 2000 (modified 4/20/2001).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
photograph of the rearview image taken
to document the viewable area covered
by the system, the size of each of the
three test objects positioned 20 feet aft
of the rear bumper (indicated in Figure
5 labeled ‘A’, ‘B’, and ‘C’) is measured.
The horizontal width of each of the
three test objects is measured within the
colored band surrounding the upper
portion of the cylindrical test object by
selecting a point at both the left and
right edges of the object’s displayed
image. Similarly, two points on the ruler
shown in the photograph are selected to
acquire a measurement for use as a
lateral scaling factor. Using the two
measure widths and the distance
between the driver’s eyepoint (i.e.,
midpoint between an average 50th
percentile male’s eyes) and the center of
the rearview image, the visual angle
subtended by each test object may be
calculated. To reduce the effects of
measurement errors, the measured
visual angle subtended from each of the
three test objects (A, B, and C) are
averaged together. Acceptable image
quality is defined as the average
measured visual angle subtended by the
test object’s width from these three
locations exceeding 5 minutes of arc.
The average value is used to assess
compliance to minimize the effect of
individual measurement error. The
subtended visual angle for each of the
three locations must exceed 3 minutes
of arc.
C. Proposed Effective Date and Phase-In
Schedule
In accordance with the schedule set
forth by Congress in the K.T. Safety Act,
we are proposing that the requirement
for rearview video systems be phased in
within four years of publication of the
final rule. Because we anticipate that a
final rule will be published in early
2011, the statutory requirement would
require that full compliance be achieved
in late 2014 or early 2015. Furthermore,
because we anticipate that this rule will
require substantial design work to
implement, we are proposing that, like
other substantial rules, the compliance
dates for the various stages of the phasein be September 1 of the relevant year,
in order to correspond with model
years. Therefore, given the likely
schedule of this rulemaking, we are
proposing that full compliance be
achieved by September 1, 2014.
NHTSA is concerned about the
potential costs imposed on automotive
manufacturers by this proposal, and is
therefore taking into account both the
current and projected future
implementation of rearview video
systems in our proposed phase-in
schedule. Another factor that is being
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76235
taken into consideration is the vehicle
redesign cycle. Specifically, we are
aware that it could cost substantially
more to implement the best available
technology (i.e., rearview video systems)
into vehicles if it is not done during the
normal vehicle design cycle. We are
aware, for example, in comments
received from Honda that the statutory
deadline may not provide enough time
for most vehicles to undergo a redesign
before full compliance is required. In its
comment, AIAM suggested that a 6-year
phase-in schedule, rather than a 4-year
one, might be needed in order to assure
that the substantial majority of affected
vehicles can integrate rearview video
systems as part of their normal redesign
cycle. The agency appreciates the
challenges posed by the proposed rule,
but notes that a phase-in period longer
than four years would be inconsistent
with the limitation specified by
Congress.
With the above considerations, we are
proposing a rear-loaded phase-in
schedule. For the year following the first
September 1 after publication of the
final rule (likely to be September 1,
2011), we are proposing a compliance
target that is less than the total number
of vehicles already anticipated to be
equipped with rearview video systems.
The proposed phase-in schedule then
requires steady increases in the total
percentage of the compliant vehicles in
the two following years, based on these
considerations and the percentage of
vehicles that are anticipated to undergo
a scheduled redesign. Finally, we are
proposing to apply the requirements to
all vehicles manufactured on or after
September 1 of the following year
(likely 2014). The specific percentages
of the phase-in schedule are shown in
Table 11 below.
TABLE 11—PROPOSED PHASE-IN
SCHEDULE
Percent
Vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2011 ..............................
Vehicles manufactured on or after
September 1, 2011, and before
September 1, 2012 .......................
Vehicles manufactured on or after
September 1, 2012, and before
September 1, 2013 .......................
Vehicles manufactured on or after
September 1, 2013, and before
September 1, 2014 .......................
Vehicles manufactured on or after
September 1, 2014 .......................
0
0
10
40
100
Furthermore, we are proposing that
small volume manufacturers need only
comply with the requirement for
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76236
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
rearview video systems when the
requirement has been fully phased in,
that is, on September 1, 2014. This is
based in part on the comment from
AIAM, which requested this provision
for small volume manufacturers due to
their longer product life cycles and their
reduced access to technology.
The reasons for allowing small
volume manufacturers a delay in the
compliance schedule are twofold. First,
because these manufacturers generally
produce a single or low number of lines
of vehicles, they would need to install
these systems on a large portion or all
of their fleet in order to meet the fleet
percentage requirement. Considering
that the installation of rearview video
systems is most efficiently
accomplished during a vehicle redesign,
this would mean that small volume
manufacturers are disproportionately
negatively impacted by the requirement
because they would likely have to
install these systems in the middle of
the design cycle, increasing their costs.
Second, because small volume
manufacturers frequently have longer
product cycles than larger
manufacturers, the need for a delay
until the end of the compliance
increases the likelihood that they will
have the opportunity to integrate the
rearview video system with their normal
redesign cycle. While we believe that
rearview video systems and displays are
readily available so that small volume
manufacturers will have access, we
believe that the other two reasons are
adequate to delay mandatory
compliance until the end of the phasein period.
We are also proposing to include
provisions under which manufacturers
can earn credits towards meeting the
applicable phase-in percentages if they
meet the new rear visibility
requirements ahead of schedule. In
addition, as we have done with other
standards, we are proposing a separate
alternative schedule to address the
special problems faced by limited line
and multistage manufacturers and
alterers in complying with phase-ins. A
phase-in generally permits vehicle
manufacturers flexibility with respect to
which vehicles they choose to initially
redesign to comply with new
requirements. However, if a
manufacturer produces a very limited
number of lines, a phase-in would not
provide such flexibility. NHTSA is
accordingly proposing to permit
‘‘limited line’’ manufacturers that
produce three or fewer carlines the
option of achieving full compliance
when the phase-in is completed.
Flexibility would be allowed for
vehicles manufactured in two or more
stages and altered vehicles from the
phase-in requirements. These vehicles
would not be required to meet the
phase-in schedule and would not have
to achieve full compliance until the
phase-in is completed. Also, as with
previous phase-ins, NHTSA is
proposing reporting requirements to
accompany the phase-in.
D. Summary of Estimated Effectiveness,
Costs and Benefits of Available
Technologies
i. System Effectiveness
Some systems, like airbags, have
binary states; that is to say that either
they are activated or they are not.
Analysis includes a probability of
whether or not it was being used,
followed by a calculation of benefits in
cases where it was in use.
For rear visibility technologies, three
conditions must be met for such a
technology to provide a benefit to the
driver. First, the crash must be one that
is ‘‘avoidable’’ through use of the device;
i.e., the pedestrian must be within the
target range for the sensor, or the
viewable area of the camera or mirror.
Second, once the pedestrian is within
the system’s range, the device must
‘‘sense’’ that fact, i.e., provide the driver
with information about the presence
and location of the pedestrian. Third,
there must be sufficient ‘‘driver
response,’’ i.e., before impact with the
pedestrian, the driver must receive this
information and respond appropriately
by confirming whether someone is or is
not behind the vehicle before
proceeding. As noted above, these
factors are denoted as fA, fS, and fDR,
respectively, in this analysis. Table 12
below shows these factors and their
product, the final system effectiveness.
TABLE 12—FINAL SYSTEM EFFECTIVENESS
System
FA (%)
180° Camera ..................................................................................................................
130° Camera ..................................................................................................................
Ultrasonic .......................................................................................................................
Radar .............................................................................................................................
Mirrors ............................................................................................................................
90
76
49
54
* 33
FS (%)
FDR (%)
100
100
70
70
100
55
5
7
7
** 0
Final
effectiveness (%)
FA × FS × FDR = FE
49
42
2.5
2.7
0
* FA for mirrors is taken from separate source due to lack of inclusion in the SCI case review that generated FA for cameras and sensors.
** FDR for mirrors is taken from a small sample size of 20 tests. It is 0% because throughout testing, drivers did not take advantage of either
cross-view or lookdown mirrors to avoid the obstacle in the test.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
ii. Costs
The most expensive technology
option that the agency has evaluated is
the rearview camera. When installed in
a vehicle without any existing adequate
display screen, rearview camera systems
are estimated to cost consumers
between $159 and $203 per vehicle. For
a vehicle that already has an adequate
display, such as one found in navigation
units, their incremental cost is
estimated at $58. The total incremental
cost to equip a 16.6 million vehicle fleet
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
with camera systems is estimated to be
$1.9 to $2.7 billion.
Rear object sensor systems are
estimated to cost between $52 and $92
per vehicle. The total incremental cost
to equip a 16.6 million vehicle fleet
with sensor systems is estimated to be
$0.3 to $1.2 billion.
Several different types of mirrors were
investigated. Interior look-down mirrors
could be mounted on vans and SUVs,
but not cars, and are estimated to cost
$40 per vehicle. The total incremental
cost to equip a 16.6 million vehicle fleet
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
with lookdown mirrors is estimated to
be $0.6 billion.
We also estimated the net property
damage effects to consumers from using
a camera or sensor system to avoid
backing into fixed objects, along with
the additional cost when a vehicle is
struck in the rear and the camera or
sensor is destroyed.
TABLE 13—COSTS (2007 ECONOMICS)
Costs Per Vehicle .......
Total Fleet ..................
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
$51.49 to $202.94.
$723M to $2.4B.
76237
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
iii. Benefits
As noted above, the agency has spent
considerable effort trying to determine
the final effectiveness of these systems
in reducing crashes, injuries and
fatalities. We have researched the
capabilities of the systems, the crash
circumstances, and the percent of
drivers that would observe and react in
time to avoid a collision with a
pedestrian or pedalcyclist. The
estimated injury and fatality benefits of
the various systems, based on NHTSA
research to date, are shown below.
TABLE 14—QUANTIFIABLE BENEFITS
180° Camera
view
130° Camera
view
112
8,374
95
7,072
Fatalities Reduced .........................................................................
Injuries Reduced ............................................................................
iv. Net Benefits
In addition to the one-time
installation costs, and the benefits that
occur over the life of the vehicle, there
would also be maintenance costs as well
as repair costs due to rear-end collisions
and ‘‘property damage only crashes’’
(which, like the benefits, occur over
time). Below Table 15 contains lifetime
monetized benefits and lifetime costs,
and their difference, the net benefit. In
this case, the quantifiable costs
outweigh the quantifiable benefits and
therefore the final number is a cost.
(Note that this analysis does not include
Ultrasonic
3
233
Look-down
mirror
Radar
3
257
0
0
nonquantifiable benefits, a point to
which we will shortly return.) The
primary estimate is based on a 130
degree camera system with an in-mirror
display. The low estimate is based on an
ultrasonic system. The high estimate is
based on a 180 degree camera system
with an in-mirror display.
TABLE 15—SUMMARY OF BENEFITS AND COSTS PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT TRUCKS (MILLIONS 2007$) MY 2016 AND
THEREAFTER
Primary
estimate
Benefits:
Lifetime Monetized
Lifetime Monetized
Costs:
Lifetime Monetized
Lifetime Monetized
Net Benefits:
Lifetime Monetized
Lifetime Monetized
$37.1
46.7
$732.6
920.8
7
3
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
1,933.3
1,861.3
22.6
730.4
2,362.4
2,296.9
7
3
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
¥1,314.7
¥1,083.7
¥685.5
¥683.7
¥1,629.8
¥1,376.1
7
3
TABLE 16—COST PER EQUIVALENT
LIFE SAVED
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Discount
rate (%)
$618.6
777.6
While we examine several application
scenarios (all passenger cars and all
light trucks, only light trucks, and some
combinations) and discount rates of 3
and 7 percent, the net cost per
equivalent life saved for camera systems
ranged from $11.8 to $19.7 million. For
sensors, it ranged from $95.5 to $192.3
million per life saved. According to our
present model, none of the systems are
cost effective based on our
comprehensive cost estimate of the
value of a statistical life of $6.1 million.
Cost per equivalent life saved
VerDate Mar<15>2010
High estimate
...........................................................................................
...........................................................................................
v. Cost Effectiveness
Sensors (Ultrasonic and
Radar).
Low estimate
$95.5 to $192.3
mill.
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
TABLE 16—COST PER EQUIVALENT
LIFE SAVED—Continued
Camera Systems ...............
$11.8 to $19.7
mill.
The range presented is from a 3% to 7%
discount rate.
The agency is proposing requirements
that would likely be currently met by
using cameras for both passenger cars
and light trucks. We also seek comment
on an alternative aimed at reducing net
costs that could be met by requiring
having cameras for light trucks and
either cameras or ultrasonic sensors for
passenger cars. We also request
comment on the extent to which the
effectiveness of sensors and the
response of drivers to sensor warnings
could be improved.
E. Comparison of Regulatory
Alternatives
In order to explore fully other
possible rulemaking options, the agency
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
examined a variety of combinations of
technology, specifically, ones in which
light trucks were equipped with a
rearview video system and passenger
cars were either given no extra
equipment, a rearview video system
(using a camera) or another technology
such as a sensor system. The results of
examining such combinations are
available below. Note the camera/radar
and camera/ultrasonic options have
decreased costs compared to mandating
cameras for both vehicle types, but have
a higher cost per life saved. It would not
fulfill the requirements of the statute to
require cameras for light trucks and
nothing for passenger cars; those
numbers are provided only as a point of
comparison. Also, the camera/radar
option has a higher net costs associated
with it than simply mandating cameras
for both, and will most likely not be
viable on those grounds. Comments on
these alternatives and suggestions of
others are welcome.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76238
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
TABLE 17—REAR VISIBILITY PROPOSAL AND ALTERNATIVES DISCOUNTED AT 3%
[Millions of 2007 $]
[In decreasing order of installation costs and monetized safety benefits]
Per vehicle costs and benefits
Proposal and alternatives
LT
LT
LT
LT
Camera,
Camera,
Camera,
Camera,
PC
PC
PC
PC
Camera ..........
Radar .............
Ultrasonic 94 ...
Nothing 95 ......
Installation
costs 91
$1,919 to $2,275 .....................
$1,512 to $1,710 .....................
$1,215 to $1,413 .....................
$841 to $1,039 ........................
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
The most effective technology option
that the agency has evaluated is the
rearview video system which, as already
noted, consists of a video camera and a
visual display. It is also the most
expensive technology. When installed
in a vehicle that does not already have
any visual display screen, rearview
video systems are estimated to cost
consumers between $159 and $203 per
vehicle. The upper end of the cost range
is based on systems that have in-mirror
(as opposed to in-dash or console)
displays and a 180 degree (as opposed
to 130 degree) lens. For a vehicle that
already has a suitable visual display,
such as one found in navigation units,
the incremental cost of a rearview video
system is estimated at $58–$88,
depending on the angular width of the
lens. The total incremental cost to equip
a 16.6 million vehicle fleet with
rearview video systems is estimated to
be $1.9 to $2.7 billion.
Commenters on the ANPRM noted
that rearview video systems are a
relatively new technology and stated
that considerable reductions in costs
will occur as these technologies
proliferate in the fleet. NHTSA agrees
that technological innovation will occur
over the next couple of years and that
the costs are likely to be substantially
less when actually installed in future
model years. However, we have not
identified a way to estimate this lower
cost.
91 The range of camera costs assumes 130 degree
camera with the display in the dash (lower cost) to
the display in the mirror (higher cost).
92 The net costs are substantially more than those
for any of the other options.
93 The cost per equivalent life saved is
substantially more for this option than that for any
of the other options.
94 Under this alternative, passenger cars could be
equipped with either sensor systems or camera
systems. For a fuller description of this alternative,
see the discussion above at the very end of section
I, Executive Summary.
95 The agency tentatively concludes that not
requiring any improved performance by passenger
cars would be inconsistent with the mandate in the
Cameron Gulbransen Kids Transportation Safety
Act of 2007.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Monetized
safety
Benefits
Jkt 223001
Property
damage
costs
$778
439
437
415
$¥414
¥149
¥165
¥189
Net costs
$727
$924
$613
$237
Given the effectiveness estimates that
we have generated and assuming that all
vehicles will be equipped with the most
likely countermeasure technology,
namely a rearview video system and
associated display, we believe the
fatalities that are occurring in backing
crashes could be reduced by 95 to 112
per year. Similarly, injuries would be
reduced by 7,072 to 8,374 per year. We
estimate that the cost per equivalent
lives for rearview video systems would
range from $11.8 million based on a 3%
discount rate and on the low end of the
per vehicle cost range to $19.7 million
based on a 7% discount rate and the
high end of the per vehicle cost range.
We note that while this cost per
equivalent lives saved, even at the low
end, is nearly double the Departmental
value of a statistical life of $6.1
million,96 the proposed solution is the
most comprehensive and effective,
currently available solution to mitigate
backover crashes, fatalities, and injuries.
As we discussed above, the quantitative
analysis does not offer a complete
accounting. We have noted that well
over 40 percent of the victims of
backover crashes are very young
children (under the age of five), with
nearly their entire life ahead of them.
Executive Order 12866 also refers
explicitly to considerations of equity.
(‘‘(I)n choosing among alternative
regulatory approaches, agencies should
select those approaches that maximize
net benefits (including * * * equity),
and there are strong reasons, grounded
in those considerations, to prevent the
deaths at issue here. In addition, this
regulation will, in many cases, reduce a
qualitatively distinct risk, which is that
of directly causing the death or injury of
96 The $6.1 million represents the 2007
Departmental value of $5.8 million for a statistical
life (VSL) adjusted for economic cost factors that are
not inherently a part of the $5.8 million. These
include, medical care, emergency services, legal
costs, insurance administrative costs, workplace
costs, property damage and the taxed portion of lost
market productivity (the untaxed portion is
assumed to be inherently included in the VSL).
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to
to
to
to
$1,084 ........................
$1,122 92 ....................
$811 ...........................
$435 ...........................
Net cost per
equivalent
life saved
$11.8 to $14.6.
$18.9 to $21.7.93
$14.7 to $17.4.
$9.6 to $12.5.
one’s own child.97 Drivers will also
benefit from increased rear visibility in
a variety of ways, including increased
ease and convenience with respect to
parking.
While these benefits cannot be
monetized, they could be significant. A
breakeven analysis suggests that if the
nonquantified benefits amount $65 to
$79 per vehicle, the benefits would
justify the costs. Taking all of the
foregoing points alongside the
quantifiable figures and the safety issue
at hand, the agency tentatively
concludes that the benefits do justify the
costs. More specifically, we emphasize
the following data and considerations:
• 100 of the 228 (44%) annual victims
of backover crashes are under 5 years of
age with nearly their entire lives ahead
of them; 80 of the 100 children are
under 3 years of age.98
• While this rulemaking would result
in great cost if made final as proposed,
it would also have substantial benefits,
reducing the annual fatalities in
backover crashes by 95 to 112 fatalities,
and annual injuries by 7,072 to 8,374
injuries.
• In addition to those benefits, there
are other benefits that are hard to
quantify, but are nonetheless real and
significant. One such benefit is that of
not being the direct cause of the death
or injury of a person and particularly a
small child at one’s place of residence.
In some of these cases, parents are
responsible for the deaths of their own
children; avoiding that horrible outcome
is a significant benefit. Another hard-to97 On the relevance of this fact, see J.K. Hammitt
and K. Haninger, ‘‘Valuing Fatal Risks to Children
and Adults: Effects of Disease, Latency, and Risk
Aversion,’’ Journal of Risk and Uncertainty 40(1):
57–83, 2010.
98 Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children
from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
* * * Section 1. Policy. 1–101. A growing body of
scientific knowledge demonstrates that children
may suffer disproportionately from * * * safety
risks. These risks arise because: children’s
neurological, immunological, digestive, and other
bodily systems are still developing; * * * and
children’s behavior patterns may make them more
susceptible to accidents because they are less able
to protect themselves. * * *
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
quantify benefit is the increased ease
and convenience of driving, and
especially parking, that extend beyond
the prevention of crashes. While these
benefits cannot be monetized at this
time, they could be considerable.
• There is evidence that many people
value the lives of children more than the
lives of adults.99 100 In any event, there
is special social solicitude for protection
of children. In the area of motor vehicle
safety, this special solicitude for the
welfare of children has been evident in
the area of motor vehicle safety in the
mandates 101 by Congress over the years
for issuing standards primarily
benefiting children. This solicitude
regarding children is based, to a
significant extent, on their greater
vulnerability to injury and their
inability to protect themselves.
• Given the very young age of most of
the children fatally-injured in backover
crashes, attempting to provide them
with training relevant to the particular
circumstances of those crashes or with
an audible warning would not enable
them to identify or take steps to protect
themselves, given their impulsiveness,
their lack of understanding of the
abstract concept of risk/danger/safety,
and their lack of situational awareness,
judgment and physical ability (e.g.,
dexterity) to take timely and effective
self-protective action.
• Given the impossibility of reducing
backover crashes through changing the
behavior of very young children and
given Congress’ mandate, it is
reasonable and necessary to rely on
vehicle technology to address backover
crashes and to that end the agency
examined a variety of technologies to
assess their value in improving driver
99 J.K. Hammitt and K. Haninger, ‘‘Valuing Fatal
Risks to Children and Adults: Effects of Disease,
Latency, and Risk Aversion,’’ Journal of Risk and
Uncertainty 40(1): 57–83, 2010. This stated
preference study finds that the willingness to pay
to prevent fatality risks to one’s child is uniformly
larger than that to reduce risk to another adult or
to oneself. Estimated values per statistical life are
$6–10 million for adults and $12–15 million for
children. We emphasize that the literature is in a
state of development.
100 Other people argue for valuing all lives
equally, regardless of age, and note there is also a
special solicitude for another vulnerable
population, the elderly. Some of the elderly have
difficulty quickly moving out of dangerous
situations. Special solicitude for the elderly is very
germane to this rulemaking given that persons 70
years of age or older account for another large
segment of fatalities, i.e., 74 (33 percent) of the 228
annual fatalities.
101 Recent examples include Anton’s Law, Public
Law 107–318, Dec. 4, 2002, and the K.T. Safety Act.
That solicitude is also evident in the requirement
in Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency
Supplemental Appropriations Act of 1999, Public
Law 105–277 (5 U.S.C. 601 note) for assessment of
impacts of Federal regulations and policies on
families.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
awareness and performance: mirrors,
sensors, cameras, and other
technologies.
• Based on its extensive testing to
determine how much area behind a
vehicle a driver must be able to see in
order to avoid backover crashes and on
the relative effectiveness of the various
technologies in improving driver
awareness and performance, the agency
has tentatively concluded that a camerabased system is the only effective type
of technology currently available.
• Requiring additional rearview
mirrors or changes to existing review
mirrors cannot provide an effective
solution to the problem of backover
crashes. Changes to outside rearview
mirrors mounted near the driver offer
only very limited opportunities for any
improvement in the existing rearward
view to the sides of vehicles and no
opportunity for providing any view of
the area directly behind vehicles. While
rearview mirrors mounted at or near the
rear of vehicles could provide a view to
the rear of vehicles, the coverage area
would be relatively small. Further, the
image, as viewed by the driver
indirectly via outside rearview mirrors
mounted near the driver, would be
fairly small and distorted, making the
viewed objects difficult to discern.
Finally, rear-mounted rearview mirrors
might not be reasonable, practicable and
appropriate for many types of light
vehicles.
• The agency’s testing indicated that
currently available sensors, which are
designed primarily to avoid collisions
with objects (like posts and other
vehicles) that can cause property
damage, had two shortcomings. First,
they often failed to detect a human,
particularly a small moving child, in
tests in which the vehicle was not
actually moving. Second, in tests in
which the vehicle was moving, and in
which the sensors did detect a manikin
representing a child, the resulting
warning did not induce drivers to pause
more than briefly in backing. Being
unable to confirm visually whether
there was something or someone behind
them, the drivers in these tests resumed
their backing.
• In contrast, in the agency’s tests of
vehicles equipped with video camerabased systems, drivers not only saw a
child-sized obstacle, but also stopped
and remained stopped, thereby avoiding
striking the obstacle in a substantial
percentage of the tests.
• Consequently, the agency has
tentatively concluded that requirements
must have the effect of ensuring that the
driver is provided with some type of
image of the area directly behind his or
her vehicle. However, the agency is not
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76239
proposing to require that video camerabased systems be installed to provide
that image.
• Instead, the agency is proposing a
performance-based requirement for any
system that can provide the driver with
the requisite image. The proposal does
not specify a single location within the
vehicle as the location in which the
image must be provided. Thus, the
image can be provided on a display in
the dash or interior rearview mirror.
• In time, types of technology other
than a video camera-based system may
be able to provide a sufficiently clear
visual image of the area behind the
vehicle at lower cost than a video
camera-based system can.
• In proposing a requirement that
drivers must be provided with a visual
image of the area behind their vehicles,
the agency recognizes that among
currently available candidate
technologies, video cameras are the
most expensive and mirrors are the
least. Sensors fall in between.
• The agency’s estimates of current
costs for video camera-based systems
may be too high as the estimates are
based on data that are a few years old.
• The agency has a contract in place
for the conducting of up-to-date tear
down cost studies of both camera and
sensor technologies. These studies
could produce somewhat lower cost
estimates.
• To the extent that the agency may
have underestimated the extent to
which technological innovation and
other factors will lead to future
reductions in the costs of video camerabased systems, the future costs may be
even lower than currently expected.
• In view of statutory requirements,
the agency is limited in its ability to
reduce the cost of this rulemaking
through adjusting either the
requirements or application of the
proposed rule or the schedule for its
implementation.
• Congress has mandated the
issuance of a final rule instead of
allowing the agency to retain discretion
to decide whether to issue a final rule
based on its consideration of all the
relevant factors and information.
• While Congress has not mandated a
system that provides the driver with an
image of the area behind his or her
vehicle, less expensive
countermeasures, i.e., mirrors and
sensors, have thus far shown very
limited effectiveness and thus would
not satisfy Congress’ mandate for
improving safety.
• Video camera-based systems are by
far the most comprehensive and costeffective currently available solution for
reducing backover crashes, fatalities and
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76240
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
injuries. As the most cost-effective
alternative, a requirement for a system
that provides an image of the area
behind the vehicle would be consistent
with the policy preference underlying
the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act.
• The agency is limited by law as to
the amount of leadtime it can provide
for this final rule. Were the agency able
to provide even more leadtime than
permitted, that additional time might be
sufficient to enable suppliers to develop
cheaper cameras. Given the limits
within which the agency must operate,
which require the agency to provide not
more than four years of leadtime, the
agency has proposed a back-loaded
phase-in schedule, i.e., one focused on
the latter part of the phase-in period, to
maximize leadtime.
As stated above, NHTSA is also
considering whether there are any
circumstances under which it would be
appropriate and permissible under the
K.T. Safety Act to limit the application
of the proposed requirements to LTVs
only, i.e., to exclude passenger cars. The
agency’s tentative conclusion is that
there are not. If the improved rear
visibility requirements 102 were applied
only to LTVs, we estimate that the
fatalities occurring in backover crashes
would still be reduced by 70 to 83 per
year. Similarly, injuries would still be
reduced by 3,284 to 3,888 per year. We
estimate that the cost per equivalent
lives for rearview video systems would
range from $9.6 million based on a 3%
discount rate to $17.0 million based on
a 7% discount rate. Table 18 contrasts
the proposal and the alternative below
using a 3% discount rate and 7%
discount rate. The table includes ranges
of costs and benefits based on a video
camera having a 130- to 180-degree
horizontal viewing angle.
TABLE 18—SUMMARY OF ESTIMATED COSTS AND BENEFITS—3% AND 7% DISCOUNT RATE SCENARIOS 103
Fatalities
prevented
Applicability
Total cost
Passenger Cars, MPVs, Trucks, Buses with a GVWR of 10,000
pounds or less.
MPVs, Trucks, Buses with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less .....
$1.9–2.7 billion ........
0.8–1.2 billion ..........
Table 19 summarizes the impacts
based on a primary estimate which
assumes a 130 degree camera with the
display in the rearview mirror, a low
estimate that assumes ultrasonic sensors
and auditory warnings, and a high
estimate that assumes a 180 degree
camera with the display in the rearview
mirror. Property damage estimates are
included in the costs, and net property
Injuries
prevented
Net cost per
equivalent life saved
95–112
7,072–8,374
$11.8–19.7 million.
70–83
3,284–3,888
9.6–17.0 million.
damage costs are significantly different
(even in sign) between ultrasonic/radar
and any camera system.
TABLE 19—SUMMARY OF BENEFITS AND COSTS PASSENGER CARS AND LIGHT TRUCKS (MILLIONS 2007$) MY 2015 AND
THEREAFTER
Primary
estimate
Benefits:
Lifetime Monetized
Lifetime Monetized
Costs:
Lifetime Monetized
Lifetime Monetized
Net Benefits:
Lifetime Monetized
Lifetime Monetized
High estimate
$618.6
777.6
$37.1
46.7
$732.6
920.8
7
3
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
1,933.3
1,861.3
722.6
730.4
2,362.4
2,296.9
7
3
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
¥1,314.7
¥1,083.7
¥685.5
¥683.7
¥1,629.8
¥1,376.1
7
3
Your comments must be written and
in English. To ensure that your
comments are correctly filed in the
Docket, please include the docket
number of this document in your
comments.
Your comments must not be more
than 15 pages long. (49 CFR 553.21). We
established this limit to encourage you
to write your primary comments in a
concise fashion. However, you may
attach necessary additional documents
to your comments. There is no limit on
the length of the attachments.
Comments may be submitted to the
docket electronically by logging onto the
Docket Management System Web site at
https://www.regulations.gov. Follow the
online instructions for submitting
comments.
You may also submit two copies of
your comments, including the
attachments, to Docket Management at
the address given above under
ADDRESSES.
Please note that pursuant to the Data
Quality Act, in order for substantive
data to be relied upon and used by the
102 For illustration purposes, figures indicated
represent rear visibility improvement provided
using a rearview video system with 130-degree
video camera.
103 For illustration purposes, figures indicated
represent rear visibility improvement provided
using a rearview video system with 130-degree
video camera.
How do I prepare and submit
comments?
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Discount rate
(%)
.........................................................................................
.........................................................................................
VIII. Public Participation
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Low estimate
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
agency, it must meet the information
quality standards set forth in the OMB
and DOT Data Quality Act guidelines.
Accordingly, we encourage you to
consult the guidelines in preparing your
comments. OMB’s guidelines may be
accessed at https://www.whitehouse.gov/
omb/fedreg/reproducible.html. DOT’s
guidelines may be accessed at https://
dms.dot.gov.
How can I be sure that my comments
were received?
If you wish Docket Management to
notify you upon its receipt of your
comments, enclose a self-addressed,
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
stamped postcard in the envelope
containing your comments. Upon
receiving your comments, Docket
Management will return the postcard by
mail.
How do I submit confidential business
information?
If you wish to submit any information
under a claim of confidentiality, you
should submit three copies of your
complete submission, including the
information you claim to be confidential
business information, to the Chief
Counsel, NHTSA, at the address given
above under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT. In addition, you should
submit two copies, from which you
have deleted the claimed confidential
business information, to Docket
Management at the address given above
under ADDRESSES. When you send a
comment containing information
claimed to be confidential business
information, you should include a cover
letter setting forth the information
specified in our confidential business
information regulation. (49 CFR part
512.)
Will the agency consider late
comments?
We will consider all comments that
Docket Management receives before the
close of business on the comment
closing date indicated above under
DATES. To the extent possible, we will
also consider comments that Docket
Management receives after that date. If
Docket Management receives a comment
too late for us to consider in developing
a final rule (assuming that one is
issued), we will consider that comment
as an informal suggestion for future
rulemaking action.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
How can I read the comments submitted
by other people?
You may read the comments received
by Docket Management at the address
given above under ADDRESSES. The
hours of the Docket are indicated above
in the same location. You may also see
the comments on the Internet. To read
the comments on the Internet, go to
https://www.regulations.gov. Follow the
online instructions for accessing the
dockets.
Please note that even after the
comment closing date, we will continue
to file relevant information in the
Docket as it becomes available. Further,
some people may submit late comments.
Accordingly, we recommend that you
periodically check the Docket for new
material.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
IX. Rulemaking Analyses
A. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory
Planning and Review) and DOT
Regulatory Policies and Procedures
Executive Order 12866, ‘‘Regulatory
Planning and Review’’ (58 FR 51735,
October 4, 1993), provides for making
determinations whether a regulatory
action is ‘‘significant’’ and therefore
subject to OMB review and to the
requirements of the Executive Order.
The Order defines a ‘‘significant
regulatory action’’ as one that is likely to
result in a rule that may:
(1) Have an annual effect on the
economy of $100 million or more or
adversely affect in a material way the
economy, a sector of the economy,
productivity, competition, jobs, the
environment, public health or safety, or
State, local, or Tribal governments or
communities;
(2) Create a serious inconsistency or
otherwise interfere with an action taken
or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary
impact of entitlements, grants, user fees,
or loan programs or the rights and
obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues
arising out of legal mandates, the
President’s priorities, or the principles
set forth in the Executive Order.
We have considered the potential
impact of this proposal under Executive
Order 12866 and the Department of
Transportation’s regulatory policies and
procedures. This rulemaking is
economically significant because it is
likely to have an annual effect on the
economy of $100 million or more and
was reviewed by the Office of
Management and Budget under E.O.
12866. The rulemaking action has also
been determined to be significant under
the Department’s regulatory policies and
procedures. The preliminary regulatory
impact analysis (PRIA) fully discusses
the estimated costs and benefits of this
rulemaking action. The costs and
benefits are also summarized in section
VII of this preamble, supra.
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility
Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq., as amended by
the Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of
1996), whenever an agency is required
to publish a notice of proposed
rulemaking or final rule, it must prepare
and make available for public comment
a regulatory flexibility analysis that
describes the effect of the rule on small
entities (i.e., small businesses, small
organizations, and small governmental
jurisdictions). The Small Business
Administration’s regulations at 13 CFR
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76241
part 121 define a small business, in part,
as a business entity ‘‘which operates
primarily within the United States.’’ (13
CFR 121.105(a)). No regulatory
flexibility analysis is required if the
head of an agency certifies the proposal
will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. SBREFA amended the
Regulatory Flexibility Act to require
Federal agencies to provide a statement
of the factual basis for certifying that a
proposal will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities.
I hereby certify that this proposed rule
would not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. Small organizations and small
governmental units would not be
significantly affected since the potential
cost impacts associated with this action
would not significantly affect the price
of new motor vehicles. We believe that
the rulemaking would not have a
significant economic impact on the
small vehicle manufacturers because the
systems are not technically hard to
develop or install and the cost of the
systems ($160 to $200) is a small
proportion (less than half of one
percent) of the overall vehicle cost for
most of these specialty cars.
The proposal would directly affect
motor vehicle manufacturers and finalstage manufacturers. The majority of
motor vehicle manufacturers would not
qualify as a small business. There are
six manufacturers of passenger cars that
are small businesses.104 These
manufacturers, along with
manufacturers that do not qualify as a
small business, are already required to
comply with the current mirror
requirements of FMVSS No. 111.
Similarly, there are several
manufacturers of low-speed vehicles
that are small businesses. Currently,
FMVSS No. 111 does not apply to lowspeed vehicles, although they are
required to have basic mirrors pursuant
to FMVSS No. 500, Low-speed vehicles
(including the option of having either an
exterior driver-side mirror or an interior
rearview mirror). The addition of a
rearview video system can be
accomplished via the purchase of an
exterior video camera, integration of a
console video screen or the addition of
an interior rearview mirror-mounted
screen, and wiring to connect the two as
well as to connect them to the vehicle.
Because the K.T. Safety Act
encompasses all motor vehicles with a
GVWR or 10,000 pounds or less (except
motorcycles and trailers) in its mandate
104 Fisker, Mosler, Panoz, Saleen, Standard Taxi,
Tesla.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
76242
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
to reduce backovers, all of these small
manufacturers could be affected by the
proposed requirements. However, the
economic impact upon these entities
would not be significant for the
following reasons.
(1) Potential cost increases are small
compared to the price of the vehicles
being manufactured and can be passed
on to the consumer as nearly all
vehicles are subject to the proposed
requirements.
(2) The proposal provides four years
lead-time, the limit permitted by the
K.T. Safety Act, and would allow small
volume manufacturers the option of
waiting until the end of the phase-in
(until September 1, 2014) to meet the
rear visibility requirements.
In this NPRM, the agency has also
considered several alternatives that
could help to reduce the burden on
small businesses. The agency
considered an alternative under which
passenger cars would be required to be
equipped with either a visibility system
or with a system that includes an
ultrasonic sensor that monitors the
specified area behind the vehicle and an
audible warning, and other vehicles
rated at 10,000 pounds or less, gross
vehicle weight, would be required to be
equipped with a visibility system. This
alternative would have substantially
lower, but still significant, safety
benefits, substantially lower installation
costs and higher cost per equivalent life
saved. The agency also considered
reducing the types of vehicles subject to
rear visibility performance by excluding
low-speed vehicles explicitly or, in the
alternative, limiting the applicability of
the rule to MPVs and trucks with a
GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.
C. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)
NHTSA has examined today’s
proposal pursuant to Executive Order
13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999)
and concluded that no additional
consultation with States, local
governments or their representatives is
mandated beyond the rulemaking
process. The agency has concluded that
the rulemaking would not have
sufficient Federalism implications to
warrant consultation with State and
local officials or the preparation of a
Federalism summary impact statement.
The proposed rule would not have
‘‘substantial direct effects on the States,
on the relationship between the national
government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government.’’
NHTSA rules can preempt in two
ways. First, the National Traffic and
Motor Vehicle Safety Act contains an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
express preemption provision: ‘‘When a
motor vehicle safety standard is in effect
under this chapter, a State or a political
subdivision of a State may prescribe or
continue in effect a standard applicable
to the same aspect of performance of a
motor vehicle or motor vehicle
equipment only if the standard is
identical to the standard prescribed
under this chapter.’’ 49 U.S.C.
30103(b)(1). It is this statutory command
by Congress that preempts any nonidentical State legislative and
administrative law addressing the same
aspect of performance.
The express preemption provision set
forth above is subject to a savings clause
under which ‘‘[c]ompliance with a
motor vehicle safety standard prescribed
under this chapter does not exempt a
person from liability at common law.’’
49 U.S.C. 30103(e) Pursuant to this
provision, State common law tort causes
of action against motor vehicle
manufacturers that might otherwise be
preempted by the express preemption
provision are generally preserved.
However, the Supreme Court has
recognized the possibility, in some
instances, of implied preemption of
such State common law tort causes of
action by virtue of NHTSA’s rules, even
if not expressly preempted. This second
way that NHTSA rules can preempt is
dependent upon there being an actual
conflict between an FMVSS and the
higher standard that would effectively
be imposed on motor vehicle
manufacturers if someone obtained a
State common law tort judgment against
the manufacturer, notwithstanding the
manufacturer’s compliance with the
NHTSA standard. Because most NHTSA
standards established by an FMVSS are
minimum standards, a State common
law tort cause of action that seeks to
impose a higher standard on motor
vehicle manufacturers will generally not
be preempted. However, if and when
such a conflict does exist—for example,
when the standard at issue is both a
minimum and a maximum standard—
the State common law tort cause of
action is impliedly preempted. See
Geier v. American Honda Motor Co.,
529 U.S. 861 (2000).
Pursuant to Executive Order 13132
and 12988, NHTSA has considered
whether this proposal could or should
preempt State common law causes of
action. The agency’s ability to announce
its conclusion regarding the preemptive
effect of one of its rules reduces the
likelihood that preemption will be an
issue in any subsequent tort litigation.
To this end, the agency has examined
the nature (e.g., the language and
structure of the regulatory text) and
objectives of today’s proposal and finds
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
that this proposal, like many NHTSA
rules, prescribes only a minimum safety
standard. As such, NHTSA does not
intend that this proposal preempt state
tort law that would effectively impose a
higher standard on motor vehicle
manufacturers than that established by
today’s proposal. Establishment of a
higher standard by means of State tort
law would not conflict with the
minimum standard proposed here.
Without any conflict, there could not be
any implied preemption of a State
common law tort cause of action.
We solicit the comments of the States
and other interested parties on this
assessment of issues relevant to E.O.
13132.
D. Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice
Reform)
When promulgating a regulation,
Executive Order 12988 specifically
requires that the agency must make
every reasonable effort to ensure that the
regulation, as appropriate: (1) Specifies
in clear language the preemptive effect;
(2) specifies in clear language the effect
on existing Federal law or regulation,
including all provisions repealed,
circumscribed, displaced, impaired, or
modified; (3) provides a clear legal
standard for affected conduct rather
than a general standard, while
promoting simplification and burden
reduction; (4) specifies in clear language
the retroactive effect; (5) specifies
whether administrative proceedings are
to be required before parties may file
suit in court; (6) explicitly or implicitly
defines key terms; and (7) addresses
other important issues affecting clarity
and general draftsmanship of
regulations.
Pursuant to this Order, NHTSA notes
as follows. The preemptive effect of this
proposal is discussed above in
connection with E.O. 13132. NHTSA
notes further that there is no
requirement that individuals submit a
petition for reconsideration or pursue
other administrative proceeding before
they may file suit in court.
E. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
and Safety Risks)
Executive Order 13045, ‘‘Protection of
Children from Environmental Health
and Safety Risks,’’ (62 FR 19885; April
23, 1997) applies to any proposed or
final rule that: (1) Is determined to be
‘‘economically significant,’’ as defined in
Executive Order 12866, and (2) concerns
an environmental health or safety risk
that NHTSA has reason to believe may
have a disproportionate effect on
children. If a rule meets both criteria,
the agency must evaluate the
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
environmental health or safety effects of
the rule on children, and explain why
the rule is preferable to other potentially
effective and reasonably feasible
alternatives considered by the agency.
This proposed rule is subject to
Executive Order 13045 because it is
economically significant and available
data demonstrate that the safety risk
addressed by this proposal
disproportionately involves children,
especially very young ones. The issues
that must be analyzed under this
Executive Order are discussed
extensively in the preamble above and
in the PRIA.
F. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act
Under the National Technology
Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995
(NTTAA) (Pub. L. 104–113), ‘‘all Federal
agencies and departments shall use
technical standards that are developed
or adopted by voluntary consensus
standards bodies, using such technical
standards as a means to carry out policy
objectives or activities determined by
the agencies and departments.’’
Voluntary consensus standards are
technical standards (e.g., materials
specifications, test methods, sampling
procedures, and business practices) that
are developed or adopted by voluntary
consensus standards bodies, such as the
Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE).
The NTTAA directs us to provide
Congress, through OMB, explanations
when we decide not to use available and
applicable voluntary consensus
standards. The agency is not aware of
any applicable voluntary consensus
standards that apply to rearview video
systems.
While the agency examined two
voluntary industry standards,
International Standards Organization
(ISO) 17386 and ISO 15008, as
potentially relevant, the agency does not
believe that either is relevant and thus
has tentatively decided not to utilize
them. While both standards have
aspects that relate to the issue of rear
visibility performance, neither
addresses the specific type of rearview
video system being proposed in this
notice. ISO 17386, Maneuvering Aids
for Low Speed Operations (MALSO),
relates to the performance aspects of
sensor-based rear object detection
systems. While such systems were
considered, NHTSA has not proposed
them in this document, due to issues
related to driver performance. ISO
15008 relates to the ergonomic aspects
of in-vehicle screens.105 However, it
105 ISO 15008–2009 specifies minimum
requirements for the image quality and legibility of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
specifically does not apply to the types
of screens at issue in this proposal,
which would be required to show
closed-circuit video images.
Furthermore, in response to comments,
NHTSA endeavored to propose a
requirement that is as performance
based and technologically-neutral as
possible, to allow maximum design
freedom while still meeting the
performance requirements needed for
safety.
G. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
of 1995 requires agencies to prepare a
written assessment of the costs, benefits
and other effects of proposed or final
rules that include a Federal mandate
likely to result in the expenditure by
State, local or tribal governments, in the
aggregate, or by the private sector, of
more than $100 million annually
(adjusted for inflation with base year of
1995). NHTSA must comply with that
requirement in connection with this
rulemaking as the proposed rule would
result in expenditures by the private
sector of over $100 million annually.
As noted previously, the agency has
prepared a detailed economic
assessment in the PRIA. In that
assessment, the agency analyzes the
benefit and costs of a rear visibility
countermeasure performance
requirement for passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, buses, and low-speed vehicles
with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less.
NHTSA’s preliminary analysis indicates
that the proposal could result in private
expenditures of up to $2.7 billion
annually.
The PRIA also analyzes the expected
benefits and costs of a wide variety of
displays containing dynamic (changeable) visual
information presented to the driver of a road
vehicle by on-board transport information and
control systems (TICS) used while the vehicle is in
motion. These requirements are intended to be
independent of display technologies, while
reference to test methods and measurements for
assessing compliance with them have been
included where necessary.
ISO 15008–2009 is applicable to mainly
perceptual, and some basic cognitive, components
of the visual information including character
legibility and color recognition. It is not applicable
to other factors affecting performance and comfort
such as coding, format and dialogue characteristics,
or to display using:
Characters presented as part of a symbol or
pictorial information;
Superimposed information on the external field
(e.g., high-up displays);
Pictorial images (e.g., rear view camera);
Maps and topographic representations (e.g., those
for setting navigation systems); or
Quasi-static information.
https://www.iso.org/iso/iso_catalogue/
catalogue_ics/
catalogue_detail_ics.htm?csnumber=50805
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76243
alternative countermeasure options,
including mirrors, cameras, and sensors,
as specified in the K.T. Safety Act. The
agency subjected several types of each
class of countermeasure to thorough
effectiveness testing and cost-benefit
analysis. Additionally, the agency
previously published a detailed ANPRM
and separate PRIA, in order to explain
its thoughts on the technological
solutions available and solicit
information on costs, benefits, and
applications on all possible solutions to
the safety concern. NHTSA received a
large variety of comments on the
ANPRM and PRIA and used that
information in formulating the instant
proposal.
Although the application of the rear
visibility requirement to MPVs, trucks,
and passenger cars is the highest cost
option, the agency tentatively concludes
that the costs are justified. As explained
in detail in the PRIA for this NPRM,
after carefully exploring all possible
alternatives, NHTSA tentatively
concludes that rearview video systems
offer not only the highest overall
benefits, but also the most efficient cost
per life saved ratio.
Above, NHTSA solicits comment on
other alternatives, including one
alternative limiting the application of
rearview video systems to only MPVs
and trucks with a GVWR of 10,000
pounds or less and another alternative
requiring those systems for MPVs and
trucks and either sensors or those
systems for cars. The PRIA summarizes
the costs, benefits, and cost per life
saved for the proposal and these
alternatives. We note that, at this time,
while one of the alternatives has overall
lower costs and a slightly more efficient
cost per life saved ratio than NHTSA’s
proposal, the agency tentatively
concludes that the increased benefits of
the proposal, especially in terms of
fatalities and injuries to children, are
worth the additional costs above those
in the more limited alternative scenario.
Since the agency has estimated that
the proposed rule could result in
expenditures of over $1 billion
annually, NHTSA has performed a
probabilistic uncertainty analysis to
examine the degree of uncertainty in its
cost and benefit estimates and included
that analysis in the PRIA.
H. National Environmental Policy Act
NHTSA has analyzed this rulemaking
action for the purposes of the National
Environmental Policy Act. The agency
has determined that implementation of
this action would not have any
significant impact on the quality of the
human environment.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76244
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
I. Paperwork Reduction Act
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995 (PRA), a person is not required
to respond to a collection of information
by a Federal agency unless the
collection displays a valid OMB control
number. This proposal would include a
collection of information, i.e., the
proposed phase-in reporting
requirements. If approved, the
requirements would require
manufacturers of passenger cars and of
trucks, buses, MPVs and low-speed
vehicles with a GVWR of 4,536 kg
(10,000 lb) or less, to annually submit a
report for each of two years concerning
the number of such vehicles that meet
the rear visibility system requirements.
Accordingly, the Department of
Transportation will be submitting the
following information collection request
to OMB for review and clearance under
the PRA.
Agency: National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA).
Title: Phase-In Production Reporting
Requirements for Rear Visibility
Systems.
Type of Request: New request.
OMB Clearance Number: None
assigned.
Form Number: This collection of
information will not use any standard
forms.
Affected Public: The respondents are
manufacturers of passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, buses, and low-speed vehicles
having a gross vehicle weight rating of
4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or less. The
agency estimates that there are about 21
such manufacturers.
Estimate of the Total Annual
Reporting and Recordkeeping Burden
Resulting from the Collection of
Information: NHTSA estimates that the
total annual burden is 42 hours (2 hours
per manufacturer per year). Two reports
per manufacturer would be collected.
Estimated Costs: NHTSA estimates
that the total annual cost burden, in U.S.
dollars, will be $2,100. No additional
resources would be expended by vehicle
manufacturers to gather annual
production information because they
already compile this data for their own
uses.
Summary of the Collection of
Information: This collection would
require manufacturers of passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles,
trucks, buses, and low-speed vehicles
having a gross vehicle weight rating of
4,536 kg (10,000 pounds) or less to
provide motor vehicle production data
for the following two years: September
1, 2012 through August 31, 2013; and
September 1, 2013 through August 31,
2014.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
Description of the Need for the
Information and the Proposed Use of
the Information: The purpose of the
reporting requirements will be to aid
NHTSA in determining whether a
manufacturer has complied with the
requirements of Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 111, Rearview
Mirrors, during the phase-in of new
requirements for rear visibility systems.
NHTSA requests comments on the
agency’s estimates of the total annual
hour and cost burdens resulting from
this collection of information.
Organizations and individuals that wish
to submit comments on the information
collection requirements should direct
them to NHTSA’s docket for this NPRM.
These comments must be received on or
before February 7, 2011.
J. Plain Language
Executive Order 12866 requires each
agency to write all rules in plain
language. Application of the principles
of plain language includes consideration
of the following questions:
• Have we organized the material to
suit the public’s needs?
• Are the requirements in the rule
clearly stated?
• Does the rule contain technical
language or jargon that isn’t clear?
• Would a different format (grouping
and order of sections, use of headings,
paragraphing) make the rule easier to
understand?
• Would more (but shorter) sections
be better?
• Could we improve clarity by adding
tables, lists, or diagrams?
• What else could we do to make the
rule easier to understand?
If you have any responses to these
questions, please include them in your
comments on this proposal.
K. Regulation Identifier Number (RIN)
The Department of Transportation
assigns a regulation identifier number
(RIN) to each regulatory action listed in
the Unified Agenda of Federal
Regulations. The Regulatory Information
Service Center publishes the Unified
Agenda in April and October of each
year. You may use the RIN contained in
the heading at the beginning of this
document to find this action in the
Unified Agenda.
IX. Proposed Regulatory Text
List of Subjects in 49 CFR Parts 571 and
585
Motor vehicle safety, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, Tires.
In consideration of the foregoing,
NHTSA proposes to amend 49 CFR
parts 571 and 585 as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
PART 571—FEDERAL MOTOR
VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS
1. The authority citation for part 571
of title 49 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115,
30117, and 30166; delegation of authority at
49 CFR 1.50.
2. Section 571.111 is amended by
revising the heading, S1 and S3, adding
in alphabetical order the following
definitions to S4, and adding S5.5
through S5.5.3.7, S6.2 through S6.2.3.7,
S14 through S14.3.3, and Figures 5 and
6 to read as follows:
§ 571.111
Standard No. 111; Rear visibility.
S1. Scope. This standard specifies
requirements for rearview devices and
systems.
*
*
*
*
*
S3. Application. This standard
applies to passenger cars, multipurpose
passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, school
buses, motorcycles and low-speed
vehicles.
S4. Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Limited line manufacturer means a
manufacturer that sells three or fewer
carlines, as that term is defined in 49
CFR 583.4, in the United States during
a production year.
Rearview image means a visual image
of the area directly behind a vehicle that
is provided in a single location to the
vehicle operator and by means of
indirect vision.
Small manufacturer means an original
vehicle manufacturer that produces or
assembles fewer than 5,000 vehicles
annually for sale in the United States.
*
*
*
*
*
S5.5 Rear visibility.
(a) For passenger cars manufactured
on or after September 1, 2012, but not
later than August 31, 2014, a percentage
of each manufacturer’s production, as
specified in S5.5.3, shall display a
rearview image meeting the
requirements of S5.5.1 through S5.5.2.
(b) Each passenger car manufactured
on or after September 1, 2014, shall
display a rearview image meeting the
requirements of S5.5.1 through S5.5.2.
S5.5.1 Rearview image performance.
S5.5.1.1 Field of view. When tested
in accordance with the procedures in
S14.1 through S14.2.3, the rearview
image shall display, in a location visible
to a driver properly restrained by seat
belts:
(a) A minimum of a 150-mm wide
portion of each test object located at
positions F and G in Figure 5; and
(b) The full width and height of each
test object located at positions A
through E in Figure 5.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
S5.5.1.2 Size. When the rearview
image is measured in accordance with
the procedures in S14.1 through
S14.2.3, the calculated visual angle
subtended by the horizontal width of:
(a) The three test objects located at
positions A, B, and C in Figure 5 shall
average not less than 5 minutes of arc;
and
(b) The angular size of each
individual test object (A, B, and C) shall
not be less than 3 minutes of arc.
S5.5.1.3 Response time. The
rearview image meeting the
requirements of S5.5.1 through 5.5.1.6
shall be displayed within 2.0 seconds of
the time at which the vehicle
transmission is shifted into reverse gear;
and
S5.5.1.4 Linger time. The rearview
image shall not be displayed for more
than 10.0 seconds after the vehicle
transmission has been shifted out of
reverse gear.
S5.5.1.5 Deactivation. The rearview
image shall not be extinguishable by any
driver-controlled means.
S5.5.1.6 Display luminance. When
tested in accordance with S14.2, the
luminance of an interior visual display
used to present the rearview image shall
not be less than 500 cd/m2.
S5.5.2 Durability performance. After
the vehicle is subjected to the test
procedures in S14.2.1 through S14.2.3,
the vehicle shall meet the requirements
of S5.5.1.1 and S5.5.1.2.
S5.5.3 Phase-in schedule.
S5.5.3.1 Vehicles manufactured on
or after September 1, 2012 and before
September 1, 2014. At any time during
the production years ending August 31,
2012 and August 31, 2013, each
manufacturer shall, upon request from
the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance,
provide information identifying the
vehicles (by make, model and vehicle
identification number) that have been
certified as complying with this
standard. The manufacturer’s
designation of a vehicle as a certified
vehicle is irrevocable.
S5.5.3.2 Vehicles manufactured on
or after September 1, 2012 and before
September 1, 2013. Except as provided
in S5.5.3.4, for passenger cars
manufactured by a manufacturer on or
after September 1, 2012, and before
September 1, 2013, the number of
passenger cars complying with S5.5
through S5.5.2 shall be not less than 10
percent of the manufacturer’s—
(a) Production of passenger cars
during that period; or
(b) Average annual production of
passenger cars manufactured in the
three previous production years.
S5.5.3.3 Vehicles manufactured on
or after September 1, 2013 and before
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
September 1, 2014. Except as provided
in S5.5.3.4, for passenger cars
manufactured by a manufacturer on or
after September 1, 2013, and before
September 1, 2014, the number of
passenger cars complying with S5.5
through S5.5.2 shall be not less than 40
percent of the manufacturer’s—
(a) Production of passenger cars
during that period; or
(b) Average annual production of
passenger cars manufactured in the
three previous production years.
S5.5.3.4 Exclusions from phase-in.
The requirements in S5.5.3.2 and
S5.5.3.3 do not apply to—
(a) Vehicles that are manufactured by
small manufacturers or by limited line
manufacturers.
(b) Vehicles that are altered (within
the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) before
September 1, 2014, after having been
previously certified in accordance with
part 567 of this chapter, and vehicles
manufactured in two or more stages
before September 1, 2014.
S5.5.3.5 Vehicles produced by more
than one manufacturer. For the purpose
of calculating average annual
production of vehicles for each
manufacturer and the number of
vehicles manufactured by each
manufacturer under S5.5.3.1 through
S5.5.3.3, a vehicle produced by more
than one manufacturer shall be
attributed to a single manufacturer as
follows, subject to S5.5.3.6—
(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be
attributed to the importer.
(b) A vehicle manufactured in the
United States by more than one
manufacturer, one of which also
markets the vehicle, shall be attributed
to the manufacturer that markets the
vehicle.
S5.5.3.6 A vehicle produced by
more than one manufacturer shall be
attributed to any one of the vehicle’s
manufacturers specified by an express
written contract, reported to the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration under 49 CFR part 585,
between the manufacturer so specified
and the manufacturer to which the
vehicle would otherwise be attributed
under S5.5.3.5.
S5.5.3.7 Calculation of complying
vehicles.
(a) For the purposes of calculating the
vehicles complying with S5.5.3.2, a
manufacturer may count a vehicle if it
is manufactured on or after [date that is
30 days after publication of the final
rule in the Federal Register] but before
September 1, 2013.
(b) For purposes of complying with
S5.5.3.3, a manufacturer may count a
vehicle if it—
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
76245
(1) Is manufactured on or after [date
that is 30 days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register] but
before September 1, 2014 and,
(2) Is not counted toward compliance
with S5.5.3.2.
(c) For the purposes of calculating
average annual production of vehicles
for each manufacturer and the number
of vehicles manufactured by each
manufacturer, each vehicle that is
excluded from having to meet the
applicable requirement is not counted.
*
*
*
*
*
S6.2 Rear visibility.
(a) For multipurpose passenger
vehicles, low-speed vehicles, trucks,
and buses with a GVWR of 4.536 kg or
less manufactured on or after September
1, 2012, but not later than August 31,
2014, a percentage of each
manufacturer’s production, as specified
in S6.2.3, shall display a rearview image
meeting the requirements of S6.2.1
through S6.2.2.
(b) Each multipurpose passenger
vehicle, low-speed vehicle, truck, and
bus with a GVWR of 4.536 kg or less
manufactured on or after September 1,
2014, shall display a rearview image
meeting the requirements of S6.2.1
through S6.2.2.
S6.2.1 Rearview image performance.
S6.2.1.1 Field of view. When tested
in accordance with the procedures in
S14.1 through S14.2.3, the rearview
image shall display, in a location visible
to a driver properly restrained by seat
belts:
(a) A minimum of a 150-mm wide
portion of each test object located at
positions F and G in Figure 5; and
(b) The full width and height of each
test object located at positions A
through E in Figure 5.
S6.2.1.2 Size. When the rearview
image is measured in accordance with
the procedures in S14.1 through
S14.2.3, the calculated visual angle—
subtended by the horizontal width of
(a) The three test objects located at
positions A, B, and C in Figure 5 shall
average not less than 5 minutes of arc;
and
(b) The angular size of each
individual test object (A, B, and C) shall
not be less than 3 minutes of arc.
S6.2.1.3 Response time. The
rearview image meeting the
requirements of S6.2.1 through 6.2.1.6
shall be displayed within 2.0 seconds of
the time at which the vehicle
transmission is shifted into reverse gear;
and
S6.2.1.4 Linger time. The rearview
image shall not be displayed for more
than 10.0 seconds after the vehicle
transmission has been shifted out of
reverse gear.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76246
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
S6.2.1.5 Deactivation. The rearview
image shall not be extinguishable by any
driver-controlled means.
S6.2.1.6 Display luminance. When
tested in accordance with S14.2, the
luminance of an interior visual display
used to present the rearview image shall
not be less than 500 cd/m2.
S6.2.2 Durability performance. After
the vehicle is subjected to the test
procedures in S14.2.1 through S14.2.3,
the vehicle shall meet the requirements
of S6.2.1.1 and S6.2.1.2.
S6.2.3 Phase-in schedule.
S6.2.3.1 Vehicles manufactured on
or after September 1, 2012 and before
September 1, 2014. At any time during
the production years ending August 31,
2012 and August 31, 2013, each
manufacturer shall, upon request from
the Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance,
provide information identifying the
vehicles (by make, model and vehicle
identification number) that have been
certified as complying with this
standard. The manufacturer’s
designation of a vehicle as a certified
vehicle is irrevocable.
S6.2.3.2 Vehicles manufactured on
or after September 1, 2012 and before
September 1, 2013. Except as provided
in S6.2.3.4, for multipurpose passenger
vehicles, trucks, buses, and low-speed
vehicles with a GVWR of 4.536 kg or
less, manufactured by a manufacturer
on or after September 1, 2012, and
before September 1, 2013, the number of
such vehicles complying with S6.2
through S6.2.2 shall be not less than 33
percent of the manufacturer’s—
(a) Production of such vehicles during
that period; or
(b) Average annual production of such
vehicles manufactured in the three
previous production years.
S6.2.3.3 Vehicles manufactured on
or after September 1, 2013 and before
September 1, 2014. Except as provided
in S6.2.3.4, for multipurpose passenger
vehicles, trucks, buses, and low-speed
vehicles with a GVWR of 4.536 kg or
less, manufactured by a manufacturer
on or after September 1, 2013, and
before September 1, 2014, the number of
such vehicles complying with S6.2
through S6.2.2 shall be not less than 67
percent of the manufacturer’s—
(a) production of such vehicles during
that period; or
(b) average annual production of such
vehicles manufactured in the three
previous production years.
S6.2.3.4 Exclusions from phase-in.
The requirements in S6.2.3.2 and
S6.2.3.3 do not apply to—
(a) Vehicles that are manufactured by
small manufacturers or by limited line
manufacturers.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
(b) Vehicles that are altered (within
the meaning of 49 CFR 567.7) before
September 1, 2014, after having been
previously certified in accordance with
part 567 of this chapter, and vehicles
manufactured in two or more stages
before September 1, 2014.
S6.2.3.5 Vehicles produced by more
than one manufacturer. For the purpose
of calculating average annual
production of vehicles for each
manufacturer and the number of
vehicles manufactured by each
manufacturer under S6.2.3.1 through
S6.2.3.3, a vehicle produced by more
than one manufacturer shall be
attributed to a single manufacturer as
follows, subject to S6.2.3.6—
(a) A vehicle that is imported shall be
attributed to the importer.
(b) A vehicle manufactured in the
United States by more than one
manufacturer, one of which also
markets the vehicle, shall be attributed
to the manufacturer that markets the
vehicle.
S6.2.3.6 A vehicle produced by
more than one manufacturer shall be
attributed to any one of the vehicle’s
manufacturers specified by an express
written contract, reported to the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration under 49 CFR part 585,
between the manufacturer so specified
and the manufacturer to which the
vehicle would otherwise be attributed
under S6.2.3.5.
S6.2.3.7 Calculation of complying
vehicles.
(a) For the purposes of calculating the
vehicles complying with S6.2.3.2, a
manufacturer may count a vehicle if it
is manufactured on or after [date that is
30 days after publication of the final
rule in the Federal Register] but before
September 1, 2013.
(b) For purposes of complying with
S6.2.3.3, a manufacturer may count a
vehicle if it—
(1) Is manufactured on or after [date
that is 30 days after publication of the
final rule in the Federal Register] but
before September 1, 2014 and,
(2) Is not counted toward compliance
with S6.2.3.2.
(c) For the purposes of calculating
average annual production of vehicles
for each manufacturer and the number
of vehicles manufactured by each
manufacturer, each vehicle that is
excluded from having to meet the
applicable requirement is not counted.
*
*
*
*
*
S14 Rear visibility test procedure.
S14.1 Test setup.
S14.1.1 Lighting. The ambient
illumination conditions in which testing
is conducted consists of light that is
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
evenly distributed from above and is at
an intensity of 10,000 lux, as measured
at the center of the exterior surface of
vehicle’s roof.
S14.1.2 Vehicle conditions.
S14.1.2.1 Tires. The vehicle’s tires
are set to the vehicle manufacturer’s
recommended cold inflation pressure.
S14.1.2.2 Fuel tank loading. The
fuel tank is full.
S14.1.2.3 Vehicle load. The vehicle
is loaded to simulate the weight of the
driver and four passengers or the
designated occupant capacity, if less,
based on an average occupant weight of
68 kg. The weight of each occupant is
represented by 45 kg resting on the seat
pan and 23 kg resting on the vehicle
floorboard.
S14.1.2.4 Driver’s seat positioning.
S14.1.2.4.1 Adjust the driver’s seat
to the midpoint of the longitudinal
adjustment range.
S14.1.2.4.2 Adjust the driver’s seat
to the lowest point of all vertical
adjustment ranges present.
S14.1.2.4.3 Using the three
dimensional SAE J826 (rev. Jul 95)
manikin, adjust the driver’s seat back
angle at the vertical portion of the Hpoint machine’s torso weight hanger to
25 degrees. If this adjustment setting is
not available, adjust the seat-back angle
to the positional detent setting closest to
25 degrees in the direction of the
manufacturer’s nominal design riding
position.
S14.1.3 Test object. Each test object
is a right circular cylinder that is 0.8 m
high and 0.3 m in external diameter.
There are seven test objects, A–G. Test
objects A, B, C, D, and E are marked
with a horizontal band encompassing
the uppermost 150 mm of the side of the
cylinder. Test objects F and G are
marked on the side with a solid vertical
stripe of 150 mm width extending from
the top to the bottom of each cylinder.
Both the horizontal band and vertical
stripe shall be of a color that contrasts
with both the rest of the cylinder and
the test surface.
S14.1.4 Test object locations and
orientation. Place cylinders at locations
specified in S14.1.5(a) through(d) and
illustrated in Figure 5. Measure the
distances shown in Figure 5 from a
cylinder to another cylinder or another
object from the center (axis) of the
cylinder as viewed from above. Each
test object is oriented so that its axis is
vertical.
(a) Place cylinders G and F so that
their centers are in a transverse vertical
plane that is 0.3 m to the rear of a
transverse vertical plane tangent to the
rearmost surface of the rear bumper.
Place cylinders E and D so that their
centers are in a transverse vertical plane
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
and the camera lens is directed at the
center of the visual display’s rearview
image. Affix a ruler at the base of the
rearview image in an orientation
parallel with a transverse cylinder
centerline. Photograph the image of the
visual display with the ruler included in
the frame.
S14.1.6.1 Extract photographic data.
Using the photograph, measure the
horizontal width of a 50 mm delineated
section of the in-photo ruler along the
edge closest to the rearview image and
at a point that would fall along the
longitudinal centerline of the vehicle.
Using the photograph, measure the
horizontal width of the colored band at
the upper portion of each of the three
test objects located at positions A, B,
and C in Figure 5. Define the measured
horizontal widths of the colored bands
of the three test objects as da, db, and dc.
S14.1.6.2 Obtain scaling factor.
Using the measured length of the 50 mm
portion of the ruler as it appears in the
photograph, divide this value by 50 mm
to obtain a scaling factor. Define this
scaling factor as sscale.
S14.1.6.3 Determine viewing
distance. Determine the actual distance
from the rotated eye midpoint location
(Mr) to the center of the rearview image.
Define this viewing distance as aeye.
S14.1.6.4 Calculate visual angle
subtended by test objects. Use the
following equation to calculate the
subtended visual angles:
where i can take on the value of either test
object A, B, or C, and arcsine is calculated
in units of degrees.
S14.2 Visual display luminance
testing. The visual display luminance is
measured at room temperature in a dark
room using a spectroradiometer. The
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
minimum specified value of 500 cd/m2
must be met at any measured point
within the display.
S14.3 Durability testing.
S14.3.1 Corrosion test procedure.
The vehicle is subjected to two 24-hour
corrosion test cycles. In each corrosion
test cycle, a portion of the vehicle,
which must include all exterior
components of the rear visibility system,
is subjected to a salt spray (fog) test in
accordance with ASTM B117–73,
Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing
(incorporated by reference, see § 571.5)
for a period of 24 hours. Allow 1 hour
to elapse without spray between the two
test cycles.
S14.3.2 Humidity exposure
procedure. The vehicle is subjected to
24 consecutive 3-hour humidity test
cycles. In each humidity test cycle, the
exterior of the vehicle is subjected to a
temperature of 100° + 7° ¥ 0 °F (38° +
4 °C) with a relative humidity of not less
than 90% for a period of 2 hours. After
a period not to exceed 5 minutes, the
exterior of the vehicle is subjected to a
temperature of 32° + 5° ¥ 0 °F (0° + 3°
¥0 °C) and a humidity of not more than
30% ±° 10% for 1 hour. Allow no more
than 5 minutes to elapse between each
test cycle.
S14.3.3 Temperature exposure
procedure. The vehicle is subjected to 4
consecutive 2-hour temperature test
cycles. In each temperature test cycle,
the exterior of the vehicle is first
subjected to a temperature of 176° ± 5
°F (60° ± 3 °C) for a period of one hour.
After a period not to exceed 5 minutes,
the exterior of the vehicle is subjected
to a temperature of 32° + 5° ¥ 0 °F (0°
+ 3° ¥ 0 °C) for 1 hour. Allow no more
than 5 minutes to elapse between each
test cycle.
BILLING CODE 4910–59–P
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
EP07DE10.015
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
that is 0.9 m to the rear of a transverse
vertical plane tangent to the rearmost
surface of the rear bumper. Place
cylinders A, B and C so that their
centers are in a transverse vertical plane
that is 6.1 m to the rear of a transverse
vertical plane tangent to the rearmost
surface of the rear bumper.
(b) Place cylinder B so that its center
is in a longitudinal vertical plane
passing through the vehicle’s
longitudinal centerline.
(c) Place cylinders C, E, and G so that
their centers are in a longitudinal
vertical plane located 1.5 m, measured
laterally and horizontally, to the left of
the vehicle longitudinal center line.
(d) Place cylinders A, D, and F so that
their centers are in a longitudinal
vertical plane located 1.5 m, measured
laterally and horizontally, to the right of
the vehicle longitudinal center line.
S14.1.5 Test reference point. To
obtain the test reference point, locate
the center of the forward-looking eye
midpoint (Mf) of a 50th percentile male
driver in the sagittal plane of the
driver’s body, 632 mm vertically above
the H point and 96 mm aft of the H
point (H), as illustrated in Figure 6.
Next, locate the head/neck joint center
(J) illustrated in Figure 6 so that it is
located 100 mm rearward of Mf and 588
mm vertically above the H point. Draw
an imaginary horizontal line between Mf
and a point vertically above J, defined
as J2. Rotate the imaginary line about J2
in the direction of the rearview image
until the straight-line distance between
Mf and the center of the visual display
reaches the shortest possible value.
Define this new, rotated location of Mf
to be Mr (eye midpoint rotated).
S14.1.6 Measurement procedure.
Locate a 35 mm or larger format still
camera, video camera, or digital
equivalent such that the center of the
camera’s image plane is located at Mr
76247
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
EP07DE10.013
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
76248
BILLING CODE 4910–59–C
3. Section 571.500 is amended by
adding paragraph (11) at the end of
paragraph S5(b) to read as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
§ 571.500
vehicles.
*
Standard No. 500; Low-speed
*
*
S5.* * *
(b)* * *
PO 00000
Frm 00065
*
Fmt 4701
*
Sfmt 4702
76249
(11) Low-speed vehicles shall comply
with the rear visibility requirements
specified in S5.5 and S6.2 of FMVSS
No. 111.
*
*
*
*
*
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
EP07DE10.014
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
76250
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 / Proposed Rules
PART 585—PHASE–IN REPORTING
REQUIREMENTS
4. The authority citation for part 585
would continue to read as follows:
weight rating (GVWR) of 4,536
kilograms (kg) (10,000 pounds (lb)) or
less.
§ 585.124
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 322, 30111, 30115,
30117, and 30166; delegation of authority at
49 CFR 1.50.
5. Part 585 is amended by adding
subpart M to read as follows:
Subpart M—Rear Visibility Improvements
Reporting Requirements
Sec.
585.121 Scope.
585.122 Purpose.
585.123 Applicability.
585.124 Definitions.
585.125 Response to inquiries.
585.126 Reporting requirements.
585.127 Records.
§ 585.125
Subpart M—Rear Visibility
Improvements Reporting
Requirements
§ 585.121
Scope.
This part establishes requirements for
manufacturers of passenger cars, of
trucks, buses, multipurpose passenger
vehicles and low-speed vehicles with a
gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of
4,536 kilograms (kg) (10,000 pounds
(lb)) or less, to submit a report, and
maintain records related to the report,
concerning the number of such vehicles
that meet the rear visibility
requirements (S5.5 and S6.2) of
Standard No. 111, Rearview mirrors (49
CFR 571.111).
§ 585.122
Purpose.
The purpose of these reporting
requirements is to assist the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
in determining whether a manufacturer
has complied with the rear visibility
requirements (S5.5 and S6.2) of
Standard No. 111, Rearview mirrors (49
CFR 571.111).
§ 585.123
Applicability.
srobinson on DSKHWCL6B1PROD with PROPOSALS3
This part applies to manufacturers of
passenger cars, of trucks, buses,
multipurpose passenger vehicles and
low-speed vehicles with a gross vehicle
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:26 Dec 06, 2010
Jkt 223001
Definitions.
(a) All terms defined in 49 U.S.C.
30102 are used in their statutory
meaning.
(b) Bus, gross vehicle weight rating or
GVWR, low-speed vehicle, multipurpose
passenger vehicle, passenger car, and
truck are used as defined in § 571.3 of
this chapter.
(c) Production year means the 12month period between September 1 of
one year and August 31 of the following
year, inclusive.
Response to inquiries.
At anytime during the production
years ending August 31, 2013, and
August 31, 2014, each manufacturer
shall, upon request from the Office of
Vehicle Safety Compliance, provide
information identifying the vehicles (by
make, model and vehicle identification
number) that have been certified as
complying with the rear visibility
requirements of Standard No. 111,
Rearview mirrors (49 CFR 571.111). The
manufacturer’s designation of a vehicle
as a certified vehicle is irrevocable.
§ 585.126
Reporting requirements.
(a) Advanced credit phase-in
reporting requirements. Within 60 days
after the end of the production year
ending August 31, 2012, each
manufacturer choosing to certify
vehicles manufactured during that
production year as complying with the
rear visibility requirements of Standard
No. 111 (49 CFR 571.111) shall submit
a report to the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration providing the
information specified in paragraph (c) of
this section and in § 585.2 of this part.
(b) Phase-in reporting requirements.
Within 60 days after the end of each of
the production years ending August 31,
2013 and August 31, 2014, each
manufacturer shall submit a report to
the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration concerning its
compliance with the rear visibility
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
requirements of Standard No. 111 (49
CFR 571.111) for its vehicles produced
in that year. Each report shall provide
the information specified in paragraph
(d) of this section and in section 585.2
of this part.
(c) Advanced credit phase-in report
content; production of complying
vehicles. With respect to the reports
identified in § 585.126(a), each
manufacturer shall report for the
production year for which the report is
filed the number of vehicles, by make
and model year, that are certified as
meeting the rear visibility requirements
of Standard No. 111 (49 CFR 571.111).
(d) Phase-in report content—
(1) Basis for phase-in production
goals. Each manufacturer shall provide
the number of vehicles manufactured in
the current production year, or, at the
manufacturer’s option, in each of the
three previous production years. A new
manufacturer that is, for the first time,
manufacturing vehicles for sale in the
United States must report the number of
vehicles manufactured during the
current production year.
(2) Production of complying vehicles.
Each manufacturer shall report for the
production year being reported on, and
each preceding production year, to the
extent that vehicles produced during the
preceding years are treated under
Standard No. 111 as having been
produced during the production year
being reported on, information on the
number of vehicles that meet the rear
visibility requirements of Standard No.
111 (49 CFR 571.111).
§ 585.127
Records.
Each manufacturer shall maintain
records of the Vehicle Identification
Number for each vehicle for which
information is reported under § 585.126
until December 31, 2020.
Issued on: November 29, 2010.
Joseph S. Carra,
Acting Associate Administrator for
Rulemaking.
[FR Doc. 2010–30353 Filed 12–3–10; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4910–59–P
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 234 (Tuesday, December 7, 2010)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 76186-76250]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-30353]
[[Page 76185]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part IV
Department of Transportation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
49 CFR Parts 571 and 585
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard, Rearview Mirrors; Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard, Low-Speed Vehicles Phase-In Reporting
Requirements; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 234 / Tuesday, December 7, 2010 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 76186]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
49 CFR Parts 571 and 585
[Docket No. NHTSA-2010-0162]
RIN 2127-AK43
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard, Rearview Mirrors; Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard, Low-Speed Vehicles Phase-In Reporting
Requirements
AGENCY: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA),
Department of Transportation (DOT).
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Cameron Gulbransen Kids Transportation Safety Act of 2007
directs NHTSA to issue a final rule amending the agency's Federal motor
vehicle safety standard on rearview mirrors to improve the ability of a
driver to detect pedestrians in the area immediately behind his or her
vehicle and thereby minimize the likelihood of a vehicle's striking a
pedestrian while its driver is backing the vehicle. Pursuant to this
mandate, NHTSA is proposing to expand the required field of view for
all passenger cars, trucks, multipurpose passenger vehicles, buses, and
low-speed vehicles rated at 10,000 pounds or less, gross vehicle
weight. Specifically, NHTSA is proposing to specify an area immediately
behind each vehicle that the driver must be able to see when the
vehicle's transmission is in reverse. It appears that, in the near
term, the only technology available with the ability to comply with
this proposal would be a rear visibility system that includes a rear-
mounted video camera and an in-vehicle visual display. Adoption of this
proposal would significantly reduce fatalities and injuries caused by
backover crashes involving children, persons with disabilities, the
elderly, and other pedestrians.
In light of the difficulty of effectively addressing of the
backover safety problem through technologies other than camera systems
and given the differences in the effectiveness and cost of the
available technologies, we developed several alternatives that,
compared to the proposal, offer less, but at least in one case still
substantial, benefits and do so at reduced cost. We seek comment on
those alternatives and on other possible ways to achieve the statutory
objective and meet the statutory requirements at lower cost.
DATES: You should submit your comments early enough to ensure that the
docket receives them not later than February 7, 2011.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments to the docket number identified in
the heading of this document by any of the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal: Go to https://www.regulations.gov. Follow the online instructions for submitting
comments.
Mail: Docket Management Facility: U.S. Department of
Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., West Building Ground
Floor, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
Hand Delivery or Courier: 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m. ET,
Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
Fax: 202-493-2251.
Instructions: For detailed instructions on submitting comments and
additional information on the rulemaking process, see the Public
Participation heading of the Supplementary Information section of this
document. Note that all comments received will be posted without change
to https://www.regulations.gov, including any personal information
provided. Please see the ``Privacy Act'' heading below.
Privacy Act: Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all
comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual
submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf
of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review DOT's
complete Privacy Act Statement in the Federal Register published on
April 11, 2000 (65 FR 19477-78) or you may visit https://DocketInfo.dot.gov.
Docket: For access to the docket to read background documents or
comments received, go to https://www.regulations.gov or the street
address listed above. Follow the online instructions for accessing the
dockets.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For technical issues, you may contact
Mr. Markus Price, Office of Vehicle Rulemaking, Telephone: (202) 666-
0098. Facsimile: (202) 666-7002. For legal issues, you may contact Mr.
Steve Wood, Office of Chief Counsel, Telephone (202) 366-2992.
Facsimile: (202) 366-3820. You may send mail to these officials at: The
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Attention: NVS-010,
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington DC 20590.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Executive Summary
II. Background
A. Cameron Gulbransen Kids Transportation Safety Act of 2007
B. Applicability
C. Backover Crash Safety Problem
i. Definitions and Summary
ii. Backover Crash Risk by Crash and Vehicle Type
iii. Backover Crash Risk by Victim Age
iv. Special Crash Investigation of Backover Crashes
v. Analysis of Backover Crash Risk by Pedestrian Location Using
Monte Carlo Simulation
D. Comparative Regulatory Requirements
i. Current FMVSS No. 111
ii. Relevant European Regulations (Also United Kingdom and
Australia)
iii. Relevant Regulations in Japan and Korea
iv. State Regulations
III. Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
A. Technologies To Mitigate Backover Crashes
i. Rear-Mounted Convex Mirrors
ii. Rearview Video Systems
iii. Sensor-Based Rear Object Detection Systems
iv. Multi-Technology (Sensor + Video Camera) Systems
v. Other Technologies
B. Approaches for Improving Vehicles' Rear Visibility
C. Rear Visibility Measurement
D. Possible Countermeasure Performance Specifications
E. Summary of Comments Received
i. Measurement of Rear Blind Zone Area and Its Use as a Basis
for Determination of Countermeasure Need
ii. Application of Countermeasures Among Vehicle Types
iii. Use and Efficacy of Rear-Mounted Mirror Systems, and Convex
Driver's-Side Mirrors
iv. Use of Monte Carlo Simulation of Backover Crash Risk for
Development of a Required Countermeasure Coverage Area
v. Use and Efficacy of Sensor-Based Systems
vi. Use and Efficacy of Rearview Video Systems
vii. Characteristics of Rearview Video Systems
viii. Development of a Performance-Based or Technology-Neutral
Standard
ix. Other Issues
x. Suggested Alternative Proposals
xi. Costs and Benefits
F. Questions Posed and Summary Response
i. Technologies for Improving Rear Visibility
ii. Drivers' Use and Associated Effectiveness of Available
Technologies To Mitigate Backover Crashes
iii. Approaches for Improving Vehicles' Rear Visibility
iv. Options for Measuring a Vehicle's Rear Visibility
v. Options for Assessing the Performance of Rear Visibility
Countermeasures
vi. Options for Characterizing Rear Visibility Countermeasures
IV. Analysis of ANPRM Comments and NHTSA's Tentative Conclusions
[[Page 76187]]
A. Application of Rear Visibility Systems Across the Light
Vehicle Fleet
B. Limitation of Countermeasure Application to Certain Vehicle
Types
C. Using Blind Zone Area as a Basis for Countermeasure
Requirement
D. Use of Convex Driver's-Side Mirrors
E. Advanced Systems and Combination Sensor/Rearview Video
Systems
F. Rear Field of View
G. Rear Visibility System Characteristics
i. Rearview Image Response Time
ii. Rearview Image Linger Time
iii. Rear Visibility System Visual Display Brightness
iv. Rear Visibility System Malfunction Indicator
H. Rear Visibility System Compliance Test
i. Compliance Test Ambient Light Level
ii. Compliance Test Object
V. NHTSA Research Subsequent to the ANPRM
A. Rearview Video Systems With In-Mirror Visual Displays
B. Rear-Mounted Convex Mirrors
C. Rear Sensor Systems
D. Ability of Rear Sensor Systems To Detect Small Child
Pedestrians
VI. Countermeasure Effectiveness Estimation Based on NHTSA Research
Data
A. Situation Avoidability
B. System Performance
C. Driver Performance
D. Determining Overall Effectiveness
VII. Proposal To Mandate Improved Rear Visibility
A. Proposed Specifications
i. Improved Rear Field of View
ii. Visual Display Requirements
a. Rearview Image Size
b. Image Response Time
c. Image Linger Time
d. Visual Display Luminance
e. Other Aspects of Visual Display
iii. Requirements for External System Components
B. Proposed Compliance Tests
i. Ambient Lighting Conditions
ii. Rear Visibility Test Object
iii. Rear Visibility Compliance Test Procedures
a. Rear Field of View Test Procedure
b. Rearview Image Size Test Procedure
C. Proposed Effective Date and Phase-In Schedule
D. Potential Alternatives
E. Summary of Estimated Effectiveness, Costs and Benefits of
Available Technologies
F. Comparison of Regulatory Alternatives
i. System Effectiveness
ii. Costs
iii. Benefits
iv. Net Benefits
v. Cost Effectiveness
VIII. Public Participation
IX. Regulatory Analyses
A. Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review) and
DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures
B. Regulatory Flexibility Act
C. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)
D. Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice Reform)
E. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of Children From
Environmental Health and Safety Risks)
F. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
G. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
H. National Environmental Policy Act
I. Paperwork Reduction Act
J. Plain Language
K. Regulation Identifier Number (RIN)
X. Proposed Regulatory Text
I. Executive Summary
In this notice, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) is proposing to expand the current rear visibility requirements
of all passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses,
and low-speed vehicles with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of
10,000 pounds (lb) or less by specifying an area behind the vehicle
that a driver must be able to see when the vehicle is in reverse gear.
This rulemaking action is being undertaken in response to the Cameron
Gulbransen Kids Transportation Safety Act of 2007 \1\ (the ``K.T.
Safety Act,'' or the ``Act''), which required that NHTSA undertake
rulemaking to expand the required field of view to enable the driver of
a motor vehicle to detect areas behind the vehicle to reduce death and
injury resulting from backing incidents known as backover crashes. A
backover crash is a specifically-defined type of incident in which a
non-occupant of a vehicle (most commonly, a pedestrian, but it could
also be a cyclist) is struck by a vehicle moving in reverse.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cameron Gulbransen Kids Transportation Safety Act of 2007,
(Pub. L. 110-189, 122 Stat. 639-642), Sec. 4 (2007).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Our assessment of available safety data indicates that on average
there are 292 fatalities and 18,000 injuries (3,000 of which we judge
to be incapacitating \2\) resulting from backover crashes every year.
Of those, 228 fatalities and 17,000 injuries were attributed to
backover incidents involving light vehicles (passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks, buses, and low-speed vehicles)
with a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ The Manual on Classification of Motor Vehicle Traffic
Accidents (ANSI D16.1) defines ``incapacitating injury'' as ``any
injury, other than a fatal injury, which prevents the injured person
from walking, driving or normally continuing the activities the
person was capable of performing before the injury occurred''
(Section 2.3.4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In analyzing the data, we made several tentative findings. First,
many of these incidents occur off public roadways, in areas such as
driveways and parking lots and involve parents (or caregivers)
accidentally backing over children. Second, children under five years
of age represent approximately 44 percent of the fatalities, which we
believe to be a uniquely high percentage for a particular crash mode.
Third and finally, when pickups and multipurpose passenger vehicles
strike a pedestrian in a backover crash, the incident is four times
more likely to result in a fatality than if the striking vehicle were a
passenger car.
NHTSA believes that there are several potential reasons for these
tentative findings, including, but not limited to, the attributes of
the vehicle, vehicle exposure to pedestrians, and the driver's
situational awareness while driving backward. However, due to
difficulties in isolating each of those effects individually, we cannot
at this time determine their relative contribution to the occurrence of
these backover crashes.
In consideration of the areas that a driver cannot see either
directly or using existing mirrors, the agency has tentatively
concluded that providing the driver with additional visual information
about what is directly behind the driver's vehicle is the only
effective near-term solution at this time to reduce the number of
fatalities and injuries associated with backover crashes.
Before reaching this tentative conclusion, NHTSA published an
Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) and considered the public
comments received in response to that notice.\3\ The ANPRM reiterated
some previous tentative findings on backover crash statistics; outlined
current technologies that may have the ability to improve rear
visibility including: improved direct vision (i.e., looking directly
out the vehicle's rear window), indirect vision via rear-mounted convex
mirrors or rearview video systems, and rear object detection sensors;
\4\ and presented research findings on the effectiveness of those
technologies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ 74 FR 9478, March 4, 2009.
\4\ While object detection sensors do not technically improve
visibility in terms of providing a visual image comparable to what a
driver could see with his or her own eyes, the Act indicated that
sensors should be examined as a candidate technology for improving
rear visibility. Such sensors could be used in combination of some
type of visual display to show the location of detected objects.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The ANPRM set forth three approaches to defining the potential
scope of applicability of the proposed requirements for improving
rearward visibility.\5\ The approaches included requiring improvements
on a) all light vehicles, b) those light vehicles that are trucks,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, or vans, or c) those light vehicles
whose rear blind zone area (i.e., the area behind a vehicle in which
obstacles are not visible to a driver)
[[Page 76188]]
exceeds a specified size. We also presented ideas on how and on what
basis to define the areas behind a vehicle that should be visible to a
driver and general performance characteristics for mirrors, sensors,
and rearview video systems. Finally, the ANPRM sought responses to 43
specific questions covering all of the above mentioned areas.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ 74 FR 9504.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thirty-seven entities commented in response to the ANPRM, including
industry associations, automotive and equipment manufacturers, safety
advocacy organizations, and 14 individuals. Generally, the comments can
be grouped into four main areas according to the organization of ANPRM
sections. The areas are: approaches for improving vehicles' rear
visibility, effectiveness of the technologies, cost of the
technologies, and performance requirements suitable for each type
technology.
With regard to the issue of which vehicles most warrant improved
rear visibility, vehicle manufacturers generally wanted to focus any
expansion of rear visibility on the particular types of vehicles (i.e.,
trucks, vans, and multipurpose passenger vehicles within the specified
weight limits) that they believed posed the highest risk of backover
crash fatalities and injuries. Vehicle safety organizations and
equipment manufacturers generally suggested that all vehicles need to
have expanded rear fields of view.
With regard to the issue of what technology would be effective at
expanding the rear field of view for a driver, commenters discussed
additional mirrors, sensors, and rearview video combined with sensors.
Some commenters provided input regarding test procedure development and
rear visibility countermeasure characteristics, such as visual display
size and brightness, and graphic overlays superimposed on a video
image. Some also discussed whether it is appropriate to allow a small
gap in coverage immediately behind the rear bumper.
Finally, with regard to the issue of costs, commenters generally
agreed with the cost estimates provided by the agency. However, some
did suggest that our estimates of the cost of individual technologies
seemed high and that there would be larger cost reductions over time
than the agency had indicated.
To assess the feasibility and benefits of covering different areas
behind the vehicle, NHTSA considered the comments received, the
available safety data, our review of special investigations of backover
crashes, and computer simulation. For example, we examined the typical
distances that backover-crash-involved vehicles traveled from the
location at which they began moving rearward to the location at which
they struck a pedestrian. We tentatively concluded that an area with a
width of 10 feet (5 feet to either side of a rearward extension of the
vehicle's centerline) and a length of 20 feet extending backward from a
transverse vertical plane tangent to the rearmost point on the rear
bumper encompasses the highest risk area for children and other
pedestrians to be struck. Therefore, we are proposing that test objects
of a particular size within that area must be visible to drivers when
they are driving backward.
To develop estimates of the benefits from adopting such a
requirement, NHTSA used a methodology that reviewed backover crash case
reports to infer whether the crash could be avoided with the aid of
some technology, evaluated the performance of various countermeasures
in detecting an object behind the vehicle, and tested whether the
driver used the countermeasure and avoided the crash. Our evaluation of
currently available technologies (mirrors, sensors, and rearview video
systems) that may allow a driver to determine if there was a pedestrian
in a 10 feet by 20 feet zone behind a vehicle indicates that rearview
video systems are the most effective technology available today.
However, we note that technology is rapidly evolving, and thus, we
are not proposing to require that a specific technology be used to
provide a driver with an image of the area behind the vehicle.
Consistent with statutory requirements and Executive Order 12866, we
are not prescribing requirements that would expressly require the use
of a specific technology and are attempting to promote compliance
flexibility through proposing more performance oriented requirements.
We have tentatively concluded that, in order to maintain the level of
effectiveness that we have seen in our testing of existing rearview
video systems, we should propose a minimum set of such requirements.
Accordingly, this proposal sets forth requirements for the performance
of the visual display, the rearview image, and durability requirements
for any exterior components. Under this proposal, manufacturers would
have flexibility to meet the requirements as they see fit (perhaps
through the development of new or less expensive technology). Since we
believe that manufacturers, in the near term, would likely use current
production rearview video systems to achieve the required level of
improved rear visibility and that most, if not all, systems in
production today already meet this minimum set of requirements, we do
not believe that the adoption of these requirements would increase the
cost of this technology. However, we seek comment later in this
preamble on including in the final rule requirements relating to
additional matters such as image quality and display location.
Section 2(c) of the K.T. Safety Act requires that the requirement
for improved rear visibility be phased in and that the phase-in process
be completed within ``48 months'' of the publication of the final rule.
Because we anticipate publishing a final rule by the statutory deadline
of February 28, 2011, the rule must require full compliance not later
than February 28, 2015. We note, however, that model years begin on
September 1 and end on August 31 for safety standard compliance
purposes and that February 28 falls in the middle of the model year
that begins September 1, 2014. The agency believes that vehicle
manufacturers would need, as a practical matter, to begin full
compliance at the beginning of that model year, i.e., on September 1,
2014. They could not wait until the middle of the model year to reach
100% compliance. Accordingly, NHTSA is proposing the following phase-in
schedule:
0% of the vehicles manufactured before September 1, 2012;
10% of the vehicles manufactured on or after September 1,
2012, and before September 1, 2013;
40% of the vehicles manufactured on or after September 1,
2013, and before September 1, 2014; and
100% of the vehicles manufactured on or after September 1,
2014.
The agency recognizes that taking the dates on which model years
begin and end for safety purposes effectively reduces the overall
phase-in duration by 6 months (from 48 months to 42 months).
We invite comment on how to provide as much leadtime as possible
within the limits of the statute. Specifically, should the agency
change the structure of the phase-in schedule to allow for more
flexibility and ease of implementation? We note that the statute
explicitly requires an expanded field of view for all light vehicles
and that there are substantial differences in the effectiveness of
available technologies. Accordingly, the agency is proposing
performance requirements that would trigger the installation of
expensive technologies such as video camera systems for these vehicles.
In view of the need to expand the field of
[[Page 76189]]
view for all vehicles and the statutory requirements set forth by
Congress regarding timing and manner of implementation of the proposed
requirements, however, the agency is limited in its ability to reduce
the cost of this rulemaking through adjusting the application of the
proposed rule or the specific deadline for implementation.
In evaluating the benefits and costs of this rulemaking proposal,
the agency has spent considerable effort trying to determine the scope
of the safety problem and the overall effectiveness of these systems in
reducing crashes, injuries and fatalities associated with backing
crashes. We have also estimated the net property damage effects to
consumers from using any technology to avoid backing into fixed
objects, along with the additional cost incurred when a vehicle is
struck in the rear and the technology is damaged or destroyed.
The most effective technology option that the agency has evaluated
is the rearview video system. Using the effectiveness estimates that we
have generated and assuming that all vehicles would be equipped with
this technology, we believe the annual fatalities that are occurring in
backing crashes can be reduced by 95 to 112. Similarly, injuries would
be reduced by 7,072 to 8,374.
However, rearview video is also the most expensive single
technology. When installed in a vehicle without any existing visual
display screen, rearview video systems are currently estimated to cost
consumers between $159 and $203 per vehicle, depending on the location
of the display and the angular width of the lens. For a vehicle that
already has a suitable visual display, such as one found in route
navigation systems, the incremental cost of such a system is estimated
to be $58-$88, depending on the angular width of the lens. (We note
that the cost may well decrease over time, as discussed below.)
Based on the composition and size of the expected vehicle fleet,
the total incremental cost, compared to the MY 2010 fleet, to equip a
16.6 million new vehicle fleet with rearview video systems is estimated
to be $1.9 billion to $2.7 billion annually. These costs are admittedly
substantial. Nonetheless, the following considerations (discussed
briefly here and at great length below in section VII.D. of this
preamble) lead us to conclude tentatively that our proposal to
implement the statutory mandate is reasonable and necessary, and that
the benefits justify the costs. We request comment on this conclusion
and on the various considerations that support it.
Those considerations include the following--
[dec221] 100 of the 228 annual victims of backover crashes are very
young children with nearly their entire lives ahead of them. There are
strong reasons, grounded in this consideration and in considerations of
equity, to prevent these deaths.
[dec221] While this rulemaking would have great cost, it would also
have substantial benefits, reducing annual fatalities in backover
crashes by 95 to 112 fatalities, and annual injuries by 7,072 to 8,374
injuries. (We attempt to quantify these benefits below.)
[dec221] Some of the benefits of the proposed rule are hard to
quantify, but are nonetheless real and significant. One such benefit is
that of not being the direct cause of the death or injury of a person
and particularly a small child at one's place of residence. In some of
these cases, parents are responsible for the deaths of their own
children; avoiding that horrible outcome is a significant benefit.
Another hard-to-quantify benefit is the increased ease and convenience
of driving, and especially parking, that extend beyond the prevention
of crashes. While these benefits cannot be monetized at this time, they
could be considerable.
[dec221] There is evidence that many people value the lives of
children more than the lives of adults.\6\ In any event, there is
special social solicitude for protection of children. This solicitude
is based in part on a recognized general need to protect children given
their greater vulnerability to injury and inability to protect
themselves.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ J.K. Hammitt and K. Haninger, ``Valuing Fatal Risks to
Children and Adults: Effects of Disease, Latency, and Risk
Aversion,'' Journal of Risk and Uncertainty 40(1): 57-83, 2010. This
stated preference study finds that the willingness to pay to prevent
fatality risks to one's child is uniformly larger than that to
reduce risk to another adult or to oneself. Estimated values per
statistical life are $6-10 million for adults and $12-15 million for
children. We emphasize that the literature is in a state of
development.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[dec221] Given the very young age of most of the children fatally-
injured in backover crashes, attempting to provide them with training
or with an audible warning would not enable them to protect themselves.
[dec221] Given the impossibility of reducing backover crashes
through changing the behavior of very young children and given
Congress' mandate, it is reasonable and necessary to rely on technology
to address backover crashes.
[dec221] Based on its extensive testing, the agency tentatively
concluded that a camera-based system is the only effective type of
technology currently available.
[dec221] Requiring additional rearview mirrors or changes to
existing review mirrors cannot significantly increase the view to the
rear of a vehicle except by means that reduce and distort the reflected
image of people or objects behind a vehicle.
[dec221] The agency's testing indicated that currently available
sensors often failed to detect a human being, particularly a small
moving child, in tests in which the vehicle was not actually moving. In
tests in which the vehicle was moving, and when the sensors did detect
a manikin representing a child, the resulting warning did not induce
drivers to pause more than briefly in backing.
[dec221] In contrast, in the agency's tests of video camera-based
systems, drivers not only saw a child-sized obstacle, but also stopped
and remained stopped.
[dec221] Consequently, the agency has tentatively concluded that
the requirements must have the effect of ensuring that some type of
image is provided to the driver.
[dec221] The agency's estimates of current costs for video camera-
based systems may be too high.
[dec221] The agency has a contract in place for conducting tear
down studies that could produce somewhat lower cost estimates.
[dec221] In time, types of technology other than a video camera-
based system may be able to provide a sufficiently clear visual image
of the area behind the vehicle at lower cost. We believe that it is
reasonable to project that the costs of the requirements proposed here
may well decline significantly over time. While extrapolations are
uncertain, technology has been advancing rapidly in this domain, and
future costs may well be lower than currently expected.
[dec221] In light of statutory requirements, the agency is limited
in its ability to reduce the cost of this rulemaking through adjusting
either the requirements or application of the proposed rule or the
schedule for its implementation.
[dec221] Congress has mandated the issuance of a final rule instead
of allowing the agency to retain discretion to decide whether to issue
a final rule based on its consideration of all the relevant factors and
information.
[dec221] Less expensive countermeasures, i.e., mirrors and sensors,
have thus far shown very limited effectiveness and thus would not
satisfy Congress's mandate for improving safety.
[squf] As the most cost-effective alternative, a requirement for a
system that provides an image of the area behind the vehicle would be
consistent with the policy preference underlying the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act.
[[Page 76190]]
[dec221] Were the agency able to provide more than the amount of
lead time permitted by the statutory mandate, the additional leadtime
might be sufficient to allow the development of cheaper cameras.
As noted, the agency requests comments on all of the foregoing
points. And in view of the cost of our proposed option, the agency is
seeking comment and suggestions on any alternative options that would
lower costs, maintain all or most of the benefits of the proposal, and
lower net costs or the cost per equivalent life saved. We carefully
explored our ability under the Act to vary the population of vehicles
subject to the proposal, vary the performance requirements, and extend
the leadtime to implement the proposal and thereby develop alternative
options that offer benefits similar to those of our proposal, but at
reduced cost. Although our ability to make any of those types of
adjustments appears constrained as a legal or practical matter, and
although none of the alternative options that the agency has been able
to identify would accomplish all three of those goals, we are seeking
comment on them and on any others that commenters may suggest.
We seek comment especially on the alternative option under which
passenger cars would be required to be equipped with either a rearview
visibility (e.g., camera) system or with a system that includes sensors
that monitor a specified area behind the vehicle and an audible warning
that sounds when the presence of an object is sensed. Under this
option, other vehicles rated at 10,000 pounds or less, gross vehicle
weight, would be required to be equipped with a visibility system.
This alternative would have substantially lower, but still
significant, safety benefits, substantially lower installation costs,
lower net costs, and higher cost per equivalent life saved. Cars not
equipped under this option with a rearview visibility system would be
required to provide an audible warning inside the vehicle of not less
than 85 dBa between 500-3000 Hz when a test object is placed in one of
the locations specified for test objects in the requirements for
rearview image performance and the vehicle transmission is shifted into
reverse gear. Given that current sensors have a shorter range than
rearview visibility systems, the test objects might need to be placed
somewhat closer to the vehicle than they are when used to test the
performance of rearview visibility systems. Alternatively, the test
objects could be placed in the same locations as for rearward
visibility systems, thus requiring sensors to have stronger signals. A
disadvantage of doing that would be the risk of increased ``false''
activations. This requirement to sense the presence of a test object
would be required to be met for each of the test object locations. The
other requirements would be similar to those for the proposed rearview
systems.
II. Background
A. Cameron Gulbransen Kids Transportation Safety Act of 2007
Subsection (2)(b) of the K.T. Safety Act directed the Secretary of
Transportation to initiate rulemaking by February 28, 2009 to amend
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 111, Rearview
Mirrors, to expand the required field of view to enable the driver of a
motor vehicle to detect areas behind the motor vehicle to reduce death
and injury resulting from backing incidents.\7\ The Secretary is
required to publish a final rule within 36 months of the passage of the
K.T. Safety Act (i.e., by February 28, 2011).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ As noted above, the agency first public step toward meeting
this requirement was the issuance of an ANPRM. It was posted on the
NHTSA Web site on February 27, 2009, and published in the Federal
Register on March 3, 2009. 74 FR 9478.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Given that subsection (2)(b) requires the amendment of a Federal
motor vehicle safety standard, this rulemaking is subject to both the
requirements of subsection (b) and the requirements for such standards
in the Vehicle Safety Act, 49 U.S.C. 30111.
Subsection (2)(b) contains the following requirements. Not later
than 12 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the
Secretary shall initiate a rulemaking to revise Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard 111 (FMVSS 111) to expand the required field of view to
enable the driver of a motor vehicle to detect areas behind the motor
vehicle to reduce death and injury resulting from backing incidents,
particularly incidents involving small children and disabled persons.
The Secretary may prescribe different requirements for different types
of motor vehicles to expand the required field of view to enable the
driver of a motor vehicle to detect areas behind the motor vehicle to
reduce death and injury resulting from backing incidents, particularly
incidents involving small children and disabled persons. Such standard
may be met by the provision of additional mirrors, sensors, cameras, or
other technology to expand the driver's field of view.
Subsection (2)(e) of the K.T. Safety Act broadly defines the term
``motor vehicle,'' as used in subsection (2)(b), as follows: As used in
this Act and for purposes of the motor vehicle safety standards
described in subsections (a) and (b), the term `motor vehicle' has the
meaning given such term in section 30102(a)(6) of title 49, United
States Code, except that such term shall not include--a motorcycle or
trailer; or any motor vehicle that is rated at more than 10,000 pounds
gross vehicular weight.
Section 30102(a)(6) of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle
Safety Act defines ``motor vehicle'' even more broadly as a vehicle
driven or drawn by mechanical power and manufactured primarily for use
on public streets, roads, and highways, but does not include a vehicle
operated only on a rail line.
The K.T. Safety Act also specifies the rule must be phased-in and
that it must be fully implemented within four years after the
publication date of the final rule. The statutory language, contained
in subsection (c) of the K.T. Safety Act, sets out these requirements
for the phase-in period: The safety standards prescribed pursuant to
subsections (a) and (b) shall establish a phase-in period for
compliance, as determined by the Secretary, and require full compliance
with the safety standards not later than 48 months after the date on
which the final rule is issued.
In establishing the phase-in period of the rearward visibility
safety standards required under subsection (b), the Secretary shall
consider whether to require the phase-in according to different types
of motor vehicles based on data demonstrating the frequency by which
various types of motor vehicles have been involved in backing incidents
resulting in injury or death. If the Secretary determines that any type
of motor vehicle should be given priority, the Secretary shall issue
regulations that specify which type or types of motor vehicles shall be
phased-in first; and the percentages by which such motor vehicles shall
be phased-in.
Congress emphasized the protection of small children and disabled
persons, and added that the revised standard may be met by the
``provision of additional mirrors, sensors, cameras, or other
technology to expand the driver's field of view.'' While NHTSA does not
interpret the Congressional language to require that all of these
technologies eventually be integrated into the final requirement, we
have closely examined the merits of each of them, and present our
analysis of their ability to address the backover safety problem.
We note that the inclusion of sensors as a ``technology to expand
the driver's field of view'' suggests that the passage ``expand the
required field of view''
[[Page 76191]]
should not be read in the literal way as meaning the driver must be
able to see more of the area behind the vehicle. A literal reading
would make the reference to sensors superfluous, violating a basic
canon of statutory interpretation. Instead, it seems that language
should be read as meaning the driver must be able to monitor, visually
or otherwise, an expanded area.
Finally, section 4 of the K.T. Safety Act provides that if the
Secretary determines that the deadlines applicable under the Act cannot
be met, the Secretary shall establish new deadlines, and notify the
Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and
the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate of
the new deadlines describing the reasons the deadlines specified under
the K.T. Safety Act could not be met.
The relevant provisions in the Vehicle Safety Act are those in
section 30111 of title 49 of the United States Code. Section 3011
states that the Secretary of Transportation shall prescribe motor
vehicle safety standards. Each standard shall be practicable, meet the
need for motor vehicle safety, and be stated in objective terms. When
prescribing a motor vehicle safety standard under this chapter, the
Secretary shall consider relevant available motor vehicle safety
information; consult with the agency established under the Act of
August 20, 1958 (Pub. L. 85-684, 72 Stat. 635), and other appropriate
State or interstate authorities (including legislative committees);
consider whether a proposed standard is reasonable, practicable, and
appropriate for the particular type of motor vehicle or motor vehicle
equipment for which it is prescribed; and consider the extent to which
the standard will carry out section 30101 of this title.
B. Applicability
With regard to the scope of vehicles covered by the mandate, the
statute refers to all motor vehicles rated at not more than 10,000
pounds gross vehicle weight (GVW) (except motorcycles and trailers).
Specifically, it states that the Secretary shall ``revise [FMVSS No.
111] to expand the required field of view to enable the driver of a
motor vehicle to detect areas behind the motor vehicle * * *,'' and
defines a ``motor vehicle'' for purposes of the Act as any motor
vehicle whose GVWR is 10,000 pounds or less, except trailers and
motorcycles. This language means that the revised regulation could be
applied to passenger cars, low-speed vehicles (LSVs), multipurpose
passenger vehicles (MPVs),\8\ buses (including small school buses and
school vans), and trucks with a GVWR of 10,000 pounds or less. In this
document, we are proposing that each of these types of vehicles would
be subject to improved rear visibility requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ Per 49 CFR 571.3, multipurpose passenger vehicle means a
motor vehicle with motive power, except a low-speed vehicle or
trailer, designed to carry 10 persons or less which is constructed
either on a truck chassis or with special features for occasional
off-road operation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
We note, however, that in our review of real-world crashes, NHTSA
could not determine whether there were any backover incidents involving
LSVs, small school buses, and school vans. Accordingly, we seek comment
and data related to the issue of whether, if the agency remains unable
to find such incidents, it could reasonably conclude that those
vehicles pose no unreasonable risk of backover crashes and whether it
would be permissible therefore it to exclude these vehicles from the
application of the final rule. The agency invites comment on whether
the absence of incidents might reflect operational conditions (school
vehicles-operation in environments in which the vulnerable age groups
are unlikely to be present or perhaps avoidance of backing maneuvers)
or a possible absence of any blind spot behind the vehicle (some LSVs).
C. Backover Crash Safety Problem
i. Definitions and Summary
A backover crash is a specifically-defined type of incident, in
which a non-occupant of a vehicle (i.e., a pedestrian or cyclist) is
struck by a vehicle moving in reverse. As stated in the ANPRM, using a
variety of available data sources, NHTSA has identified a total
population of 228 fatalities and 17,000 injuries due to light vehicle
backover crashes.\9\ Unlike other crashes, the overwhelming majority of
backover crashes occur off of public roadways, in areas such as
driveways and parking lots. Children and people over 70 are also far
more likely than other groups to be victims of backover crashes. In the
case of children, their short stature can make them extremely difficult
for a driver to see using direct vision or existing mirrors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ 49 FR 9482.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because many backover crashes occur off public roadways, NHTSA's
traditional methodologies for collecting data as to the specific
numbers and circumstances of backover incidents have not always given
the agency a complete picture of the scope and circumstances of these
types of incidents. The following sections detail NHTSA's attempts to
both quantify the number of backover incidents and determine their
nature.
In response to section 2012 of the ``Safe, Accountable, Flexible,
Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users'' (SAFETEA-
LU),\10\ NHTSA developed the ``Not-in-Traffic Surveillance'' (NiTS)
system to collect information about all nontraffic crashes, including
nontraffic backing crashes. NiTS provided information on these backing
crashes that occurred off the traffic way and which were not included
in NHTSA's FARS database or NASS-GES. The subset of backing crashes
that involve a pedestrian, bicyclist, or other person not in a vehicle,
is referred to as ``backover crashes.'' This is distinguished from the
larger category of ``backing crashes,'' which would include such non-
backover events such as a vehicle going in reverse and colliding with
another vehicle, or a vehicle backing off an embankment or into a
stationary object. While the primary purpose of this rulemaking is to
prevent backover crashes, any improvements to rear visibility should
also have a positive effect on all types of backing crashes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation
Equity Act: A Legacy for Users, Public Law 109-59, August 10, 2005.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The national estimates for fatalities and injuries presented in the
ANPRM were developed using data from FARS, NASS-GES, and the NiTS.
While there are newer estimates available for FARS and NASS-GES, there
are not for the NiTS and therefore the estimates we provided in the
ANPRM and in this document represent the most current data available.
As such, based on the currently available data, NHTSA estimates that
463 fatalities and 48,000 injuries a year occur in traffic and
nontraffic backing crashes.\11\ Most of these injuries are minor, but
an estimated 6,000 per year are incapacitating injuries. Overall, an
estimated 65 percent (302) of the fatalities and 62 percent (29,000) of
the injuries in backing crashes occurred in nontraffic situations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ Fatalities and Injuries in Motor Vehicle Backing Crashes,
NHTSA Report to Congress (2008), DOT HS 811 144. https://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/811144.PDF.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Based on existing data, NHTSA estimates the following number of
injuries and fatalities. Overall, backing crashes result in
approximately 463 fatalities and 48,000 injuries. Of those, the subset
of backover crashes comprises 292 fatalities (63 percent) and 18,000
injuries (38 percent). These figures are reflected in Table 1 below.
[[Page 76192]]
Table 1--Annual Estimated Fatalities and Injuries in All Backing Crashes for All Vehicles \12\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Backover crashes Other backing
-------------------------------------- crashes
Injury severity ------------------
Estimated total Estimated total Estimated total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fatalities............................................. 463 292 171
Incapacitating Injury.................................. 6,000 3,000 3,000
Non-incapacitating Injury.............................. 12,000 7,000 5,000
Possible Injury........................................ 27,000 7,000 20,000
Injured Severity Unknown............................... 2,000 1,000 2,000
--------------------------------------------------------
Total Injuries..................................... 48,000 18,000 30,000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: FARS 2002-2006, NASS-GES 2002-2006, NiTS 2007.
Note: Estimates may not add up to totals due to independent rounding. [Note to agency, unknowns will be updated
prior OST approval to reflect optics that 2,000 + 1,000 does not equal 2.]
ii. Backover Crash Risk by Crash and Vehicle Type
Backovers account for an estimated 63 percent of all fatal backing
crashes involving all vehicle types. As indicated in Table 2, an
estimated 15 percent (68) of the backing crash fatalities occur in
multivehicle crashes, and an estimated 13 percent (62) occur in single-
vehicle non-collisions, such as occupants who fall out of and are
struck by their own backing vehicles. About half of the backing crash
injuries (20,000 per year) occur in multi-vehicle crashes involving
backing vehicles.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ Ibid.
Table 2--Fatalities and Injuries by Backing Crash Type \13\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All vehicles Passenger vehicles
Backing crash scenarios ---------------------------------------------------
Fatalities Injuries Fatalities Injuries
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Backovers: Striking Non-occupant............................ 292 18,000 228 17,000
Backing: Striking Fixed Object.............................. 33 2,000 33 2,000
Backing: Single-vehicle Non-collision....................... 62 1,000 53 1,000
Backing: Striking/Struck by Other Vehicle (multi-vehicle)... 68 24,000 39 20,000
Backing: Other.............................................. 8 3,000 8 3,000
---------------------------------------------------
Total Backing........................................... 463 48,000 361 43,000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: FARS 2002-2006, NASS-GES 2002-2006, NiTS 2007.
Note: Estimates may not add up to totals due to independent rounding.
Most backover fatalities and injuries involve passenger vehicles.
Tables 2 and 3 indicate that all major passenger vehicle types (cars,
trucks, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and vans) with GVWR of 10,000
pounds or less are involved in backover fatalities and injuries.
However, the data indicate that some vehicles show a greater
involvement in backing crashes than other vehicles. Table 3 illustrates
that pickup trucks and multipurpose passenger vehicles are
statistically overrepresented in backover fatalities when compared to
all non-backing traffic injury crashes and to their proportion to the
passenger vehicle fleet. The agency's analysis revealed that while LTVs
were statistically overrepresented in backover-related fatalities, they
were not significantly overrepresented in backover crashes generally.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ Ibid.
Table 3--Passenger Vehicle Backover Fatalities and Injuries by Vehicle Type \14\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated
Backing vehicle type (GVWR 10,000 lb or less) Fatalities Percent of Estimated percent of Percent of
fatalities injuries injuries fleet
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Car............................................ 59 26 9,000 54 58
Utility Vehicle................................ 68 30 3,000 20 16
Van............................................ 29 13 1,000 6 8
Truck.......................................... 72 31 3,000 18 17
Other Vehicles................................. 0 0 * 2 <1
----------------------------------------------------------------
Passenger Vehicles......................... 228 100 17,000 100 100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source: FARS 2002-2006, NASS-GES 2002-2006, NiTS 2007.
Note: * Indicates estimate less than 500, estimates may not add up to totals due to independent rounding.
[[Page 76193]]
iii. Backover Crash Risk by Victim Age
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ Ibid.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
NHTSA's data indicate that children and adults over 70 years old
are disproportionately represented in passenger vehicle backover
crashes. Table 4 details the ages for fatalities and injuries for
backover crashes involving all vehicles as well as those involving
passenger vehicles only. It also details the proportion of the U.S.
population in each age category from the 2007 U.S. Census Bureau's
Population Estimates Program for comparison. Similar to previous
findings, backover fatalities disproportionately affect children under
5 years old and adults 70 or older. When restricted to backover
fatalities involving passenger vehicles, children under 5 years old
account for 44 percent of the fatalities, and adults 70 years of age
and older account for 33 percent. The difference in the results between
all backover crashes and passenger vehicle backover crashes occur
because large truck backover crashes, which are excluded from the
passenger vehicle calculations, tend to affect adults younger than 70
years of age.
Table 4--All Backover Crash Fatalities and Injuries by Victim Age \15\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Estimated
Age of victim Fatalities Percent of Estimated percent of Percent of
fatalities injuries injuries population **
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Vehicles
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under 5..................................... 103 35 2,000 8 7
5-10........................................ 13 4 * 3 7
10-19....................................... 4 1 2,000 12 14
20-59....................................... 69 24 9,000 48 55
60-69....................................... 28 9 2,000 8 8
70+......................................... 76 26 3,000 18 9
Unknown..................................... ........... ........... * 2 ..............
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total................................... 292 100 18,000 100 100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Passenger Vehicles
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under 5..................................... 100 44 2,000 9 7
5-10........................................ 10 4 1,000 3 7
10-19....................................... 1 1 2,000 12 14
20-59....................................... 29 13 8,000 46 55
60-69....................................... 15 6 1,000 8 8
70+......................................... 74 33 3,000 19 9
Unknown..................................... ........... ........... * 2 ..............
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total................................... 228 100 17,000 100 100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: * Indicates estimate less than 500, estimates may not add up to totals due to independent rounding.
Note: ** Source: U.S. Census Bureau, Population Estimates Program, 2007 Population Estimates; FARS 2002-2006,
NASS-GES 2002-2006, NiTS 2007.
The proportion of backover injuries by age group is more similar to
the proportion of the population than for backover fatalities. However,
while children under 5 years old appear to be slightly statistically
overrepresented in backover injuries compared to the population, adults
70 years of age and older appear to be greatly overrepresented.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ Ibid.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 5 presents passenger vehicle backover fatalities by year of
age for victims less than 5 years old. Out of all backover fatalities
involving passenger vehicles, 26 percent (60 out of 228) of victims are
1 year of age and younger.
Table 5--Breakdown of Backover Crash Fatalities Involving Passenger
Vehicles for Victims Under Age 5 Years \16\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Age of victim (years) fatalities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.......................................................... < 1
1.......................................................... 59
2.......................................................... 23
3.......................................................... 14
4.......................................................... 3
------------
Total.................................................. 100
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Estimates may not add to totals due to independent rounding.
Source: US Census Bureau, Population Estimates Program, 2007 Population
Estimates; FARS 2002-2006, NASS-GES 2002-2006, NiTS 2007.
iv. Special Crash Investigation of Backover Crashes
As reported in the ANPRM, NHTSA's efforts to collect data on
police-reported backover crashes have included a Special Crash
Investigation (SCI) program. The SCI program was created to examine the
safety impact of rapidly changing technologies and to provide NHTSA
with early detection of alleged or potential vehicle defects.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ 74 FR 9478.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCI began investigating cases related to backover crashes in
October 2006.\17\ SCI receives notification of potential backover cases
from several different sources including media reports, police and
rescue personnel, contacts within NHTSA, reports from the general
public, as well as notifications from the NASS. As of August 2009,
roughly 80 percent of 849 total ``Not-in-Traffic Surveillance'' system
incident notifications that SCI had received regarded backover
[[Page 76194]]
crashes.\18\ For the purpose of the SCI cases, an eligible backover is
defined as a crash in which a light passenger vehicle's back plane
strikes or passes over a person who is either positioned to the rear of
the vehicle or is approaching from the side. SCI primarily focuses on
cases involving children; however, it investigates some cases involving
adults. The majority of notifications received do not meet the criteria
for case assignment. Typically, the reasons for not pursuing further
include:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ Fatalities and Injuries in Motor Vehicle Backing Crashes,
NHTSA Report to Congress (2008).
\18\ Since SCI investigates as many relevant cases that they are
notified about as possible and not on a statistical sampling of
incidents, results are not representative of the general population.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The reported crash configuration is outside of the scope
of the program,
Minor incidents with no fatally or seriously injured
persons, or
Incidents where cooperation cannot be established with the
involved parties.
As an example, many reported incidents are determined to be side or
frontal impacts, which exclude them from the program. Cases involving
adult victims were generally excluded from the study unless they were
seriously injured or killed or if the backing vehicles were equipped
with backing or parking aids.
The SCI effort to examine backover crashes includes an on-site
inspection of the scene and vehicle, as well as interviews of the
involved parties when possible. When an on-site investigation is not
possible, backover cases are investigated remotely through an
examination of police-provided reports and photos as well as interviews
with the involved parties. For each backover case investigated, a case
vehicle visibility study is also conducted to determine the size of the
vehicle's blind zones and also to determine at what distance behind the
vehicle the occupant may have become visible to the driver.
Thus far, NHTSA has completed special crash investigations of 58
backov